THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

245
i THE UNITED REPUBLIC OF TANZANIA ______________________ THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018 Produced by: Ministry of Finance and Planning DODOMA TANZANIA August, 2019

Transcript of THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

Page 1: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

i

THE UNITED REPUBLIC OF TANZANIA

______________________

THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

Produced by:

Ministry of Finance and Planning

DODOMA – TANZANIA

August, 2019

Page 2: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

ii

Page 3: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

iii

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1 ..................................................................................... 3

THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY ......................................................... 3 Economic Growth ......................................................................... 3

Capital Formation .........................................................................11 CHAPTER 2 ....................................................................................38

MONEY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS ................................38 Money Supply ..............................................................................38

Credit to Central Government and Private Sector ..........................38 FINANCIAL SECTOR DEVELOPMENTS .................................39

Capital Markets and Securities Development ................................40 Social Security Regulatory Authority ...........................................41

Public Service Social Security Fund .............................................42 National Social Security Fund ......................................................42

Workers Compesation Fund .........................................................43 National Health Insurance Fund....................................................43

Tanzania Insurance Regulatory Authority .....................................44 Tanzania Agricultural Development Bank ....................................48

TPB Bank PLC .............................................................................49 SELF Microfinance Fund .............................................................49

CHAPTER 3 ....................................................................................55 GOVERNMENT FINANCE ............................................................55

Introduction ..................................................................................55 Domestic Revenue ........................................................................56

Grants and Concessional Loans ....................................................56 Domestic Borrowing ....................................................................56

Non-Concessional Borrowing .......................................................57 Expenditure ..................................................................................57

Government Debt Stock ...............................................................59 External Debt ...............................................................................59

Domestic Debt ..............................................................................60 Debt Sustainability Analysis .........................................................61

CHAPTER 4 ....................................................................................66 EXTERNAL SECTOR .....................................................................66

Merchandise Exports ....................................................................66 Traditional exports .......................................................................66

Non-Traditional Exports ...............................................................67 Service Receipts ...........................................................................69

Merchandise Imports ....................................................................70 Services Payments ........................................................................70

Trends of Trade between Tanzania and other Countries ................71 BALANCE OF PAYMENTS .......................................................72

CHAPTER 5 ....................................................................................88 THE STATE OF THE WORLD ECONOMY AND

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION .......................88 World Economic Growth ..............................................................88

Inflation Trends ............................................................................89 East African Community ..............................................................89

South African Development Community ......................................90

Page 4: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

iv

Africa Union ................................................................................90

CHAPTER 6 ....................................................................................91 HUMAN RESOURCES ...................................................................91

Population ....................................................................................91 Population Distribution by Region ................................................91

CHAPTER 7 ....................................................................................95 PRIVATE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT ...........................................95

Investment in the Country.............................................................95 Sectoral Projects Distribution .......................................................95

Regional Projects Distribution ......................................................96 Investment and Ease of Doing Business........................................96

Economic Empowerment ..............................................................97 Tanzanians Participation in Government Investment Projects .......97

Public Private Partnership Development .......................................98 Foreign Private Investment ...........................................................98

Portfolio and Foreign Direct Investments......................................98 Employment from Foreign Direct Investment ...............................99

CHAPTER 8 .................................................................................. 101 CROSS CUTTING ISSUES ........................................................... 101

AIDS .......................................................................................... 101 Environment ............................................................................... 101

Public Security/Safety ................................................................ 103 National Identification Authority ................................................ 104

Registration, Insolvency and Trusteeship Authority .................... 105 CHAPTER 9 .................................................................................. 106

STATE OF POVERTY AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT ............ 106 Introduction ................................................................................ 106

The Incidence of Poverty ............................................................ 106 Distribution of Poor Population .................................................. 106

Depth of Poverty ........................................................................ 106 Child Poverty ............................................................................. 108

Inequality ................................................................................... 108 Productive Social Safety Net ...................................................... 108

Human Development .................................................................. 109 CHAPTER 10 ................................................................................ 111

GDP REBASING AND REVISION............................................... 111 Background ................................................................................ 111

Rationale for Rebasing and Revision of National Accounts ........ 111 Objectives and Rebasing Methodology ....................................... 112

Revision of National Account Statistics ...................................... 112 CHAPTER 11 ................................................................................ 119

AGRICULTURE ........................................................................ 119 Food Crops Production ........................................................... 119

Cash Crops Production ........................................................... 119 Production of Oil Seeds .......................................................... 120

Horticultural Production ......................................................... 120 LIVESTOCK ............................................................................. 123

Livestock Production and Its Products .................................... 123 Production and Processing of Animal Feeds ........................... 124

Page 5: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

v

Trading of Livestock and its Products ..................................... 125

COOPERATIVES DEVELOPMENT......................................... 127 CHAPTER 12 ............................................................................ 137

NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM .............................. 137 Forestry and Beekeeping ............................................................ 137

Wildlife ...................................................................................... 138 Tourism ...................................................................................... 138

Antiquities .................................................................................. 140 Fisheries ..................................................................................... 140

CHAPTER 13 ................................................................................ 152 MINING ........................................................................................ 152

Introduction ................................................................................ 152 Mineral Prospecting ................................................................... 152

Mineral Sales.............................................................................. 152 CHAPTER 14 ................................................................................ 157

INDUSTRIES AND TRADE ......................................................... 157 Production in Selected Industries ................................................ 157

Small Industries and Trade Development.................................... 157 International Trade Fairs............................................................. 158

Marketing infrastructures for Crops and Livestock Products ... 159 International Trade Trend ........................................................... 160

CHAPTER 15 ................................................................................ 169 CONSTRUCTION AND LAND DEVELOPMENT....................... 169

CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 169 Road Network ........................................................................ 169

Road Network under Tanzania Rural and Urban Roads Agency

............................................................................................... 171

Road Fund Board .................................................................... 171 Tanzania Buildings Agency and Government Buildings ......... 171

Contractors Registration Board ............................................... 172 Engineers Registration Board ................................................. 172

Architects and Quantity Surveyors Registration Board............ 173 National Construction Council ................................................ 173

LAND DEVELOPMENT ........................................................... 174 Title Deeds Preparation, Inspection and Verification .............. 174

Registration of Title Deeds and Legal Documents .................. 174 Assets Valuation for Multiple Purposes .................................. 174

Plots and Farms Survey .......................................................... 175 HOUSING DEVELOPMENT .................................................... 177

Construction of Residential and Commercial Houses .............. 177 CHAPTER 16 ................................................................................ 178

TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION .................................... 178 TRANSPORT ............................................................................ 178

Road Transport ....................................................................... 178 Railways Transport ................................................................. 179

Tanzania and Zambia Railway Authority ................................ 179 Air Transport .......................................................................... 180

Tanzania Port Authority.......................................................... 182 Lake Transportation ................................................................ 184

Page 6: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

vi

Tanzania Meteorological Agency ............................................... 184

COMMUNICATION SERVICES .............................................. 185 Postal Services........................................................................ 185

Telecommunication Services .................................................. 187 Internet Services ..................................................................... 187

Broadcasting Services ............................................................. 187 National ICT Backbone Infrastructure .................................... 188

INFORMATION, CULTURE, ARTS AND SPORT .................. 189 Information............................................................................. 189

Arts Development Sector ........................................................ 190 National Swahili Council ........................................................ 190

Sports Development ............................................................... 191 CHAPTER 17 ................................................................................ 200

ENERGY ....................................................................................... 200 Electricity Generation ................................................................. 200

Oil Imports ................................................................................. 204 Oil Price Trends ......................................................................... 205

Alternative Energy Sources ........................................................ 207 CHAPTER 18 ................................................................................ 208

WATER ......................................................................................... 208 Management and Development of Water Resources ................... 208

Rural Water Service ................................................................... 208 Urban Water Services ................................................................. 209

CHAPTER 19 ................................................................................ 212 EDUCATION AND TRAINING ................................................... 212

Pre – primary Education ............................................................. 212 Primary Education ...................................................................... 212

Secondary Education .................................................................. 213 Teachers’ Education ................................................................... 213

Schools and Colleges’ Inspection ............................................... 214 Vocational Education and Training ............................................. 214

Higher Education........................................................................ 215 CHAPTER 20 ................................................................................ 221

HEALTH AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ....................... 221 HEALTH ................................................................................... 221

Health Facilities ...................................................................... 221 Health Services for Children Under One Year ........................ 221

Medical Supplies and Equipment ............................................ 221 Nutrition ................................................................................. 222

Strengthening Specialized Medical Services ........................... 223 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ............................................. 224

Trainings on Social and Community Development ................. 224 Women Development ............................................................. 225

Child Development and Social Welfare .................................. 225 Early Childhood Development and Care services .................... 226

Elderly Welfare Services ........................................................ 226 Non-Governmental Organizations .......................................... 227

Page 7: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

vii

LIST OF TABLES

Table A: Basic Economic Statistics –Tanzania Mainland ..........................xvi

Table B: Trends in Selected Macroeconomic Indicators, 2012 -

2018…………………………………………………...…xvii

Table 1: Gross Domestic Product by Kind of Economic

Activity, at current prices ............................................................. 13

Table 1A: Gross Domestic Product (Monetary & non-Monetary GDP

mp) by kind of Economic Activity, at current prices .................. 14

Table 2: Share of Gross Domestic Product by kind of Economic

Activity, (at current prices) ........................................................ 15

Table 2A: Share of Gross Domestic Product (Monetary & non-Monetary) by Kind of Economic Activity, at current prices ....... 16

Table 2B: Expenditure on Gross Domestic Product and, at current market prices ............................................................................... 18

Table 3: Gross Domestic Product by Kind of Economic Activity, at constant 2015 prices .................................................. 18

Table 3A: Gross Domestic Product (Monetary & non-Monetary)

by Kind of Economic Activity, at constant 2015 prices ............... 19

Table 4: Gross Domestic Product by Kind of Economic

Activity - Annual Growth Rates, at constant 2015 prices ............. 20

Table 4A: Gross Domestic Product (Monetary & non-Monetary)

Annual Growth Rates, at constant 2015 prices ........................... 212

Table 4B: Expenditure on Gross Domestic Product, at constant 2015

prices ......................................................................................... 23

Table 5: Capital Formation by Type of Assets, at current market prices ..... 24

Table 6: Capital Formation by Type of Assets, at constant 2015 prices .......................................................................................... 25

Table 7a: Contribution of Capital Formation by Type of Assets, at

current prices ............................................................................... .26

Table 7b: Capital Formation by Public and Private Sectors, at current

prices ........................................................................................... .26

Table 8: Index of Retail Prices of goods consumed by minimum wage

earners in Dar es Salaam (Dec.2015=100). .................................. 28

Table 9: Consumer Price Index for minimum wage erners in Dar es

Salaam (Dec 2015 = 100) ………………………………. 29

Page 8: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

viii

Table 10: Cost of Living Index of goods and services consumed by middle group wage earners in Dar es Salaam (Dec. 2015=100). ..... 30

Table 11: Cost of Living Index of goods and services consumed by middle goup wage earners in Dar es Salaam (Dec. 2015=100). ...... 29

Table 12: Cost of Living Index of goods and services consumed by high-

income group in Dar es Salaam (Dec. 2015=100) ………30

Table 13: Cost of Living Index for high income group in Dar es Salaam

(Dec. 2015=100). ........................................................................ 31

Table 14: Cost of Living Index of goods and services consumed by

urban residents in Tanzania Mainland (Dec. 2015=100). ................ 32

Table 15: Cost of Living Index of goods and services consumed by

urban esidents Tanzania Mainland (Dec. 2015=100) …… 35

Table 16: Different Indices of goods and services consumed by

urban residents in Tanzania Mainland (Dec. 2015=100)............... 37

Table 17: Monetary Survey: Tanzania Mainland ........................................... 51

Table 18: Growth of Money Supply and Domestic Credit:

Tanzania Mainland ..................................................................... 52

Table 19: Trend of Exchange Rates of the Tanzania Shilling

against the US$. .............................................................. ............53

Table 20: Commercial Banks Lending by Economic Activities ................... 53

Table 21: Trend of Commercial Banks Deposits ......................................... 54

Table 22: Average Nominal Interest Rates .................................................... 54

Table 23: Trends in Government Finance .................................................... 62

Table 24: Classification of Central Government Expenditure by Purpose .... 64

Table 25: Value of Tanzania's Foreign Trade ............................................... 75

Table 26: Volume and Value of Domestic Exports ....................................... 76

Table 27: Volume and Value of Traditional and Non-traditional Exports ...... 77

Table 28: Export Prices of Principal Commodities (Tshs/Ton) ..............82

Table 29: Export Prices of Principal Commodities (US$/Ton) ..............83

Table 31: Composition of Imports ................................................................. 85

Table 32: Balance of Payments ………………………………...86

Table 33: Regional Distribution of Tanzania Population (2010 - 2018)........ 64

Page 9: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

ix

Table 34: Tanzania Investment Centre (TIC): Approved Projects ................. 92

Table 35: Domestic Production and Consumption of Sugar. ...................... 128

Table 36: Cotton procurement and local sales ........................................... 129

Table 37: Tea crop area, production and local sales..................................... 130

Table 38: Coffee procurement and local sales ........................................... 131

Table 39: Sisal plantations, production and local sales .............................. 132

Table 40: Tobacco procurement and local sales ......................................... 133

Table 41: Pyrethrum procurement and local sales ...................................... 134

Table 42: Cashewnuts procurement and local sales. .................................. 135

Table 43: Summary of Marketed Quantities and Value of Principal

Cash Crops ………………………………………………136

Table 45: Number of Tourists visited National Museums and Earnings

Collected ................................................................................ 144

Table 47: Exports of Forestry Products ..................................................... 145

Table 48: Number of Tourists and Earnings from Tourist Hunting ............. 145

Table 50: Production in the Fisheries Sector (2000 -2018) ........................ 146

Table 51: Export of Fish Products ............................................................. 147

Table 51A: Summary of Fish Export Products (2001 -2018) ....................... 148

Table 51B Trends of Nile Perch Exports (2001 – 2017) ............................. 148

Table 52: Tourism Business Trends ......................................................... 149

Table 53: Number of Tourists and Foreign Exchange Earnings ........150

Table 54: Tourists Visited Ngorongoro National Parks ............................. 150

Table 55: Number of Visitors to Tourists Centers ..................................... 151

Table 56: Minerals Production .................................................................. 157

Table 57: Minerals Exports ...................................................................... 155

Table 58: Production and Consumption of cement .................................... 162

Table 59: Production in selected industries................................................ 163

Page 10: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

x

Table 60: Industries - Estimated number of employees .............................. 164

Table 61: Industries - Estimated labour costs ............................................ 165

Table 62: Industries - Summary Statistics ................................................. 166

Table 63: Industries - Regional Summaries ............................................... 167

Table 65: Performance Indicators in the Manufacturing sector..........168

Table 67: Tanzania Railways Corporation (TRC). ..................................... 192

Table 68: The UHURU Railways (TAZARA). .......................................... 193

Table 69: Shipping Statistics: Dar es salaam, Tanga & Mtwara ................. 194

Table 70: Postal Services Statistics ........................................................... 197

Table 71: Number of Landlines and Mobile Users .................................... 198

Table 73: Air Tanzania Corporation (ATCL). ........................................... 199

Table 74: Electricity: Installed Capacity and Total Units Generated

by Station .................................................................................. 201

Table 75: Electricity sales by Different Users ............................................ 202

Table 76: Quantity of Electricity Sold by Region ...................................... 203

Table 77: Water Supply and Revenue Collection in Urban Areas ............. 210

Table 78: Water Supply, Demand and Level of Access to Services in Urban Areas ........................................................................... 211

Table 80: Government Secondary Schools: Number of Students by Form ... 216

Table 81: Private Secondary Schools: Number of Students by Form ........... 220

Table 84: Number of Health Centers in the Country .................................. 230

Table 85: Health Services: Training Output ……………………….229

Table 86: Number of Patients in Health Centers .......................................... 230

Table 87: Number of Hospital beds in the Country ..................................... 231

Page 11: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

xi

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ASDP - Agricultural Sector Development Programme

AfDB

AIDS

- African Development Bank

- Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome

ARVs - Anti-retrovirals

ATCL - Air Tanzania Company Limited

AU

BASA

- African Union

Bilateral Air Servises Agreement

BoT - Bank of Tanzania

CCM - Chama cha Mapinduzi

Cif - Cost, insurance and freight

CPI - Consumer Price Index

CHF - Community Health Fund

CUHAS - Catholic University of Health and Allied Sciences

DSE - Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange

ECA - Economic Commission for Africa

EAC - East African Community

EPOCA - Electronic and Postal Communications Act

EPZs - Export Processing Zones

EWURA - Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority

EFD - Electronic Fiscal Devices Machines

f.o.b - free on board

FDI - Foreign Direct Investment

GEPF - Government Retirement Benefits Fund

GBS - General Budget Support

GDP - Gross Domestic Product

HBS - Household Budget Survey

HDI

HIV

-

-

Human Development Index

Human Immunodefiency Virus

IFMS - Integrated Financial Management System

IHI - Ifakara Health Institute

IMF - International Monetary Fund

LAPF - Local Authorities Pensions Fund

M1 - Narrow Money Supply

M2 - Broad Money Supply

M3 - Extended Broad Money Supply

ILO - International Labour Organisation

KCMUCo - Kilimanjaro Christian Medical University College

MUHAS - Muhimbili University of Health and Allied Sciences

IMF - International Monetary Fund

MSCL - Marine Services Company Ltd

MSD - Medical Stores Department

Page 12: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

xii

MW - Mega Watts

NIMR - National Institute for Medical Research

NSSF - National Social Security Fund

NGO’s - Non-Governmental Organisations

NHIF - National Health Insurance Fund

NIC - National Insurance Corporation

NIDA - National Identification Authority

NMB - National Microfinance Bank

PSPF - Public Service Pensions Fund

PPF - Parastatal Pensions Fund

RITA - Registration, Insolvency and Trusteeship Agency

SIDO - Small Industries Development Organization

SACCOS - Savings and Credit Cooperative Societies

SADC - Southern Africa Development Community

SELF - Small Enterpreneurs Loan Facility

SSRA - Social Security Reguratory Authority

SUMATRA - Surface and Marine Transport Regulatory Authority

TAA - Tanzania Airpots Authority

TaESA - Tanzania Employment Service Agency

TANESCO - Tanzania Electricity Supply Company

TANROADS - Tanzania Roads Agency

TAWA - Tanzania Wildlife Authority

TAZARA - Tanzania Zambia Railways Authority

TIRA - Tanzania Insurance Regulatory Authority

TICTS - Tanzania International Container Terminal Services

TCAA - Tanzania Civil Aviation Authority

TCRA - Tanzania Communications Regulatory Authority

TDHS - Tanzania Demographic and Health Survey

TMA - Tanzania Meteorology Agency

TMRC - Tanzania Mortgage Refinance Company

TPA - Tanzania Ports Authority

TRL - Tanzania Railways Company Limited

TTCL - Tanzania Telecomunications Company Limited

UAE - United Arab Emirates

UNDP - United Nations Development Programme

UNIDO - United Nations Industrial Development Organization

WCF - Workers Compensation Fund

WHC - Watumishi Housing Company

WTO - World Trade Organisation

Page 13: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

xiii

IMPORTANT ECONOMIC EVENTS IN 2018

Date Month Events

14th March H.E. President Dr. John Pombe Magufuli laid a foundation stone for the second phase construction of Central Line Standard Gauge Railway.

4th April H.E. President Dr. John Pombe Magufuli launches Construction of Mererani wall to control mining of Tanzanite.

5th May Launching of Strategic Projects to enable Local Government Authority to become financial independent.

27th September Launching of Mfugale flyover at TAZARA by H.E. President Dr. John Pombe Magufuli.

25th November Launching of Mloganzila Campus by H.E President Dr. John Pombe Magufuli.

27th November H.E. President Dr. John Pombe Magufuli launches a modern University of Dar es Salaam Library.

12th December Signing of Rufiji Basin major hydroelectric project contract

Page 14: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

xiv

Table A

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018% Change

2017/18Population (millions) 43.6 45.0 46.4 47.9 49.5 51.0 52.6 3.1Gross Domestic Product, at current prices (Shs. million)** 62,318,659 72,977,200 82,603,388 94,349,316 108,362,324 118,744,498 129,364,353 8.9Gross Domestic Product, at constant 2015 prices (Shs. million)** 77,979,847 83,268,117 88,874,111 94,349,316 100,828,393 107,657,405 115,140,194 7.0GDP per capita, at current prices (Shs.) 1,428,496 1,621,445 1,778,840 1,968,965 2,191,190 2,327,395 2,458,496 5.6GDP per capita, at constant 2007 prices (Shs.) 1,787,489 1,850,094 1,913,878 1,968,965 2,038,847 2,110,088 2,188,174 3.7Consumer Price Index (%) 16.0 7.9 6.1 5.6 5.2 5.3 3.5 -34.0Balance of merchandise trade (US$ million) (4,430) (5,771) (5,724) (4,526) (3,514) (3,028) (3,794) 25.3Current Account balance (US$ million) (3,769) (4,989) (5,028) (3,987) (2,665) (1,881) (2,345) 24.7Consumption of cement ('000 Tons) 3,425,991 3,433,791 4,082,681 4,404,187 6,028,794 4,359,163 4,577,960 5.0Electricity sold (KWH million) 4,401 4,807 5,051 5,297 5,872 5,956 6,291 5.6Tourist earnings (US$ million) 1,713 1,853 1,983 1,902 2,132 2,200 2,433 10.6Railways: Cargo transportation ('000 Tons) 413 430 160 364 198 341 625 83.3Education: Students in Primary Schools ('000)* 8,247 8,232 8,223 8,298 8,639 9,318 10,112 8.5Education: Students in Secondary Schools ('000)* 1,884 1,804 1,947 1,774 1,807 1,909 2,149 12.6Hospitals: Number of beds 47,484 70,906 50,670 - 59,757 60,952 62,203 2.1Exports of Cash Crops (Mill.US$)Traditional CommoditiesCoffee 186.6 171.0 121.5 162.2 153.7 126.3 147.9 17.1Cotton 164.9 111.7 54.7 30.2 46.8 36.8 68.4 86.0Sisal 18.4 16.9 16.8 26.5 17.2 28.7 33.2 15.6Tea 56.1 56.9 45.7 44.0 44.8 49.1 45.9 -6.5Tobacco 350.1 307.0 315.0 287.6 339.2 195.8 270.3 38.0Cashewnuts 142.6 162.4 222.2 218.8 320.2 529.6 196.5 -62.9Cloves 38.1 43.0 52.9 24.1 39.3 54.4 10.5 -80.7Non-Traditional CommoditiesMinerals 2,197.8 1,782.1 1,469.2 1,285.4 1,930.0 1,694.5 1,615.3 -4.7Manufactured goods 1,037.3 1,072.1 1,239.6 1,364.5 1,092.1 693.7 794.6 14.5Fish and fish Products 160.6 130.6 195.0 173.5 142.5 193.0 158.4 -17.9Horticulturals 31.3 28.1 30.5 24.4 24.8 27.2 33.0 21.6Re-export 181.7 172.8 177.0 385.8 480.0 126.5 175.6 38.8Other exports 557.7 517.6 687.2 884.3 972.2 357.1 432.5 21.1

Monetary Aggregates

Money supply (Shs. billion)2

14,647.1 16,106.8 18,614.2 22,115.3 22,877.8 24,714.3 25,823.5 4.5Net domestic credit (Shs. billion) 13,719.0 16,293.0 18,863.7 22,505.5 23,775.8 24,977.2 26,249.3 5.1

Government Finance 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19

% Change

17/18-Government Recurrent Revenue (Shs. billion) 8,442,610.8 10,182,454.7 10,957,765.3 14,048,034.0 16,639,831.5 17,944,887.0 20,894,578.1 16.4Government Recurrent Expenditure (Shs. billion) 9,043,323.0 10,032,119.7 10,893,486.1 13,420,045.1 11,625,865.8 12,852,304.0 14,199,023.1 10.5Government Development Expenditure (Shs. billion) 4,499,695.2 3,926,042.2 3,710,228.2 4,339,552.9 7,272,824.3 7,615,768.3 12,007,273.5 57.7

Source: Ministry of Finance and Planning * For Government and Private Schools ** From 2012, Base year is 2015

1 Academic year ending in the respective years

2 Extended Broad Money (M3) - Not available

BASIC ECONOMIC STATISTICS - TANZANIA MAINLAND

Page 15: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

TABLE No. B: TREND OF KEY MACROECONOMIC INDICATORS (2012 - 2018)

Calendar Year 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

GOWTH DOMESTIC PRODUCT

Real GDP (mp) 4.5% 6.8% 6.7% 6.2% 6.9% 6.8% 7.0%

Nominal GDP (mp) 15.5% 17.1% 13.2% 14.2% 14.9% 9.6% 8.1%

Investment to GDP ratio 30.1% 29.6% 31.4% 33.2% 32.3% 22.5% 23.8%

Savings to GDP ratio 12.2% 8.0% 14.7% 17.1% 15.0% 17.7% 20.9%

PRICES AND INTEREST RATE

CPI Inflation (end of period) 12.1% 5.6% 4.8% 6.8% 6.5% 4.0% 3.3%

CPI Inflation (period average) 16.1% 7.9% 6.1% 5.6% 5.2% 5.3% 3.5%

GDP deflator Inflation (bp) 9.8% 10.7% 4.8% 6.1% 7.1% 2.5% 1.8%

GDP deflator Inflation (MP) 10.5% 9.7% 6.1% 7.6% 7.5% 2.6% 1.8%

Short term lending rate (up to one year) 14.2% 14.0% 14.7% 14.2% 13.7% 18.3% 18.2%

Short term deposit rate (12 months) 11.3% 11.6% 10.8% 10.8% 11.5% 11.7% 8.8%

Interest rate spread (one year) 2.9% 2.4% 3.9% 3.4% 2.2% 6.6% 9.4%

Exchange rate (Tsh/USD) Annual average 1571.7 1598.7 1652.5 1985.4 2177.1 2228.9 2255.8

M3 Growth rate 12.5% 10.0% 15.6% 18.8% 3.4% 8.0% 4.5%

M2 growth rate 16.0% 10.9% 17.0% 13.4% 5.3% 10.4% 3.8%

Growth of credit to private sector 18.2% 15.3% 19.4% 24.8% 7.2% 1.7% 4.9%

Export of goods to GDP ratio 14.9% 11.5% 10.4% 11.2% 9.8% 8.5% 7.7%

Export of goods and services to GDP ratio 21.9% 18.5% 17.2% 18.4% 17.0% 15.7% 14.8%

Import of Goods to GDP ratio 26.0% 24.2% 21.9% 20.6% 17.0% 14.2% 14.4%

Import of good and services to GDP ratio 32.0% 29.6% 27.2% 26.2% 21.4% 18.0% 18.2%

Current Account to GDP ratio -9.5% -10.9% -10.0% -8.3% -5.5% -3.5% -4.8%

Reserves months of imports 3.9 4.2 4.2 4.6 5.4 6.8 4.9

Fiscal Year 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18

Domestic Revenue 12.4% 12.5% 13.1% 12.4% 13.9% 14.7% 14.7%

Tax revenue 11.1% 11.4% 11.9% 11.2% 12.2% 12.4% 12.3%

Total Expenditure (Net lending) 18.5% 18.8% 17.9% 16.5% 17.5% 16.6% 17.3%

Recurent expenditure 12.0% 13.4% 12.9% 12.3% 13.2% 10.2% 11.1%

Development Expenditure 6.5% 5.4% 5.0% 4.2% 4.3% 6.4% 6.2%

Offical Grants 3.2% 2.0% 2.0% 1.2% 0.5% 1.0% 0.8%

Deficit (excluding grants) -6.7% -6.2% -5.3% -4.3% -3.9% -2.4% -2.6%

Deficit (including grants) -3.5% -4.1% -3.2% -3.2% -3.4% -1.4% -1.9%

Foreign borrowing 3.0% 2.6% 2.9% 2.3% 1.1% 1.5% 1.4%

Domestic bank borrowing 0.0% 1.0% 1.2% 0.6% 1.5% -0.9% -0.3%

Government Finance Statistics (ratio to GDP)

BALANCE OF PAYMENTS

MONEY

Source: Ministry of Finance and Planning

Page 16: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

2

Page 17: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

3

CHAPTER 1

THE DOMESTIC ECONOMY

Economic Growth

1. In 2018, the Government through the National Bureau of Statistics

revised national accounts estimates by updating and rebasing to

year 2015 from 2007. Following the revision of national accounts

estimates, several changes occured, including changes in the structure and

size of the GDP; growth rates and sectoral contribution to GDP; and ratios

of various indicators to GDP. Details on the rebasing are provided in

Chapter 10. Consequential to the rebasing exercise, various reports will be

prepared by using the revised base year 2015 GDP series data starting with

this edition. In 2018, based on the new series base year 2015, real GDP

grew by 7.0 percent compared to 6.8 percent recorded in 2017. The growth

was on account of public investment particularly in construction of

infrastructure such as roads, railways, and airports; stability in power

supply; improved transport services; and favourable weather condition for

agriculture sector. During the year, the activities that recorded higher

growth include Arts and Entertainment which recorded a growth of 13.7

percent; Construction (12.9 percent); Transport and Storage (11.8 percent);

and Information and Communication (9.1 percent).

ChartNo. 1.1: Real GDP Growth by Economic Activity (Percent)

2. One of the outcome of the national account revision is an increase in

per capita GDP. In 2018, GDP at current prices amounted to 129,364,353

Page 18: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

4

million shillings compared to 118,744,498 million shillings in 2017. As a

results, in 2018, given the estimated population of Tanzania Mainland at

52,619,314 the per capita GDP increased to 2,458,496 shillings from

2,327,395 shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 5.6 percent. The

realised per capita GDP in 2018 in dollar terms was USD 1,090 compared

to USD 1,044 recorded in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 4.4 percent.

3. In 2018, the real growth of agriculture activity which includes crops,

livestock, forestry; fishing and agriculture support services was 5.3 percent

compared to 5.9 percent in 2017. The growth was attributed to availability

of sufficient rainfall in crop production areas as well as availability of

water and adequate pastures for livestock. Crop sub-activity recorded a

growth of 5.0 percent in 2018 compared to 6.4 percent in 2017 and

accounted for 16.2 percent of GDP. In addition, the growth rate of

livestock sub-activity maintained a growth of 4.9 percent as was in 2017

and contributed 7.6 percent of overall GDP in 2018.

4. Forestry sub-activity grew by 4.9 percent in 2018 compared to 4.8

percent in 2017. The forestry sub-activity contributed 2.7 percent of GDP

in 2018. Further, the growth rate of fishing sub-activity was 9.2 percent in

2018 which was higher than 8.4 percent recorded in 2017. The growth was

attributed to proper management of fish hatcheries including privately

owned ponds and increased demand for fish and fish products in the

domestic and foreign markets. The share of fishing sub-activity in GDP

was 1.7 percent in 2018 compared to 1.9 percent in 2017. On the other

hand, agriculture support services grew by 5.1 percent in 2018 compared to

the growth rate of 5.5 percent recorded in 2017. Prior to revision of

national account estimates, agriculture support service was accounted as

part of crops, livestock and forestry activities.

5. Monetary agriculture recorded a growth of 5.3 percent in 2018 whereas

non-monetary agriculture grew by 4.9 percent. The growth rate of

monetary fishing and forestry sub-activities increased by 9.2 percent and

5.2 percent in 2018 compared to the growth of 8.4 percent and 4.9 percent

in 2017 respectively. However, the rate of growth of monetary crops and

livestock decelerated in 2018 to 5.4 percent and 4.2 percent from 6.9

percent and 5.2 percent recorded in 2017 respectively. With respect to non-

monetary, the rate of growth of livestock and fishing sub-activities

increased in 2018 while crops and forestry sub-activities declined in

2017.The overall share of agriculture to GDP decreased to 28.2 percent in

2018 compared to 28.8 percent in 2017.

Page 19: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

5

6. Mining and quarrying include the extraction of minerals occurring

naturally as solids (such as coal and ores), liquids and natural gas. Mining

and quarrying activity recorded a growth of 1.5 percent in 2018 compared

to 5.3 percent in 2017. The growth of this activity was attributed to an

increase in the production of diamond, coal and natural gas. Coal

production increased to meet the demand of domestic market which was

influenced by the Government policy of controlling imports of coal. In

addition, natural gas production increased to meet the demand of gas for

electricity generation and use in industries. Gold production decreased

following the on going government initiatives to reform the industry

including control of extraction and unregulated sale of minerals to ensure

benefits of natural resources to the nation. Despite the slowdown in growth,

the share of mining and quarrying to GDP increased to 5.1 percent in 2018

from 4.4 percent in 2017.

Table No. 1.1: Production of Selected Minerals

Type of

Mineral Unit 2017 2018

Change

(%)

Diamond Carat 304,456 381,308 25.2

Natural gas Cubic meter

million

47,457 59,142 24.6

Coal Ton 558,553 627,652 12.4

Gold Kilogram 43,489 39,304 -9.6

Source: Ministry of Minerals

7. In 2018, the growth rate of manufacturing activity was 8.3 percent

compared to 8.2 percent in 2017. This was attributed to an increase in

industrial production of some products including food products, soft drinks,

cement, wheat flour, metal products and paints as well as an increase in the

consumption of locally manufactured products. The share of Manufacturing

activity to GDP increased to 8.1 percent in 2018 compared to 7.7 percent in

2017.

8. In 2018, electricity generation, transmission and distribution activity

expanded by 5.8 percent compared to the expansion of 1.0 percent recorded

in 2017. This was due to an increase in installed capacity of Kinyerezi II

power plant from 55.94 MW in 2017 to 248.22 MW in 2018.

Approximately two-third of electricity generated and supplied to the

national grid originated from natural gas. In general, electricity generation

from different sources increased by 3.4 percent to 7,354.59 GWh in 2018.

The share of electricity activity to GDP was 0.3 percent in 2018 compared

to 0.4 percent in 2017.

Page 20: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

6

9. In 2018, water supply, sewerage and waste management activity grew

by 7.4 percent compared to the growth of 6.4 percent in 2017. The growth

was on account of on-going Government efforts to improve water supply

and sewerage infrastructures and the determination to increase

accessibility. The share of water supply activity to GDP remained at 0.4

percent as it was in 2017. Monetary water supply, sewerage and waste

management activity grew by 5.6 percent while non-monetary recorded a

growth of 14.1 percent in 2018 compared to 7.1 percent and 4.0 percent in

2017 respectively.

10. Construction activity grew by 12.9 percent in 2018 compared to 15.1

percent in 2017. The growth was attributed to on-going construction of

residential, commercial and Government offices as well as implementation

of infrastructure projects on energy, water and transport (roads, bridges,

airports and railway). In addition, monetary construction activity grew by

13.0 percent in 2018 compared to 14.8 percent in 2017 while non-monetary

recorded a growth of 11.8 percent in 2018. The share of construction

activity to GDP was 13.0 percent in 2018 compared to 12.2 percent in

2017.

11. Trade and repair activity grew by 5.8 percent in 2018 compared to 6.1

percent in 2017. Notwithstanding the slowdown in growth rate, the sector

continued to be among main contributors to GDP. This is the third largest

activity in terms of share to GDP, preceded by agriculture and construction,

and in three years consecutively, the activity accounted for an average of

9.1 percent share to GDP.

12. The growth rate of Accommodation and Food services activity was 5.2

percent in 2018 compared to 3.1 percent in 2017. The growth was

attributed to an increase in the number and spending by domestic and

foreign visitors. In addition, the sector accounted for 1.3 percent share to

GDP in 2018 compared to 1.4 percent in 2017.

13. Transport and storage activity grew by 11.8 percent in 2018 compared

to 6.7 percent in 2017. The growth was attributed to an increase in natural

gas transportation by 25.3 percent from 46,471 million cubic feet in 2017

to 58,215 million cubic feet in 2018. In addition, cargo and passenger

transportation by air, railway, and roads also increased due to improved

services in these areas. In 2018, the share of Transport and Storage activity

to GDP was 6.5 percent compared to 6.7 percent in 2017.

Page 21: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

7

14. Information and Communication activity which includes services

related to production, printing and dissemination of various information

through media such as radio, newspapers, television, website as well as

telecommunication services recorded a growth rate of 9.1 percent in 2018

compared to 6.2 percent in 2017. The growth was largely on account of

expansion of mobile phone services, increase in airtime sales and

expansion of broadcasting and internet services. The share of Information

and Communication services to GDP remained at 1.5 in 2018, as it was in

2017.

15. In 2018, Financial and Insurance service activity started to improve

though contracted marginally by 0.5 percent compared to a negative growth

of 2.8 percent in 2017. The contraction was on account of low pace in the

rate of increase in credit to private sector consistent with cautious measures

taken by banks to avoid non-performing loans. The share of Financial and

Insurance services to GDP decreased from 4.0 percent in 2017 to 3.7

percent in 2018.

16. In 2018, Real Estate activity grew by 4.4 percent as in 2017. The

growth was attributed to an increase in the demand for residential houses,

commercial and offices especially in urban areas. In addition, the growth

rate of monetary Real Estate activity decreased to 4.3 percent in 2018 from

4.5 percent in 2017. However, the trend was different in non-monetary

which recorded an increase in the growth rate to 9.9 percent in 2018

compared with the growth rate of 1.8 percent in 2017. The share of Real

Estate activity to GDP decreased slightly to 2.7 percent in 2018 from 2.8

percent in 2017.

17. In 2018, the growth rate of Human Health and Social work activity was

8.1 percent compared to 7.6 percent in 2017. The growth was attributed to

on-going Government initiatives to improve the sector including

construction and rehabilitation of dispensaries and health centres; ensure

availability of medicines, medical personnel, and medical equipment; and

increase in health insurance services. The share of human health and social

work activity to GDP remained at 1.4 percent as it was in 2017.

18. Education activity recorded a growth rate of 6.6 percent in 2018

compared to 7.3 percent in 2017. The growth was on account of increase in

enrolment of students at primary and secondary schools as well as at higher

learning institutions. In addition, implementation of the Government's free

basic education policy and increase in loans to students of higher learning

Page 22: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

8

institutions accounted significantly for the increase in enrolment. Education

activity share to GDP remained at 2.4 percent as was in 2017.

19. In 2018, Arts, Entertainment and Recreation activity recorded the

highest growth of all economic activities to the tune of 13.5 percent

compared to 9.9 percent recorded in 2017. The growth was on account of

increase in the demand for arts and entertainment services as well as

Government efforts to formalize and improve the industry. Nonetheless, the

activity still records insignificant share to GDP, averaging at 0.3 percent.

20. The growth rate of Activities of Households as Employers was 3.1

percent in 2018 compared to 3.2 percent in 2017. Activities done by

Households as Employers include janitors, cooks, maids, and drivers.

Activities of Households as Employers account for an average of 0.2

percent share to GDP.

21. The growth rate of Professional, Scientific and Technical activities was

9.9 percent in 2018 compared to 14.5 percent in 2017. The growth was on

account of marginal increase in research and development activities; and

consultancy, legal, accounting and technical services. The activity

accounted for an average of 0.6 percent share to GDP.

22. Public Administration and Defence activity includes general public

administrations, judiciary, immigration, foreign affairs, defence, public

order and safety as well as management of public reform programs. Public

administration and defence activity recorded a growth of 3.1 percent in

2018 compared to 2.4 percent in 2017. The growth was on account of

improved judiciary and immigration services as well as successful

implementation of public reform programs. The share of this activity to

GDP declined to 4.0 percent in 2018 from 4.2 percent in 2017.

23. The growth rate of Other Administrative and Support service activity

decreased from 10.8 percent in 2017 to 5.6 percent in 2018. The activity

include leasing of tools, machinery and equipment; employment placement

services; tourist services; private security and investigation; general office

services; and leasing of intellectual property. In addition, the share of

administrative and support service activity to GDP remained at 2.6 percent

as was the case in 2017.

Page 23: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

9

Chart No.1.2 Sectoral Contribution to GDP

24. Price Trends The headline inflation continued to remain at single digit

and recorded the lowest ever rate over the past 40 years. Headline inflation

decelerated from an average of 5.3 percent in 2017 to 3.5 percent in 2018.

The decline in inflation rate was on account of various reasons, including:

(i) Stability in food supply in the domestic and neighboring countries

markets. Food production in 2018 was 15.9 million tons compared

to the requirement of 13.3 million tons during that period, thus

attaining food self sufficiency ratio of 120 percent;

(ii) Effective implementation of fiscal and monetary policies; and

(iii) Relative stability of the Tanzania shilling against other currencies.

25. The analysis of price trend for the main groups of goods and services

revealed that some groups recorded lower rates of inflation while others

had higher rates in 2018 compared to 2017. Groups of goods and services

that recorded higher rates of inflation include energy, water, and

accommodation; transportation; education; and hotels and restaurants.

Nonetheless, contrary to all other groups, communication services

continued to record negative inflation rates consecutively for the third year,

Page 24: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

10

whereby, in 2018 it recorded a deflation of 1.6 percent compared with a

deflation of 0.9 percent in 2017. This was on account of change in

consumer behaviour as well as measures taken by service providers to

reduce price or provide incentive to customers including lower-cost airtime

bundles so as to attract customers in order to cope with competition in the

industry. The price index and inflation for various goods and services is as

indicated in Table No. 1.2.

Table No. 1.2: Price Indices and Inflation

Year Description

Food &

Beverages

Alcoholic

Drinks &

Cigarettes

Clothing &

Footwear

Electricity,

Household

and Water

Furnuture,

Household

Untensils

and

House

Repairs

Health

Services Transport

Communi

cation

Recreation

and

Entertainm

ent Education

Hotel and

restaurant

Other

goods

and

Services

Overall

Price

Index/

Inflation

2013 82.9 90.4 91.7 89.7 94.9 91.6 95.8 98.8 96.1 91.9 92.3 90.1 87.3

2014 89.1 95.8 94.5 99.3 96.7 95.0 99.4 99.6 96.8 96.8 94.7 95.6 92.7

2015 96.8 99.2 98.4 100.9 98.2 97.9 98.8 99.8 98.4 99.6 99.1 98.4 97.9

2026 103.8 103.2 102.2 107.3 101.7 103.4 99.5 99.1 101.1 102.3 103.1 101.7 102.9

2017 113.3 106.6 105.8 115.4 104.7 106.0 99.9 98.2 102.3 103.2 104.4 105.0 108.4

2018 116.6 108.4 108.9 129.2 107.4 107.4 102.5 96.6 102.8 105.8 105.7 106.7 112.2PRICE IN

DEX

2014 7.4% 5.9% 3.0% 10.7% 1.9% 3.6% 3.8% 0.7% 0.7% 5.3% 2.7% 6.1% 6.1%

2015 8.7% 3.6% 4.1% 1.6% 1.6% 3.0% -0.6% 0.3% 1.6% 2.9% 4.6% 2.9% 5.6%

2026 7.2% 4.0% 3.9% 6.3% 3.6% 5.6% 0.6% -0.7% 2.7% 2.7% 4.1% 3.4% 5.2%

2017 9.1% 3.3% 3.5% 7.6% 2.9% 2.6% 0.5% -0.9% 1.3% 0.9% 1.2% 3.2% 5.3%

2018 3.0% 1.6% 2.9% 12.0% 2.5% 1.3% 2.5% -1.6% 0.5% 2.4% 1.3% 1.6% 3.5%INFL

ATION

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

26. Analytical results in other selected groups revealed that annual food

inflation (combining food consumed at home and food consumed in

restaurants) was 3.7 percent in 2018 compared to 9.6 percent in 2017.

Deceleration in the rate of food inflation was a result of stability in food

supply in the domestic and neighbouring countries markets following an

increase in food crop production in the region. However, non-food inflation

increased to 4.3 percent in 2018 compared to an average of 3.2 percent in

2017. Energy inflation also increased to 17.1 percent in 2018 compared to

10.5 percent in 2017. Core inflation was 1.9 percent compared to 2.0

percent in 2017,following effective implementation of the fiscal and

monetary policy. This group account for 54.3 percent of the basket of

goods and services and can be easily managed through monetary policy of

the Central Bank.

27. The price indices for lower and high income categories increased in

2018 to 2.0 percent and 4.7 percent compared to 1.9 percent and 4.2

percent in 2017 respectively. This was a result of an increase in the general

price of goods and services mainly consumed by these groups including

electricity, water and accomodation; and clothing and footwear. The price

indices for middle income strata decreased to 1.9 percent in 2018 compared

to 2.6 percent in 2017. The price index for other goods and services

Page 25: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

11

experienced a trend that reflect the needs of the respective group as

indicated in Table No.1.3. Further, Tables No. 8 – 16 indicates the general

price index for different groups and categories.

Table No. 1.3: Inflation Trend for Different Income Strata

Year Income Level

Food &

Beverages

Alcoholic

drinks &

Cigarettes

Clothing

&Footwear

Electricity,

Household

& Water

Furnuture,

Household

Untensils

& House

Repairs

Health

Services Transport

Communi

cation

Recreation

and

Entertainm

ent Education

Hotel and

restaurant

Other

goods

and

Services

Overall

Price

Index

2014 6.7% 8.1% 2.1% 7.5% 1.3% 2.4% 5.3% 0.0% 3.8% 15.9% 4.5% 3.2% 6.0%

2015 8.8% 6.5% 0.9% 7.1% 0.7% 1.2% 3.6% 2.9% 0.8% 2.1% 8.4% -0.7% 6.5%

2026 8.6% 3.3% 1.8% 8.8% 3.3% 14.1% -2.3% 2.4% 1.1% -1.6% 5.1% 3.5% 4.8%

2017 9.2% 2.1% 1.8% 1.3% 5.4% 2.5% 4.9% 0.6% -1.2% -0.1% 0.8% 3.2% 4.2%

2018 7.0% 0.2% 2.5% 5.6% 1.1% 0.1% 6.4% 0.4% 0.8% 7.8% 1.0% 0.6% 4.7%HIG

H IN

COME

2014 3.9% 8.1% 2.1% 13.9% 5.1% 5.2% 12.5% 0.7% 3.7% 11.0% 7.1% 6.2% 6.2%

2015 2.9% 7.4% 2.1% 14.6% 4.5% 3.1% 4.4% 0.5% 3.9% 5.5% 11.4% 5.0% 5.6%

2016 3.3% 2.5% 1.1% 12.4% 1.4% 13.4% 0.3% 0.6% 2.9% -2.3% 8.3% 5.4% 4.5%

2017 4.6% 2.3% 1.4% 2.2% 3.3% 2.4% 0.7% 0.5% 0.5% -0.1% 1.2% 1.1% 2.6%

20118 7.0% -0.5% 2.1% 4.1% 1.3% 0.3% -18.8% -0.1% 0.1% 8.6% -0.5% 1.5% 1.9%MID

DLE

INCOME

2014 7.3% 8.4% 9.2% 7.0% 4.0% 0.7% 15.9% 0.0% 4.3% 0.0% 7.8% 11.5% 7.7%

2015 5.9% 14.2% 9.0% 3.4% 6.0% 5.6% -0.2% 0.0% 5.6% -0.3% 7.1% 2.7% 5.4%

2026 3.6% 8.2% -2.4% 7.1% 2.7% 12.1% 0.9% 0.6% 1.2% -5.2% 6.8% 6.0% 4.3%

2017 3.4% 2.9% 1.3% 0.9% 3.1% 1.6% -0.1% 0.4% 1.7% 3.9% 0.5% 0.9% 1.9%

2018 4.5% 0.0% 3.1% 5.7% 1.9% 0.1% -12.5% -0.1% 1.1% 5.5% 0.1% 1.6% 2.0%LOW

ER IN

COME

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

Capital Formation

28. Capital formation at current prices amounted to 50,383.14 billion

shillings in 2018, equivalent to an increase of 24.6 percent compared to

40,427.43 billion shillings in 2017. In addition, capital formation at 2015

constant prices increased by 18.3 percent to 45,360.12 billion shillings in

2018 from 38,338.12 billion shillings in 2017. The ratio of capital

formation to GDP at current prices increased to 38.9 percent in 2018

compared to 34.0 percent in 2017.

29. Fixed capital formation which includes buildings, transport equipment;

machinery and equipment; other machinery and equipment; animal

resources; intellectual property products, R&D and professional services at

constant 2015 prices increased to 46,636.42 billion shillings in 2018 from

40,376.86 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 15.5

percent. Fixed capital formation at current prices also increased by 19.4

percent from 42,141.92 billion shillings in 2017 to 50,316.24 billion

shillings in 2018. The value of Change in Inventories at 2015 constant

prices decreased by 1,276.3 billion shillings in 2018 compared to a

decrease of 2,038.74 billion shillings in 2017. However, the value of

Change in Inventories at current prices increased by 66.9 billion shillings in

2018 compared to a decrease of 1,714.49 billion shillings in 2017.

30. Capital formation in building activities at 2015 constant prices

increased by 16.3 percent to 38,191.16 billion shillings in 2018 from

Page 26: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

12

32,836.68 billion shillings in 2017. Likewise, Capital formation in building

activities at current prices increased by 22.0 percent to 41,330.86 billion

shillings in 2018. The growth was attributed to the increase in construction

of residential and commercial buildings. In 2018, the value of transport

equipment imported increased by 64.0 percent to 1,924.37 billion shillings

at constant 2015 prices whereas at current prices, the value increased by

29.6 percent to 1,832.64 billion shillings. On the other hand, the overall

value of imported machinery and equipment at current prices in 2018

decreased by 2.4 percent to 5,319.82 billion shillings while at 2015

constant prices, the value increased by 0.8 percent to 4,845.93 billion

shillings.

31. Capital formation in the public sector that includes central government,

institutions and public corporations at current prices was 15,265.61 billion

shillings in 2018 compared to 13,021.85 billion shillings in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 17.2 percent. Moreover, capital formation in

the private sector at current prices increased to 35,050.63 billion shillings

in 2018 compared to 29,120.07 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 20.4 percent. The share of capital formation in the public sector

to fixed capital formation in 2018 was 30.3 percent while the private sector

accounted for 69.7 percent.

Page 27: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

13

Table No.1 Tshs Million

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 16,546,181 19,551,225 21,313,803 25,234,560 29,739,111 34,154,594 36,539,300

Crops 8,797,362 10,500,528 11,562,090 13,279,392 16,474,729 19,703,004 20,969,477

Livestock 4,633,266 5,579,312 5,585,211 7,158,457 8,205,007 8,857,939 9,850,934

Forestry 1,736,757 2,069,113 2,477,897 2,920,425 3,094,767 3,310,076 3,459,581

Fishing 1,353,297 1,375,790 1,658,605 1,843,401 1,929,747 2,245,558 2,218,731

Agriculture support services 25,499 26,483 30,000 32,886 34,861 38,017 40,577

Industry and Construction 15,828,627 18,570,322 20,767,734 23,103,647 26,937,139 29,735,584 34,732,007

B Mining and quarrying 3,071,558 3,125,480 3,097,933 4,055,619 5,299,362 5,206,217 6,573,059

C Manufacturing 5,881,780 6,648,876 7,533,519 7,411,672 8,467,126 9,102,282 10,418,295

D Electricity supply 522,829 550,300 818,693 798,801 472,868 413,351 348,527

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 279,326 324,028 371,581 390,758 433,132 519,909 566,562

F Construction 6,073,134 7,921,637 8,946,007 10,446,797 12,264,650 14,493,826 16,825,564

Services 25,308,528 29,384,671 34,111,643 38,146,529 42,747,407 45,066,596 47,923,308

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 6,448,378 7,063,673 8,045,702 8,747,862 9,861,678 10,843,499 11,792,072

H Transport and storage 3,747,784 5,246,333 6,167,366 6,929,895 7,549,484 7,897,993 8,381,276

I Accomodation and Food servises 1,253,970 1,317,191 1,330,371 1,421,916 1,523,035 1,602,543 1,653,792

J Information and Communication 1,282,255 1,433,179 1,598,597 1,681,098 1,739,556 1,829,360 1,948,116

K Financial and Insurance activities 2,561,997 2,541,198 3,614,991 4,189,021 5,268,866 4,789,632 4,823,650

L Real estate 2,308,221 2,551,029 2,721,061 2,949,598 3,162,290 3,334,171 3,553,630

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 282,744 353,038 433,939 518,123 617,914 726,707 817,442

N Administrative and Support service activities 1,243,365 1,522,884 1,914,456 2,183,917 2,661,978 3,027,384 3,306,554

O Public Administration and Defence 2,882,065 3,615,292 3,973,787 4,548,604 4,846,491 4,986,287 5,124,667

P Education 1,498,868 1,728,376 2,027,225 2,413,306 2,673,289 2,864,290 3,081,718

Q Human Health and Social Work activities 1,011,197 1,113,563 1,233,077 1,419,090 1,540,484 1,681,353 1,812,292

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 174,358 194,938 223,468 248,510 285,626 322,353 374,924

S Other service activities 474,340 555,957 661,939 717,898 831,216 959,152 1,037,612

T Activities of Households as Employers; 138,986 148,022 165,666 177,691 185,501 201,872 215,564

All economic activities 57,683,336 67,506,219 76,193,180 86,484,736 99,423,658 108,956,774 119,194,615

Taxes on products 4,635,323 5,470,981 6,410,208 7,864,579 8,938,667 9,787,724 10,169,738

GDP (at market prices) 62,318,659 72,977,200 82,603,388 94,349,316 108,362,324 118,744,498 129,364,353

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITYAt current prices

Page 28: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

14

Table No. 1A Tshs Million

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A: Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price 55,171,372 64,901,865 73,572,807 84,275,963 97,295,383 106,025,246 114,392,270

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 9,873,083 12,100,550 13,008,318 16,020,386 19,628,661 22,561,096 22,832,457

Crops 4,157,753 5,416,553 5,828,361 7,176,326 9,729,649 11,822,710 11,332,130

Livestock 3,177,749 3,944,325 3,866,240 5,160,608 6,322,457 6,877,739 7,101,644

Forestry 1,194,105 1,388,640 1,685,505 1,882,033 1,706,926 1,680,599 2,229,486

Fishing 1,317,977 1,324,549 1,598,212 1,768,534 1,834,769 2,142,032 2,128,621

Agriculture support services 25,499 26,483 30,000 32,886 34,861 38,017 40,577

Industry and Construction 15,486,501 18,096,470 20,188,806 22,361,768 26,111,436 28,749,158 33,608,087

B Mining and quarrying 3,071,558 3,125,480 3,097,933 4,055,619 5,299,362 5,206,217 6,573,059

C Manufacturing 5,881,780 6,648,876 7,533,519 7,411,672 8,467,126 9,102,282 10,418,295

D Electricity supply 522,829 550,300 818,693 798,801 472,868 413,351 348,527

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 194,157 222,978 261,504 272,990 301,821 372,032 395,810

F Construction 5,816,176 7,548,836 8,477,157 9,822,685 11,570,259 13,655,276 15,872,398

Services 25,176,466 29,233,864 33,965,476 38,029,229 42,616,618 44,927,268 47,781,987

G Wholesale and retail trade; repairs 6,448,378 7,063,673 8,045,702 8,747,862 9,861,678 10,843,499 11,792,072

H Transport and storage 3,747,784 5,246,333 6,167,366 6,929,895 7,549,484 7,897,993 8,381,276

I Accomodation and Food Services 1,253,970 1,317,191 1,330,371 1,421,916 1,523,035 1,602,543 1,653,792

J Information and Communication 1,282,255 1,433,179 1,598,597 1,681,098 1,739,556 1,829,360 1,948,116

K Financial and insurance activities 2,561,997 2,541,198 3,614,991 4,189,021 5,268,866 4,789,632 4,823,650

L Real estate 2,176,159 2,400,221 2,574,893 2,832,298 3,031,501 3,194,842 3,412,309

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 282,744 353,038 433,939 518,123 617,914 726,707 817,442

N Administrative and Support service activities 1,243,365 1,522,884 1,914,456 2,183,917 2,661,978 3,027,384 3,306,554

O Public Administration and Defence 2,882,065 3,615,292 3,973,787 4,548,604 4,846,491 4,986,287 5,124,667

P Education 1,498,868 1,728,376 2,027,225 2,413,306 2,673,289 2,864,290 3,081,718

Q Human Health and Social work activities 1,011,197 1,113,563 1,233,077 1,419,090 1,540,484 1,681,353 1,812,292

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 174,358 194,938 223,468 248,510 285,626 322,353 374,924

S Other service activities 474,340 555,957 661,939 717,898 831,216 959,152 1,037,612

T Activities of Households as Employers 138,986 148,022 165,666 177,691 185,501 201,872 215,564

All economic activities 50,536,049 59,430,884 67,162,600 76,411,383 88,356,716 96,237,522 104,222,532

Taxes on products 4,635,323 5,470,981 6,410,208 7,864,579 8,938,667 9,787,724 10,169,738

B: Non- Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price 7,147,287 8,075,334 9,030,580 10,073,353 11,066,941 12,719,252 14,972,083

A Agriculture, forestry and fishing 6,673,099 7,450,675 8,305,485 9,214,174 10,110,449 11,593,497 13,706,843

Crops 4,639,609 5,083,974 5,733,729 6,103,066 6,745,080 7,880,294 9,637,347

Livestock 1,455,518 1,634,987 1,718,971 1,997,848 1,882,549 1,980,200 2,749,290

Forestry 542,652 680,473 792,392 1,038,392 1,387,841 1,629,477 1,230,096

Fishing 35,320 51,240 60,393 74,867 94,978 103,526 90,110

Industry and Construction 342,126 473,852 578,928 741,880 825,703 986,427 1,123,919

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 85,168 101,050 110,077 117,768 131,311 147,877 170,752

F Construction 256,958 372,802 468,851 624,112 694,392 838,550 953,167

Services 132,062 150,808 146,168 117,300 130,789 139,328 141,321

L Real estate 132,062 150,808 146,168 117,300 130,789 139,328 141,321

GDP at market prices 62,318,659 72,977,200 82,603,388 94,349,316 108,362,324 118,744,498 129,364,353

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

(At current prices)

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (MONETARY AND NON-MONETARY) BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

Page 29: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

15

Table No. 2 Percentage

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 26.55 26.79 25.80 26.75 27.44 28.76 28.25

Crops 14.12 14.39 14.00 14.07 15.20 16.59 16.21

Livestock 7.43 7.65 6.76 7.59 7.57 7.46 7.61

Forestry 2.79 2.84 3.00 3.10 2.86 2.79 2.67

Fishing 2.17 1.89 2.01 1.95 1.78 1.89 1.72

Agriculture support services 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03

B Mining and quarrying 4.93 4.28 3.75 4.30 4.89 4.38 5.08

C Manufacturing 9.44 9.11 9.12 7.86 7.81 7.67 8.05

D Electricity supply 0.84 0.75 0.99 0.85 0.44 0.35 0.27

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 0.45 0.44 0.45 0.41 0.40 0.44 0.44

F Construction 9.75 10.85 10.83 11.07 11.32 12.21 13.01

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 10.35 9.68 9.74 9.27 9.10 9.13 9.12

H Transport and storage 6.01 7.19 7.47 7.34 6.97 6.65 6.48

I Accomodation and Food services 2.01 1.80 1.61 1.51 1.41 1.35 1.28

J Information and Communication 2.06 1.96 1.94 1.78 1.61 1.54 1.51

K Financial and insurance activities 4.11 3.48 4.38 4.44 4.86 4.03 3.73

L Real estate 3.70 3.50 3.29 3.13 2.92 2.81 2.75

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 0.45 0.48 0.53 0.55 0.57 0.61 0.63

N Administrative and Support service activities 2.00 2.09 2.32 2.31 2.46 2.55 2.56

O Public Administration and Defence 4.62 4.95 4.81 4.82 4.47 4.20 3.96

P Education 2.41 2.37 2.45 2.56 2.47 2.41 2.38

Q Human health and Social work activities 1.62 1.53 1.49 1.50 1.42 1.42 1.40

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 0.28 0.27 0.27 0.26 0.26 0.27 0.29

S Other service activities 0.76 0.76 0.80 0.76 0.77 0.81 0.80

T Activities of Households as Employers; 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.17 0.17

All economic activities 92.56 92.50 92.24 91.66 91.75 91.76 92.14

Taxes on products 7.44 7.50 7.76 8.34 8.25 8.24 7.86

GDP at market prices 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

At current prices

SHARES OF GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

Page 30: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

16

Table No.2A Percentage

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A: Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 15.8 16.6 15.7 17.0 18.1 19.0 17.6

Crops 6.7 7.4 7.1 7.6 9.0 10.0 8.8

Livestock 5.1 5.4 4.7 5.5 5.8 5.8 5.5

Forestry 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.4 1.7

Fishing 2.1 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.7 1.8 1.6

Agriculture support services 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

B Mining and quarrying 4.9 4.3 3.8 4.3 4.9 4.4 5.1

C Manufacturing 9.4 9.1 9.1 7.9 7.8 7.7 8.1

D Electricity supply 0.8 0.8 1.0 0.8 0.4 0.3 0.3

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

F Construction 9.3 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.7 11.5 12.3

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 10.3 9.7 9.7 9.3 9.1 9.1 9.1

H Transport and storage 6.0 7.2 7.5 7.3 7.0 6.7 6.5

I Accomodation and Food Services 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3

J Information and Communication 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.5

K Financial and Insurance activities 4.1 3.5 4.4 4.4 4.9 4.0 3.7

L Real estate 3.5 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.6

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6

N Administrative and Support service activities 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.6

O Public Administration and Defence 4.6 5.0 4.8 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.0

P Education 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.4

Q Human health and Social work activities 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

S Other service activities 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

T Activities of Households as Employers; 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

All economic activities 81.1 81.4 81.3 81.0 81.5 81.0 80.6

Taxes on products 7.4 7.5 7.8 8.3 8.2 8.2 7.9

B: Non- Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price 11.5 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.2 10.7 11.6

A Agriculture, forestry and fishing 10.7 10.2 10.1 9.8 9.3 9.8 10.6

Crops 7.4 7.0 6.9 6.5 6.2 6.6 7.4

Livestock 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 1.7 1.7 2.1

Forestry 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.0

Fishing 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

F Construction 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.7

L Real estate 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

GDP at market prices 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

At current prices

SHARES OF GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (MONETARY AND NON-MONETARY) BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

Page 31: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

17

Table No.2B (At current market prices) Tshs Million

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Gross Domestic Product (GDPmp) 62,318,659 72,977,200 82,603,388 94,349,316 108,362,324 118,744,498 129,364,353

Final consumption 48,841,250 56,171,499 62,297,764 69,619,572 74,761,715 81,577,249 88,207,317

Government 6,497,975 7,330,733 8,151,130 9,366,334 9,824,677 10,097,404 10,467,841

Household 42,196,070 48,675,221 53,954,463 60,047,089 64,699,505 71,211,545 77,442,970

Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households 147,205 165,545 192,171 206,149 237,532 268,299 296,506

Capital Formation 21,714,587 27,344,522 31,103,452 30,907,602 34,865,346 40,427,427 50,383,140

Gross fixed capital formation 20,543,461 24,780,897 27,399,832 30,070,195 35,492,828 42,141,921 50,316,239

Changes in Valuables 806,021 766,581 756,477 903,043 1,105,406 1,006,179 1,215,104

Changes in inventories 365,106 1,797,044 2,947,143 (65,636) (1,732,887) (2,720,674) (1,148,203)

Exports 13,941,974 13,874,574 14,925,779 16,138,367 17,717,213 17,993,324 17,799,492

Goods - fob 9,256,365 8,403,257 8,441,487 8,708,690 9,177,377 8,924,522 8,265,768

Services 4,685,609 5,471,317 6,484,292 7,429,677 8,539,835 9,068,803 9,533,723

Imports 19,940,424 21,614,687 22,539,832 22,316,226 20,665,232 20,320,749 22,522,249

Goods - fob 16,227,332 17,628,319 18,054,008 16,955,419 15,602,694 15,816,338 17,625,266

Services 3,713,092 3,986,369 4,485,823 5,360,807 5,062,538 4,504,411 4,896,983

Errors and Omissions (2,238,729) (2,798,709) (3,183,776) - 1,683,283 (932,752) (4,503,347)

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

EXPENDITURE ON GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT

Page 32: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

18

Table No.3 Tshs Million

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 21,807,030 22,408,192 23,952,077 25,234,560 26,436,338 28,008,976 29,482,834

Crops 10,806,678 11,283,264 12,344,014 13,279,392 13,996,348 14,895,622 15,638,612

Livestock 6,204,980 6,503,187 6,820,846 7,158,457 7,506,593 7,876,592 8,266,049

Forestry 2,578,779 2,695,825 2,825,341 2,920,425 3,034,569 3,180,379 3,334,791

Fishing 2,187,669 1,896,254 1,930,394 1,843,401 1,864,627 2,020,292 2,205,459

Agriculture support services 28,925 29,661 31,482 32,886 34,201 36,091 37,923

Industry and Construction 17,987,423 19,872,086 21,057,206 23,103,647 25,817,955 28,565,774 31,235,045

B Mining and quarrying 3,314,742 3,464,721 3,687,273 4,055,619 4,356,709 4,588,624 4,659,195

C Manufacturing 6,066,989 6,292,514 6,919,794 7,411,672 8,213,364 8,889,818 9,623,501

D Electricity supply 669,069 723,608 815,297 798,801 869,262 877,667 928,174

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 358,361 367,890 381,760 390,758 417,899 444,660 477,510

F Construction 7,578,263 9,023,353 9,253,082 10,446,797 11,960,720 13,765,005 15,546,664

Services 31,223,623 32,808,710 35,863,739 38,146,529 40,549,564 42,689,011 45,358,029

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 7,371,411 7,682,286 8,444,243 8,747,862 9,260,703 9,821,248 10,395,783

H Transport and storage 5,710,466 6,050,976 6,577,706 6,929,895 7,324,856 7,815,845 8,736,561

I Accomodation and Food Services 1,343,924 1,356,204 1,397,782 1,421,916 1,480,052 1,525,619 1,604,391

J Information and Communication 1,266,747 1,414,116 1,560,064 1,681,098 1,718,548 1,824,471 1,989,829

K Financial and Insurance activities 3,444,161 3,405,940 3,764,113 4,189,021 4,235,515 4,115,393 4,094,972

L Real estate 2,606,439 2,714,775 2,828,970 2,949,598 3,077,086 3,211,895 3,354,518

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 322,260 385,090 447,921 518,123 606,207 694,291 763,332

N Administrative and Support service activities 1,417,467 1,660,994 1,976,260 2,183,917 2,611,498 2,892,463 3,054,288

O Public Administration and Defence 3,623,123 3,974,206 4,242,164 4,548,604 4,793,820 4,907,113 5,058,292

P Education 1,922,643 1,927,633 2,186,260 2,413,306 2,665,336 2,859,171 3,046,789

Q Human Health and Social Work activities 1,284,594 1,245,030 1,349,941 1,419,090 1,497,896 1,611,999 1,742,444

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 198,470 212,502 230,652 248,510 280,131 307,907 350,027

S Other service activities 550,177 612,079 685,475 717,898 814,529 912,404 971,690

T Activities of Households as Employers; 161,741 166,880 172,190 177,691 183,387 189,193 195,113

All economic activities 71,018,076 75,088,988 80,873,021 86,484,736 92,803,857 99,263,761 106,075,908

Taxes on products 6,961,771 8,179,129 8,001,090 7,864,579 8,024,535 8,393,644 9,064,286

GDP at market prices 77,979,847 83,268,117 88,874,111 94,349,316 100,828,393 107,657,405 115,140,194

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

(At constant 2015 prices)

Page 33: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

19

Table No. 3A Tshs Million

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A: Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price 74,146,719 79,294,951 84,760,925 90,262,677 96,464,568 103,029,270 110,217,961

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 18,560,733 19,105,967 20,538,538 21,953,873 22,914,869 24,357,439 25,652,991

Crops 8,857,547 9,308,881 10,267,229 11,330,959 11,852,633 12,666,159 13,344,020

Livestock 5,184,319 5,465,006 5,788,062 6,131,537 6,458,453 6,797,008 7,080,239

Forestry 2,316,438 2,421,026 2,536,530 2,629,474 2,720,412 2,853,656 3,002,559

Fishing 2,173,504 1,881,393 1,915,235 1,829,018 1,849,169 2,004,525 2,188,251

Agriculture support services 28,925 29,661 31,482 32,886 34,201 36,091 37,923

Industry and Construction 17,491,788 19,292,729 20,449,621 22,391,185 25,070,677 27,685,960 30,248,978

B Mining and quarrying 3,314,742 3,464,721 3,687,273 4,055,619 4,356,709 4,588,624 4,659,195

C Manufacturing 6,066,989 6,292,514 6,919,794 7,411,672 8,213,364 8,889,818 9,623,501

D Electricity supply 669,069 723,608 815,297 798,801 869,262 877,667 928,174

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 278,139 285,538 296,333 302,407 326,898 350,019 369,545

F Construction 7,162,850 8,526,348 8,730,924 9,822,685 11,304,444 12,979,833 14,668,563

Services 31,132,427 32,717,125 35,771,676 38,053,040 40,454,486 42,592,227 45,251,706

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 7,371,411 7,682,286 8,444,243 8,747,862 9,260,703 9,821,248 10,395,783

H Transport and storage 5,710,466 6,050,976 6,577,706 6,929,895 7,324,856 7,815,845 8,736,561

I Accomodation and Food Services 1,343,924 1,356,204 1,397,782 1,421,916 1,480,052 1,525,619 1,604,391

J Information and Communication 1,266,747 1,414,116 1,560,064 1,681,098 1,718,548 1,824,471 1,989,829

K Financial and Insurance activities 3,444,161 3,405,940 3,764,113 4,189,021 4,235,515 4,115,393 4,094,972

L Real estate 2,515,243 2,623,190 2,736,907 2,856,109 2,982,008 3,115,112 3,248,194

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 322,260 385,090 447,921 518,123 606,207 694,291 763,332

N Administrative and Support service activities 1,417,467 1,660,994 1,976,260 2,183,917 2,611,498 2,892,463 3,054,288

O Public Administration and Defence 3,623,123 3,974,206 4,242,164 4,548,604 4,793,820 4,907,113 5,058,292

P Education 1,922,643 1,927,633 2,186,260 2,413,306 2,665,336 2,859,171 3,046,789

Q Human health and Social work activities 1,284,594 1,245,030 1,349,941 1,419,090 1,497,896 1,611,999 1,742,444

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 198,470 212,502 230,652 248,510 280,131 307,907 350,027

S Other service activities 550,177 612,079 685,475 717,898 814,529 912,404 971,690

T Activities of Households as Employers; 161,741 166,880 172,190 177,691 183,387 189,193 195,113

All economic activities 67,184,948 71,115,822 76,759,835 82,398,098 88,440,032 94,635,626 101,153,675

Taxes on products 6,961,771 8,179,129 8,001,090 7,864,579 8,024,535 8,393,644 9,064,286

B: Non- Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price 3,833,129 3,973,166 4,113,187 4,086,638 4,363,825 4,628,135 4,922,233

A Agriculture, forestry and fishing 3,246,297 3,302,224 3,413,539 3,280,687 3,521,469 3,651,537 3,829,843

Crops 1,949,130 1,974,383 2,076,785 1,948,433 2,143,714 2,229,463 2,294,592

Livestock 1,020,661 1,038,181 1,032,784 1,026,920 1,048,140 1,079,584 1,185,810

Forestry 262,340 274,799 288,811 290,951 314,157 326,723 332,233

Fishing 14,165 14,861 15,159 14,383 15,458 15,767 17,208

Industry and Construction 495,636 579,357 607,585 712,462 747,278 879,814 986,067

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 80,222 82,352 85,427 88,351 91,001 94,641 107,966

F Construction 415,413 497,005 522,159 624,112 656,276 785,173 878,101

Services 91,196 91,585 92,063 93,489 95,078 96,783 106,323

L Real estate 91,196 91,585 92,063 93,489 95,078 96,783 106,323

GDP at market prices 77,979,847 83,268,117 88,874,111 94,349,316 100,828,393 107,657,405 115,140,194

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

At constant 2015 prices

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (MONETARY AND NON-MONETARY) BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

Page 34: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

20

Table No.4 Percentage

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 2.8 6.9 5.4 4.8 5.9 5.3

Crops 4.4 9.4 7.6 5.4 6.4 5.0

Livestock 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9

Forestry 4.5 4.8 3.4 3.9 4.8 4.9

Fishing -13.3 1.8 -4.5 1.2 8.3 9.2

Agriculture support services 2.5 6.1 4.5 4.0 5.5 5.1

B Mining and quarrying 4.5 6.4 10.0 7.4 5.3 1.5

C Manufacturing 3.7 10.0 7.1 10.8 8.2 8.3

D Electricity supply 8.2 12.7 -2.0 8.8 1.0 5.8

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 2.7 3.8 2.4 6.9 6.4 7.4

F Construction 19.1 2.5 12.9 14.5 15.1 12.9

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 4.2 9.9 3.6 5.9 6.1 5.8

H Transport and storage 6.0 8.7 5.4 5.7 6.7 11.8

I Accomodation and Food Services 0.9 3.1 1.7 4.1 3.1 5.2

J Information and Communication 11.6 10.3 7.8 2.2 6.2 9.1

K Financial and Insurance activities -1.1 10.5 11.3 1.1 -2.8 -0.5

L Real estate 4.2 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.4

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 19.5 16.3 15.7 17.0 14.5 9.9

N Administrative and Support service activities 17.2 19.0 10.5 19.6 10.8 5.6

O Public Administration and Defence 9.7 6.7 7.2 5.4 2.4 3.1

P Education 0.3 13.4 10.4 10.4 7.3 6.6

Q Human Health and Social Work activities -3.1 8.4 5.1 5.6 7.6 8.1

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 7.1 8.5 7.7 12.7 9.9 13.7

S Other service activities 11.3 12.0 4.7 13.5 12.0 6.5

T Activities of Households as Employers; 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1

All economic activities 5.7 7.7 6.9 7.3 7.0 6.9

Taxes on products 17.5 -2.2 -1.7 2.0 4.6 8.0

GDP at market prices 6.8 6.7 6.2 6.9 6.8 7.0

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT BY KIND OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY - ANNUAL GROWTH RATES

At constant 2015 prices

Page 35: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

21

Page 36: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

22

Table No. 4A Percentage

ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A: Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 2.9 7.5 6.9 4.4 6.3 5.3

Crops 5.1 10.3 10.4 4.6 6.9 5.4

Livestock 5.4 5.9 5.9 5.3 5.2 4.2

Forestry 4.5 4.8 3.7 3.5 4.9 5.2

Fishing -13.4 1.8 -4.5 1.1 8.4 9.2

Agriculture support services

B Mining and quarrying 4.5 6.4 10.0 7.4 5.3 1.5

C Manufacturing 3.7 10.0 7.1 10.8 8.2 8.3

D Electricity supply 8.2 12.7 -2.0 8.8 1.0 5.8

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 2.7 3.8 2.0 8.1 7.1 5.6

F Construction 19.0 2.4 12.5 15.1 14.8 13.0

G Wholesale and Retail trade; Repairs 4.2 9.9 3.6 5.9 6.1 5.8

H Transport and storage 6.0 8.7 5.4 5.7 6.7 11.8

I Accomodation and Food Services 0.9 3.1 1.7 4.1 3.1 5.2

J Information and Communication 11.6 10.3 7.8 2.2 6.2 9.1

K Financial and Insurance activities -1.1 10.5 11.3 1.1 -2.8 -0.5

L Real estate 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.4 4.5 4.3

M Professional, Scientific and Technical activities 19.5 16.3 15.7 17.0 14.5 9.9

N Administrative and Support service activities 17.2 19.0 10.5 19.6 10.8 5.6

O Public Administration and Defence 9.7 6.7 7.2 5.4 2.4 3.1

P Education 0.3 13.4 10.4 10.4 7.3 6.6

Q Human Health and Social Work activities -3.1 8.4 5.1 5.6 7.6 8.1

R Arts, Entertainment and Recreation 7.1 8.5 7.7 12.7 9.9 13.7

S Other service activities 11.3 12.0 4.7 13.5 12.0 6.5

T Activities of Households as Employers; 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1

All economic activities 5.9 7.9 7.3 7.3 7.0 6.9

Taxes on products 17.5 -2.2 -1.7 2.0 4.6 8.0

B: Non- Monetary

Gross Domestic Product at market price 3.7 3.5 -0.6 6.8 6.1 6.4

A Agriculture, forestry and fishing 1.7 3.4 -3.9 7.3 3.7 4.9

Crops 1.3 5.2 -6.2 10.0 4.0 2.9

Livestock 1.7 -0.5 -0.6 2.1 3.0 9.8

Forestry 4.7 5.1 0.7 8.0 4.0 1.7

Fishing 4.9 2.0 -5.1 7.5 2.0 9.1

E Water supply; Sewerage, Waste management 2.7 3.7 3.4 3.0 4.0 14.1

F Construction 19.6 5.1 19.5 5.2 19.6 11.8

L Real estate 0.4 0.5 1.5 1.7 1.8 9.9

GDP at market prices 6.8 6.7 6.2 6.9 6.8 7.0

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (MONETARY AND NON-MONETARY) - ANNUAL GROWTH RATES

(At constant 2015 prices)

Page 37: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

23

Table No. 4B TSh. Million

ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Gross Domestic Product (GDPbp) 71,018,076 75,088,988 80,873,021 86,484,736 92,803,857 99,263,761 106,075,908

Net Taxes on Product 6,961,771 8,179,129 8,001,090 7,864,579 8,024,535 8,393,644 9,064,286

Gross Domestic Product (GDPmp) 77,979,847 83,268,117 88,874,111 94,349,316 100,828,393 107,657,405 115,140,194

Gross Domestic Product, (GDPmp) 77,979,847 83,268,117 88,874,111 94,349,316 100,828,393 107,657,405 115,140,194

Final consumption 59,307,279 61,881,807 65,250,580 69,619,572 70,594,782 73,603,189 77,820,838

Government 7,770,261 8,058,996 8,548,398 9,366,334 9,667,251 9,771,806 9,968,648

Household 51,370,798 53,641,790 56,500,911 60,047,089 60,697,766 63,578,381 67,577,020

Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households 166,220 181,021 201,271 206,149 229,766 253,003 275,169

Capital Formation 23,424,588 29,019,243 31,803,806 30,907,602 33,795,169 38,338,123 45,360,124

Gross fixed capital formation 22,298,479 26,190,461 28,081,728 30,070,195 34,878,462 40,376,858 46,636,421

Changes in Valuables 769,674 775,566 820,886 903,043 902,490 858,566 776,123

Changes in inventories 356,435 2,053,216 2,901,191 (65,636) (1,985,783) (2,897,301) (2,052,420)

Exports 15,183,222 14,674,503 15,923,654 16,138,367 16,137,713 15,480,491 14,170,138

Goods - fob 9,657,332 8,406,652 8,815,465 8,708,690 8,060,826 7,805,507 6,247,664

Services 5,525,891 6,267,851 7,108,189 7,429,677 8,076,886 7,674,984 7,922,474

Imports 20,548,434 22,796,325 23,545,813 22,316,226 20,331,252 18,879,441 21,296,466

Goods - fob 15,864,267 17,946,005 18,354,816 16,955,419 15,631,116 15,311,240 17,434,678

Servises 4,684,167 4,850,319 5,190,997 5,360,807 4,700,136 3,568,202 3,861,788

Errors and Omissions 613,191 488,889 (558,115) 0 631,981 (884,958) (914,439)

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

EXPENDITURE ON GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT

EXPENDITURE ON GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT

At Constant 2015 Prices

Page 38: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

24

Table No. 5

Type 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Buildings and structures 13,307,923 17,908,862 19,195,447 22,807,556 27,721,670 33,872,241 41,330,856

Transport equipment 1,428,849 1,395,037 1,828,607 1,663,027 1,514,772 1,413,888 1,832,641

Machinery and equipment 4,198,642 3,599,450 4,154,298 3,194,486 3,430,297 3,756,643 3,561,018

Other Machinery and equipment 875,770 987,752 1,156,588 1,172,391 1,366,982 1,441,018 1,758,799

Animal resources yielding repeat products 254,212 297,937 330,525 375,399 425,361 461,511 508,945

Intellectual property products/ R&D/ professional services 478,066 591,860 734,368 857,335 1,033,744 1,196,620 1,323,980

Fixed Capital Formation 20,543,461 24,780,897 27,399,832 30,070,195 35,492,828 42,141,921 50,316,239

Changes in Valuables 806,021 766,581 756,477 903,043 1,105,406 1,006,179 1,215,104

Changes in Inventories 365,106 1,797,044 2,947,143 65,636 1,732,887 2,720,674 1,148,203

Total Capital Formation 21,714,587 27,344,522 31,103,452 30,907,602 34,865,346 40,427,427 50,383,140

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

CAPITAL FORMATION BY TYPE OF ASSETS

At current market prices

Shs. Million

Page 39: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

25

Table No. 6 Shs.Million

Type 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Buildings and structures 14,855,881 19,218,436 19,485,103 22,807,556 27,512,753 32,836,681 38,191,158

Transport equipment 1,336,722 1,218,733 2,044,517 1,663,027 1,373,682 1,173,050 1,924,369

Machinery and equipment 4,280,352 3,713,748 4,229,095 3,194,486 3,268,709 3,473,892 3,276,373

Other Machinery and equipment 990,971 1,061,609 1,200,328 1,172,391 1,323,953 1,335,724 1,569,555

Animal resources yielding repeat products 290,292 332,936 364,963 375,399 385,150 414,428 434,330

Intellectual property products/ R&D/ professional services 544,261 645,000 757,723 857,335 1,014,215 1,143,083 1,240,636

Fixed Capital Formation 22,298,479 26,190,461 28,081,728 30,070,195 34,878,462 40,376,858 46,636,421

Changes in Valuables 769,674 775,566 820,886 903,043 902,490 858,566 776,123

Changes in Inventories 356,435 2,053,216 2,901,191 65,636 1,985,783 2,897,301 2,052,420

Total Capital Formation 23,424,588 29,019,243 31,803,806 30,907,602 33,795,169 38,338,123 45,360,124

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

CAPITAL FORMATION BY TYPE OF ASSETS

(At Constant 2015 prices)

Page 40: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

26

Table No. 7a Percentage

Type 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Buildings and structures 61.3 65.5 61.7 73.8 79.5 83.8 82.0

Transport equipment 6.6 5.1 5.9 5.4 4.3 3.5 3.6

Machinery and equipment 19.3 13.2 13.4 10.3 9.8 9.3 7.1

Other Machinery and equipment 4.0 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.6 3.5

Animal resources yielding repeat products 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0

Intellectual property products/ R&D/ professional services 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.6

Fixed Capital Formation 94.6 90.6 88.1 97.3 101.8 104.2 99.9

Changes in Valuables 3.7 2.8 2.4 2.9 3.2 2.5 2.4

changes in Inventories 1.7 6.6 9.5 -0.2 -5.0 -6.7 -2.3

Total Capital Formation 100.0 100 100 100 100 100 100

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

CONTRIBUTION OF CAPITAL FORMATION BY TYPE OF ASSETS (At Current prices)

Page 41: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

27

Table No. 7b Shs. Million

Sector 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

A. Fixed Capital Formation 20,543,461 24,780,897 27,399,832 30,070,195 35,492,828 42,141,921 50,316,239

1. Central Government 4,930,430 5,451,797 6,549,213 7,219,843 8,944,186 10,914,757 13,106,326

2. Parastatals 534,130 545,180 534,350 589,169 745,349 1,011,406 1,104,748

3. Institutions 554,673 545,180 586,415 812,232 851,827 1,095,690 1,054,532

4. Private Sector 14,524,227 18,238,741 19,729,853 21,448,950 24,951,465 29,120,067 35,050,634

B: Changes in Valuables 806,021 766,581 756,477 903,043 1,105,406 1,006,179 1,215,104

C. Changes in Inventories 365,106 1,797,044 2,947,143 65,636 1,732,887 2,720,674 1,148,203

D. Total Capital Formation 21,714,587 27,344,522 31,103,452 30,907,602 34,865,346 40,427,427 50,383,140

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

CAPITAL FORMATION BY PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTORS (At Current Prices)

Page 42: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

28

Table 8

INDEX % CHANGE INDEX % CHANGE2000 23.8 1.7 22.0 -2.0

2001 25.9 8.5 24.0 8.9

2002 26.9 3.8 24.9 4.0

2003 28.4 5.8 26.3 5.4

2004 30.2 6.4 28.1 6.8

2005 32.7 8.3 30.1 7.3

2006 36.5 11.5 33.2 10.3

2007 39.9 9.3 36.3 9.3

2008 46.8 17.3 41.9 15.2

2009 54.7 16.8 50.0 19.4

2010 61.9 13.2 59.0 18.0

2011 66.5 7.4 63.2 7.1

2012 79.0 18.8 77.8 23.2

2013 86.3 9.3 86.0 10.5

2014 93.0 7.7 92.2 7.3

2015* 98.0 5.4 97.7 5.9

2016 102.2 4.3 101.2 3.6

2017 104.1 1.9 104.7 3.4

2018 106.1 2.0 109.4 4.5

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015 =100

INDEX OF RETAIL PRICES OF GOODS CONSUMED BY

MINIMUM WAGE EARNERS IN DAR ES SALAAM (DEC.2015=100)

YEARALL ITEMS FOOD

Page 43: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

29

Table No. 9

Beverages Electricity, Clothing Furniture Services Recreation OVERALL

Year Food and Rent Kerosene and and and other Health and Transport Education Others PRICE

Cigarettes and Water Footwear Household Household Services Entertain. INDEX

Utensils Requirements

2003 114.2 120.0 100.0 123.1 87.9 114.6 74.3 71.9 96.2 104.8 180.2 150.3 112.7

2004 123.5 122.9 100.0 142.0 97.2 137.4 80.5 85.1 99.4 104.1 191.1 123.0 121.9

2005 125.7 120.0 113.6 162.3 108.7 115.7 110.0 113.6 110.4 109.8 115.0 121.1 126.5

2006 138.6 141.8 132.8 193.7 108.0 115.4 109.6 118.8 113.5 134.0 93.3 139.3 141.1

2007 151.5 159.5 146.1 209.1 124.1 131.7 119.1 114.8 148.5 114.9 104.0 128.4 154.2

2008 174.6 175.1 199.3 269.8 139.3 160.5 138.4 134.0 110.8 179.5 99.2 137.2 180.9

2009 208.5 210.8 206.6 276.6 152.8 173.3 167.1 163.8 124.7 225.9 111.3 147.7 211.3

Food Alcoholic Clothing Electricity, Furniture Health Transport CommunicationRecreation Education Hotel and Others OVERALL

and Drinks and and Household and Services and Restaurants PRICE

Beverages Cigarettes Footwear and Water Household Entertain. INDEX

Utensils

2010 58.99 58.09 58.47 68.80 77.22 79.73 63.60 99.68 68.72 102.48 63.66 63.22 61.89

2011 63.16 61.31 68.58 73.79 83.74 82.85 73.17 99.72 68.03 102.59 67.21 69.09 66.48

2012 77.83 66.34 75.61 86.46 86.26 88.38 83.22 100.00 81.74 103.20 73.61 76.41 78.96

2013 85.98 75.34 85.60 88.69 88.81 90.62 86.32 100.00 90.84 102.73 85.16 84.36 86.34

2014 92.22 81.64 93.45 94.93 92.39 91.24 100.08 100.00 94.70 102.72 91.76 94.05 92.95

2015* 97.67 93.26 101.90 98.12 97.91 96.35 99.91 100.00 100.00 102.40 98.24 96.61 97.97

2016 101.19 100.89 99.41 105.13 100.55 108.05 100.84 100.57 101.22 97.07 104.92 102.41 102.21

2017 104.67 103.85 100.71 106.08 103.70 109.73 100.74 100.95 102.92 100.84 105.48 103.38 104.10

2018 109.36 103.85 103.87 112.15 105.67 109.80 88.19 100.86 104.08 106.36 105.60 105.01 106.15

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

Monthly consumer price index has been realesed for all 12 months since 2003

*The reference period has been changed from Dec.2015=100

Classification of Individual Consumption by Purpose (COICOP)

Year

CONSUMER PRICE INDEX FOR MINIMUM WAGE EARNERS IN DAR ES SALAAM (Dec. 2015 = 100)

Consumer price index from 2005 to 2009 was classfied based on National Classification while consumer price index starting from 2010 followed

CONSUMER PRICE INDEX FOR MINIMUM WAGE EARNERS IN DAR ES SALAAM (2001=100)

Page 44: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

30

Table No. 10

Year First QuarterSecond

QuarterThird Quarter

Fourth

QuarterAverage Change (%)

1995 30.1 30.9 32.0 34.4 31.9 28.0

2000 27.0 28.1 27.2 29.4 27.9 2.5

2001 30.5 28.9 28.7 28.4 29.1 4.5

2002 30.0 30.0 30.2 30.4 30.2 3.5

2003 30.4 30.4 30.9 31.7 30.8 2.3

2004 32.8 33.1 33.5 34.2 33.4 8.2

2005 34.9 35.3 36.7 37.3 36.0 7.9

2006 38.3 39.4 39.5 40.2 39.3 9.2

2007 41.7 43.3 44.4 46.0 43.9 11.5

2008 48.5 49.9 51.2 52.7 50.6 15.3

2009 55.7 57.3 60.3 62.3 58.9 16.4

2010 63.9 64.6 65.1 65.6 64.8 10.0

2011 67.9 69.3 70.3 72.1 69.9 7.9

2012 78.4 81.6 82.7 83.4 81.5 16.6

2013 87.6 88.6 88.5 88.4 88.3 8.3

2014 92.8 94.2 94.5 93.5 93.7 6.2

2015* 96.5 98.9 100.6 100.0 99.0 5.6

2016 102.1 104.3 103.8 103.8 103.5 4.5

2017 104.5 106.7 106.7 107.0 106.2 2.6

2018 105.7 108.5 108.7 109.8 108.2 1.9

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED BY

MIDDLE GRADE WAGE EARNERS IN DAR ES SALAAM (DEC.2015=100)

Page 45: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

31

Table No. 11

Food Alcoholic Clothing Electricity, Furniture Health Transport Communication Recreation Education Hotel and Others OVERALL

Year and Drinks and and Household and Services and Restaurants PRICE

Beverages Cigarettes Footwear and Water Household Entertain. INDEX

Utensils

2010 First Quarter 64.9 67.0 70.8 49.0 75.0 77.1 68.2 96.9 73.3 67.4 68.5 69.7 63.9

Second Quarter 66.0 66.2 71.4 49.6 74.5 77.1 68.2 96.8 73.0 67.4 68.6 69.4 64.6

Third Quarter 66.3 67.3 71.8 50.8 75.4 77.1 68.4 97.3 75.4 67.4 69.2 69.5 65.1

Fourth Quarter 66.7 68.9 72.1 51.7 75.9 77.1 68.8 97.3 75.2 67.4 69.4 69.1 65.6

2011 First Quarter 69.8 69.5 74.0 54.2 78.8 79.0 70.2 97.3 75.8 67.1 68.6 70.9 67.9

Second Quarter 70.9 70.1 75.9 56.5 81.3 80.6 71.0 97.3 76.8 67.0 69.5 73.4 69.3

Third Quarter 72.1 71.3 75.9 57.6 82.0 80.8 71.1 97.4 77.0 67.2 70.0 75.1 70.3

Fourth Quarter 75.1 72.0 76.3 58.1 82.5 80.8 71.6 97.6 77.7 67.3 70.0 75.9 72.1

2012 First Quarter 82.9 76.0 84.8 64.1 83.8 83.0 73.6 97.9 81.3 73.8 74.4 79.5 78.4

Second Quarter 85.9 78.7 87.6 67.5 87.9 87.0 78.2 98.3 86.3 79.1 77.0 81.9 81.6

Third Quarter 87.1 81.2 89.5 68.4 89.0 87.9 78.5 98.4 89.2 81.3 78.6 83.1 82.7

Fourth Quarter 87.6 82.2 91.9 69.4 89.6 88.8 78.1 98.5 89.4 82.7 79.5 84.6 83.4

2013 First Quarter 94.6 82.5 94.0 70.7 90.1 90.0 78.0 98.7 90.0 83.5 80.0 85.4 87.6

Second Quarter 94.6 83.5 94.7 73.7 90.4 90.1 83.6 99.0 90.8 84.2 80.7 86.0 88.6

Third Quarter 92.7 86.2 95.6 76.2 90.8 91.3 88.0 99.2 91.5 85.9 81.6 88.2 88.5

Fourth Quarter 91.7 88.0 95.7 77.5 91.3 91.7 89.5 99.2 92.2 86.8 82.5 88.8 88.4

2014 First Quarter 98.1 88.8 96.0 80.3 92.1 92.2 93.5 99.3 92.6 91.8 83.5 90.2 92.8

Second Quarter 99.1 89.0 96.6 82.8 93.2 94.8 94.2 99.5 93.2 94.3 85.8 90.6 94.2

Third Quarter 97.3 92.9 97.3 86.8 96.7 97.0 96.3 100.0 95.0 95.9 88.0 93.6 94.5

Fourth Quarter 93.7 97.0 98.0 89.6 99.0 97.8 97.7 100.0 97.2 95.9 90.5 95.7 93.5

2015* First Quarter 97.3 97.9 98.5 93.4 99.6 97.8 98.6 100.2 97.2 99.0 93.8 96.0 96.5

Second Quarter 100.1 98.1 98.9 96.7 99.3 97.8 99.3 100.3 97.3 99.9 96.4 96.6 98.9

Third Quarter 101.8 98.9 99.0 99.4 99.4 98.4 100.5 100.2 98.2 100.0 98.0 96.7 100.6

Fourth Quarter 100.4 100.0 99.8 99.5 99.9 99.6 100.1 100.0 100.1 100.0 99.0 99.2 100.0

2016 First Quarter 101.8 100.9 99.8 108.4 99.9 106.4 99.4 100.0 100.3 97.8 100.7 101.4 102.1

Second Quarter 104.3 100.2 100.7 111.4 101.1 111.2 99.8 100.6 101.0 97.3 105.9 102.2 104.3

Third Quarter 103.9 101.3 99.8 107.4 100.2 113.9 100.6 101.2 101.1 97.3 106.9 102.2 103.8

Fourth Quarter 102.5 102.5 100.3 110.3 102.4 114.8 99.9 101.3 101.9 97.3 105.8 103.5 103.8

2017 First Quarter 105.7 103.1 100.9 105.3 104.3 114.5 101.2 101.4 101.2 97.3 106.1 103.0 104.5

Second Quarter 110.2 103.6 101.5 108.9 104.0 114.0 102.0 101.4 101.7 97.3 105.9 103.4 106.7

Third Quarter 107.9 103.9 101.8 115.2 104.1 114.1 99.4 101.3 101.4 97.3 106.3 103.9 106.7

Fourth Quarter 107.8 103.8 102.0 117.5 104.4 114.5 100.0 101.3 101.9 97.3 106.3 103.3 107.0

2018 First Quarter 111.4 103.1 101.6 112.4 104.6 114.4 80.6 101.3 101.1 105.7 105.0 103.4 105.7

Second Quarter 117.5 103.1 102.8 114.8 105.3 114.6 80.9 101.2 101.8 105.7 105.0 104.9 108.5

Third Quarter 116.8 103.1 104.3 116.3 105.7 114.7 81.3 101.1 101.6 105.7 105.6 105.3 108.7

Fourth Quarter 116.0 103.2 106.1 121.7 106.7 114.8 84.1 101.2 102.1 105.7 106.9 106.2 109.8

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

Consumer price index from 2004 to 2009 were classified based on National Classification, it is therefore difficult to link to consumer price index

starting from 2010 as this followed Classification of Individual Consumption by Purpose (COICOP)

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED BY

MIDDLE GRADE WAGE EARNERS IN DAR ES SALAAM (2015=100)

CONSUMER PRICE INDEX FOR MIDDLE GROUP WAGE EARNERS IN DAR ES SALAAM (Dec. 2015 = 100)

Page 46: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

32

Table No. 12

Foo d Alcoholic Clothing Electricity, Furniture Health Transport Communication Recreation Education Hotel and Others OVERALL

and Drinks and and Household and Services and Restaurants PRICE

Beverages Cigarettes Footwear and Water Household Entertain. INDEX

Utensils

2010 March 54.8 68.9 75.2 63.9 82.31 84.4 67.3 94.3 82.5 82.1 65.4 83.0 63.4

June 57.0 72.3 74.7 65.1 82.84 84.4 67.8 94.7 84.8 82.1 65.7 85.2 64.9

September 56.8 72.4 78.6 68.2 85.52 84.4 68.5 94.9 87.1 82.1 66.3 86.7 65.8

December 57.7 72.6 81.1 67.7 84.59 84.4 69.1 94.9 88.2 82.1 65.9 87.1 66.3

2011 March 61.1 73.8 80.7 70.9 86.7 85.2 70.8 94.9 89.3 82.1 67.5 83.9 68.7

June 62.4 74.8 83.8 72.0 89.5 87.7 77.2 94.9 91.2 82.1 72.2 85.6 70.8

September 64.5 76.7 84.2 74.4 88.9 87.7 80.5 95.2 91.8 82.5 76.4 86.9 72.8

December 68.8 77.3 85.7 76.4 90.3 89.5 82.9 95.4 92.0 82.7 77.2 88.4 75.7

2012 March 72.8 78.2 88.7 77.3 92.9 91.5 82.4 95.4 92.8 82.7 78.7 91.3 78.0

June 74.2 78.6 89.2 79.8 94.2 91.9 83.3 95.4 93.0 82.7 79.6 95.4 79.5

September 74.9 80.5 91.0 81.8 95.0 92.0 83.3 95.5 93.3 82.7 81.5 95.7 80.4

December 77.3 81.4 93.0 83.1 95.7 93.3 85.2 95.6 93.4 82.7 82.9 96.1 82.2

2013 March 83.1 81.4 93.8 83.9 96.1 94.8 86.4 95.5 93.9 84.4 84.9 96.4 85.5

June 81.7 82.1 95.2 83.4 96.3 94.8 94.1 95.7 96.1 84.4 85.3 96.8 85.6

September 82.8 87.7 96.3 84.3 97.1 94.8 95.6 95.7 96.3 84.4 85.8 97.2 86.6

December 84.2 90.4 96.4 86.4 97.7 94.8 96.2 95.7 96.0 84.7 87.4 97.2 87.9

2014 March 88.5 90.4 97.5 87.6 97.7 95.5 96.6 95.7 98.8 95.7 87.9 99.0 90.6

June 87.9 90.4 97.6 88.1 98.5 97.7 97.6 95.7 98.9 98.6 88.0 99.8 90.7

September 88.0 92.9 97.5 92.7 97.8 97.5 98.7 95.7 99.3 98.6 90.4 101.2 91.8

December 89.7 95.6 97.3 95.1 98.2 97.3 99.3 95.6 99.8 98.6 92.5 99.9 93.3

2015 March 92.5 96.7 97.8 95.2 98.3 97.5 101.2 97.6 99.7 100.0 95.4 100.2 95.1

March 95.1 98.1 97.8 96.0 98.2 97.5 102.5 97.7 100.0 100.0 97.5 98.6 96.8

June 97.6 99.0 98.5 97.1 98.7 98.4 102.6 98.5 100.2 100.0 97.5 98.7 98.3

September 100.0 99.6 99.3 101.1 99.6 99.3 99.9 100.0 100.1 100.0 98.4 99.6 100.0

2016 March 102.6 100.4 99.8 105.2 100.2 107.3 98.6 100.0 100.4 98.6 100.4 101.4 101.0

March 105.3 100.9 100.7 107.2 103.0 111.9 98.9 100.6 101.3 98.4 103.1 102.0 102.5

June 106.0 102.3 99.7 104.3 100.1 114.0 99.7 101.2 101.0 98.4 102.9 102.7 102.4

September 104.4 102.8 100.2 106.9 104.4 115.0 99.8 101.3 101.9 98.4 102.4 105.0 102.8

2017 March 107.4 102.9 101.3 105.5 107.3 115.2 101.7 101.3 100.1 98.4 102.5 105.3 104.0

March 112.6 103.8 102.0 105.8 107.7 114.7 103.2 101.3 100.6 98.4 103.1 105.4 105.8

June 116.9 104.1 102.1 107.7 107.3 114.2 104.8 101.3 99.4 98.4 103.4 106.3 107.4

September 119.9 104.1 102.4 110.0 107.2 115.2 106.8 101.5 99.8 98.4 103.0 107.3 108.9

2018 March 120.6 104.1 102.8 110.4 107.6 115.1 107.8 101.7 100.4 101.4 103.0 105.2 109.5

December 121.9 104.1 103.9 112.9 108.6 115.1 110.4 101.8 100.9 107.6 103.2 106.6 111.2

March 123.3 103.8 105.2 113.8 108.9 115.0 111.6 101.8 101.3 107.6 103.9 107.5 112.1

June 122.9 103.8 105.9 115.9 109.2 114.9 113.4 101.8 100.7 107.6 106.1 107.7 113.0

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

Consumer price index from 2004 to 2009 were classified based on National Classification, it is therefore difficult to link to consumer price index

starting from 2010 as this followed Classification of Individual Consumption by Purpose (COICOP)

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED BY HIGH INCOME GROUP IN DAR ES SALAAM (2015=100)

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED BY HIGH INCOME GROUP IN DAR ES SALAAM (2015=100)

Year

Page 47: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

33

Table No. 13

March June Sept. December

2000 24.2 24.2 25.3 25.8 24.9 6.2

2001 30.9 28.2 27.0 25.8 28.0 12.5

2002 29.0 28.9 28.9 28.9 28.9 6.6

2003 29.9 30.2 30.2 30.2 30.1 4.2

2004 31.0 31.8 32.3 33.0 32.0 6.2

2005 33.6 33.9 34.8 36.8 34.8 8.6

2006 37.9 38.5 38.9 40.1 38.9 11.8

2007 42.2 43.5 44.7 45.8 44.0 13.3

2008 48.9 50.1 53.9 55.4 52.1 18.3

2009 57.7 58.4 61.6 63.2 60.2 15.7

2010 63.4 64.9 65.8 66.3 65.1 8.1

2011 68.7 70.8 72.8 75.7 72.0 10.6

2012 78.0 79.5 80.4 82.2 80.0 11.2

2013 85.5 85.6 86.6 87.9 86.4 8.0

2014 90.6 90.7 91.8 93.3 91.6 6.0

2015* 95.1 96.8 98.3 100.0 97.5 6.5

2016 101.0 102.5 102.4 102.8 102.2 4.8

2017 104.0 105.8 107.4 108.9 106.5 4.2

2018 109.5 111.2 112.1 113.0 111.5 4.7

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

COST OF LIVING INDEX FOR HIGH INCOME

GROUP IN DAR ES SALAAM (Dec.2015 =100)

Months

AverageYearChange

(%)

Page 48: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

34

Table No. 14

Food Alcoholic Clothing Electricity, Furniture Health Transport Commun Recreation Education Hotel and Others OVERALL

and Drinks and and Household and Services ication and Restaurants PRICE

Beverages Cigarettes Footwear and Water Household Entertain. INDEX

Utensils

2010 First Quarter 54.4 66.1 68.2 54.3 72.0 84.6 79.4 101.3 81.7 83.4 69.5 72.4 61.3

Second Quarter 55.2 64.8 68.4 57.2 72.9 84.8 79.2 102.0 82.7 83.4 69.5 72.9 62.1

Third Quarter 54.2 66.2 70.2 58.1 74.1 84.9 78.9 102.2 84.2 81.9 69.8 74.6 61.9

Fourth Quarter 54.9 66.6 71.7 58.1 74.8 84.6 78.9 102.3 83.9 81.3 68.9 74.5 62.4

2011 First Quarter 59.0 67.7 73.6 61.9 80.5 85.7 80.4 100.2 84.7 85.6 72.4 74.6 65.8

Second Quarter 61.2 68.7 75.0 66.2 83.1 86.2 84.5 99.9 85.2 85.9 73.9 75.4 68.2

Third Quarter 64.4 69.7 76.9 70.3 84.6 86.5 86.6 100.7 86.1 85.9 75.9 77.9 71.0

Fourth Quarter 69.0 70.3 79.5 71.8 86.1 87.6 88.1 100.7 86.3 85.9 78.0 80.3 74.2

2012 Firsrt Quarter 74.7 73.1 83.8 73.4 88.9 88.2 88.8 99.6 90.9 89.2 83.7 82.9 78.6

Second Quarter 76.3 75.5 86.5 76.3 90.7 89.0 90.4 99.1 93.7 90.0 87.3 85.2 80.5

Third Quarter 76.3 83.3 87.8 80.4 91.8 89.4 90.5 99.1 96.0 90.0 88.5 85.9 81.4

Fourth Quarter 78.5 85.4 89.0 84.1 93.1 90.1 90.5 98.9 95.7 90.0 90.5 87.1 83.4

2013 First Quarter 83.4 87.6 90.5 86.1 94.4 91.0 90.7 98.7 95.6 91.7 91.8 88.6 86.7

Second Quarter 82.9 88.3 91.2 90.1 94.6 91.7 96.1 98.5 96.0 91.9 92.2 89.4 87.3

Third Quarter 81.6 92.4 92.3 90.7 95.0 91.9 97.8 99.0 96.4 92.1 92.3 90.9 86.9

Fourth Quarter 83.7 93.5 92.8 92.0 95.6 92.0 98.4 99.1 96.4 92.1 92.9 91.7 88.4

2014 First Quarter 88.9 93.8 93.8 96.8 96.1 92.8 98.8 99.2 96.6 96.8 93.3 92.6 91.9

Second Quarter 89.7 93.8 94.1 98.7 96.8 95.2 99.4 99.5 96.7 96.8 94.5 96.6 92.9

Third Quarter 88.6 96.8 94.5 100.5 96.9 95.8 100.0 99.9 96.9 96.8 95.2 96.6 92.7

Fourth Quarter 89.2 98.6 95.5 101.1 96.9 96.2 99.6 99.7 97.0 96.8 96.1 96.7 93.3

2015* First Quarter 93.5 98.8 97.0 101.6 97.4 96.6 97.5 99.8 97.1 98.6 97.6 97.4 95.7

Second Quarter 97.3 98.8 97.8 99.8 97.4 97.1 97.6 99.8 97.5 100.0 98.9 97.8 97.8

Third Quarter 97.5 99.4 99.1 101.1 98.7 98.4 100.3 99.7 98.9 100.0 99.8 98.5 98.5

Fourth Quarter 98.9 99.8 99.7 100.9 99.3 99.5 99.8 100.0 100.1 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.4

2016 First Quarter 102.1 100.4 101.0 103.8 100.5 101.6 99.1 99.5 100.4 101.8 100.5 100.8 101.4

Second Quarter 104.2 103.2 101.9 107.3 101.5 103.2 98.9 98.8 100.9 102.3 103.6 101.4 103.0

Third Quarter 103.9 104.4 102.8 107.8 101.9 104.0 99.8 99.1 101.2 102.6 104.4 101.9 103.3

Fourth Quarter 105.1 104.9 103.3 110.1 103.1 104.6 100.0 99.1 101.7 102.6 104.1 102.6 104.2

2017 First Quarter 111.4 105.5 104.4 112.5 104.2 105.3 100.0 98.7 101.5 102.9 104.3 103.4 107.1

Second Quarter 115.7 106.5 105.8 113.6 104.7 105.8 100.1 98.1 102.0 103.1 104.4 105.5 109.1

Third Quarter 113.2 107.0 106.4 116.7 104.8 106.2 99.5 98.1 102.7 103.4 104.4 105.7 108.6

Fourth Quarter 112.9 107.5 106.5 118.8 105.1 106.7 100.1 98.1 103.2 103.5 104.5 105.4 108.9

2018 First Quarter 117.4 107.9 107.6 122.3 106.1 107.0 101.2 98.2 103.1 105.5 105.2 105.7 111.4

Second Quarter 119.4 107.6 108.3 128.7 107.1 107.3 101.9 97.3 102.8 105.6 105.3 106.8 113.1

Third Quarter 115.9 108.4 109.4 131.4 107.8 107.5 102.4 95.5 102.7 106.0 105.7 107.0 112.2

Fourth Quarter 113.9 109.6 110.2 134.4 108.5 107.7 104.5 95.5 102.6 106.0 106.7 107.5 112.3

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

Consumer price index from 2004 to 2009 were classified based on National Classification, it is therefore difficult to link to consumer price index

starting from 2010 as this followed Classification of Individual Consumption by Purpose (COICOP)

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED BY

URBAN DWELLERS IN TANZANIA MAINLAND (2015=100)

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED BY URBAN RESIDENTS IN TANZANIA MAINLAND (2015=100)

Year

Page 49: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

35

Table No. 15

Year First Second Third Forth Average ChangeQuarter Quarter Quarter Quarter %1990 8.0 8.2 8.8 9.5 8.6 35.9

2000 33.2 33.0 31.8 32.3 32.6 6.0

2001 35.0 34.7 33.4 33.8 34.2 5.1

2002 35.4 35.6 35.5 36.3 35.7 4.3

2003 37.1 37.6 37.4 38.3 37.6 5.3

2004 39.0 39.0 39.1 40.4 39.4 4.7

2005 40.6 41.2 41.3 42.4 41.4 5.0

2006 43.8 44.9 43.7 45.1 44.4 7.3

2007 46.9 47.5 47.4 48.2 47.5 7.0

2008 51.1 51.9 52.3 54.2 52.4 10.3

2009 57.7 57.8 58.4 61.0 58.7 12.1

2010 61.3 62.1 61.9 62.4 61.9 5.5

2011 65.8 68.2 71.0 74.2 69.8 12.7

2012 78.6 80.5 81.4 83.4 81.0 16.0

2013 86.7 87.3 86.9 88.4 87.3 7.9

2014 91.9 92.9 92.7 93.3 92.7 6.1

2015* 95.7 97.8 98.5 99.4 97.9 5.6

2016 101.4 103.0 103.3 104.2 102.9 5.2

2017 107.1 109.1 108.6 108.9 108.4 5.3

2018 111.4 113.1 112.2 112.3 112.2 3.5

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

COST OF LIVING INDEX OF GOODS AND SERVICES CONSUMED

BY URBAN DWELLERS IN TANZANIA MAINLAND (Dec.2015=100)

Period

Page 50: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

36

Page 51: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

37

Table No. 16

Urban

Dwellers

Urban

Dwellers

Tanzania

Mainland

Tanzania

Mainland

Minimum Middle High Minimum Middle High

2000 23.8 27.9 24.9 32.6 1.7 2.5 6.2 6.0

2001 25.9 29.1 28.0 34.2 8.5 4.5 12.5 5.1

2002 26.9 30.2 28.9 35.7 3.8 3.5 3.3 4.3

2003 28.4 30.8 30.1 37.6 5.8 2.3 4.3 5.3

2004 30.2 33.4 32.0 39.4 6.4 8.2 6.2 4.7

2005 32.7 36.0 34.8 41.4 8.3 7.9 8.6 5.0

2006 36.5 39.3 38.9 44.4 11.5 9.2 11.8 7.3

2007 39.9 43.9 44.0 47.5 9.3 11.5 13.3 7.0

2008 46.8 50.6 52.1 52.4 17.3 15.3 18.3 10.3

2009 54.7 58.9 60.2 58.7 16.8 16.4 15.7 12.1

2010* 61.9 64.8 65.1 61.9 13.2 10.0 8.1 5.5

2011 66.5 69.9 72.0 69.8 7.4 7.9 10.6 12.7

2012 79.0 81.5 80.0 81.0 18.8 16.6 11.2 16.0

2013 86.3 88.3 86.4 87.3 9.3 8.3 8.0 7.9

2014 93.0 93.7 91.6 92.7 7.7 6.2 6.0 6.1

2015 98.0 99.0 97.5 97.9 5.4 5.6 6.5 5.6

2016 102.2 103.5 102.2 102.9 4.3 4.5 4.8 5.2

2017 104.1 106.2 106.5 108.4 1.9 2.6 4.2 5.3

2018 106.1 108.2 111.5 112.2 2.0 1.9 4.7 3.5

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

*The reference period has been changed from Dec. 2015=100

DIFFERENT INDICES OF GOODS AND SERVICES

CONSUMED BY URBAN RESIDENTS IN TANZANIA MAINLAND (Dec.2015=100)

Index (%)

Income Income

Index

Year

Page 52: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

38

CHAPTER 2

MONEY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Money Supply

32. In 2018, the Bank of Tanzania (BoT) continued to implement monetary

policy with the aim of ensuring sufficient level of liquidity in the economy

consistently with broader macroeconomic objectives of price stability and high

economic growth. During that period, the BoT continued to closely monitor

banks’ deposits in the Central Bank to ensure commercial banks have

sufficient liquidity to increase growth of credit to private sector for the

purpose of developing economic activities. Further, the Bank used various

modalities to increase liquidity in the economy which include provision of

short-term loans to commercial banks, reducing discount rate and purchase of

foreign currency from commercial banks and government institutions.

33. As of December 2018, the narrow money supply (M1) increased by 5.1

percent to 11,723.7 billion shillings from 11,155.3 billion shillings in

December, 2017. The broad money supply (M2) was 19,040.3 billion shillings

in 2018 compared to 18,349.9 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 3.8 percent. The extended broad money supply (M3) increased

from 24,714.3 billion shillings in 2017 to 25,823.3 billion shillings in 2018,

equivalent to an increase of 4.5 percent. The growth of money supply

remained under one-digit due to a decrease in foreign reserves by 8.3 percent

in 2018. The decline in foreign reserves was mainly due to reduction of

external financial resources of the Bank due to an increase in external

government payments following the implementation of development projects,

foreign debt payments and decrease of wholesale foreign exchange market.

Credit to Central Government and Private Sector

34. In 2018, credit extended by banking sector to the Central Government

increased by 36.8 percent due to the increase in loans from the BoT as well as

the use of Government deposits to finance development projects. In addition,

credit to private sector increased from 16,895.4 billion shillings in 2017 to

17,726.6 billion shillings in 2018, equivalent to an increase of 4.9 percent

compared to 1.7 percent in 2017. The increase in private sector credit was

attributed to the Government's efforts to improve the business environment,

effective monetary policy and decrease in non-performing loans in

commercial banks resulting from the use of credit reference bureau in issuing

loans. Most of private sector credits were extended to individual and business

activities which accounted for an average of 27.2 percent and 18.2 percent

respectively.

Page 53: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

39

Commercial Banks Deposits

35. In 2018, deposits in commercial banks increased by 2.6 percent to

20,921.3 billion shillings from 20,381.9 billion shillings in 2017. This was

attributed to commercial bank’s effort in sensitizing the general public in

saving culture through different deposits attractions, increasing branch

networks and use of agent banking. In addition, private sector’s deposits

amounted to 20,562.8 billion shillings, equivalent to 98.3 percent of total

deposits. During that period, the ratio of foreign currency deposit to total

deposits increased to 30.5 percent from 29.9 percent in 2017.

Interest Rates Development

36. The overall lending rate decreased to an average of 17.42 percent in 2018

from 17.77 percent in 2017. During that period, one-year lending rate

decreased to an average of 17.83 percent from 18.54 percent in 2017. The time

deposit rate decreased to an average of 8.24 percent in 2018 compared to

10.06 percent in 2017. In addition, one-year deposit rate decreased to an

average of 8.78 percent from 11.66 percent in 2017. This was due to the

efforts of the BoT to reduce non-performing loans as well as ensuring

sufficient liquidity in commercial banks. Consequently, the interest rate spread

on one-year lending and deposit rate increased to 9.05 percentage point in the

period ending 2018 from 6.88 percentage point in the corresponding period in

2017. On other hand, overall interbank interest rate decreased to an average of

2.21 percent in 2018 from an average of 6.0 percent in 2017. Likewise, the

Treasury bills rate declined to an average of 6.43 percent in 2018 from an

average of 11.10 percent in 2017.

FINANCIAL SECTOR DEVELOPMENTS

Banking Services

37. In ensuring easy access to financial services, banks continued to expand

branches from 821 in December 2017 to 878 branches in December 2018. The

banking sector liquidity remained above the regulatory requirements in 2018.

The ratio of liquid assets to demand liabilities decreased to 35.6 percent in

December 2018 from 40.3 percent in December 2017, which is above the

minimum regulatory requirement of 20 percent. Further, the ratio of core

capital to total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet decreased to 18.2

percent from 18.9 percent compared to the minimum regulatory requirements

of 10 percent.

38. As of December 2018, a total of 17 banks provided banking services

through agents compared to 16 banks in the corresponding period in 2017. The

number of banking agents increased to 18,827 agents in December 2018 from

10,665 agents in the corresponding period in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

76.5 percent. In addition, deposit transactions through agent banking services

Page 54: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

40

increased from 9,911,695 transactions valued at 4,638.6 billion shillings in

December 2017 to 18,034.023 transactions valued at 10,278.30 billion

shillings in December 2018, equivalent to an increase in transactions by 81.9

percent. During the same period, withdrawal transactions were 9,784,192

valued at 3,070.48 billion shillings compared to 4,075,195 transactions valued

at 1,106.41 billion shillings in December 2017.

Capital Markets and Securities Development

39. As of December 2018, a total of 28 companies were listed at the Dar es

Salaam Stock Exchange (DSE) compared to 26 companies listed in December

2017. The newly listed companies namely National Investment Company

Limited (NICOL) and Tanzania Chamber of Commerce, Industry and

Agriculture (TCCIA) accounted for the increase. Out of the listed companies,

21 were local companies and seven were foreign companies. As of December

2018, the number of investors at the DSE increased to 672,209 compared to

524,277 investors in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 28.2 percent. This was

due to an increase in opportunities of buying shares and the listing of NICOL

and TCCIA.

40. In 2018, a total of 304,215,411 shares worth 504.82 billion shillings were

traded at the DSE compared to 328,552,495 shares worth 418.96 billion

shillings traded in 2017, equivalent to increase in the value by 20.5 percent.

Further, Treasury bonds worth 1,221.24 billion shillings were traded at the

secondary market compared to Treasury bonds worth 683.17 billion shillings

traded during the period ending December 2017, equivalent to an increase of

78.8 percent. Furthermore, DSE listed Treasury bonds worth 9.11 trillion

shillings compared to Treasury bonds worth 7.71 trillion shillings listed in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 18.2 percent. During the period ending

December 2018, corporate bonds valued at 134.88 billion shillings were listed

at DSE compared to 98.97 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase

of 37.5 percent. The increase was due to the listing of Tanzania Mortgage

Refinance Company’s (TMRC) Treasury bond.

41. In 2018, the value of collective investment schemes was 281,668.39

million shillings compared to 256,480.40 million shillings in 2017, equivalent

to an increase of 9.8 percent. This was due to increase in the investment value

of Ukwasi Fund by 153 percent and Umoja Fund by 1.9 percent. However, the

investment value of Jikimu Fund decreased to 20,280.46 million shillings in

2018 from 21,687.04 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 6.5

percent. This was due to a decrease in the share value of the company in which

the Fund invested. Further, the value of Wekeza Maisha Fund decreased to

1,193.82 million shillings in 2018 from 1,488.96 million shillings in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 19.8 percent. The decrease was due to closure of

the Fund as it reached its maturity of ten years consistent with the Fund

Page 55: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

41

regulations. The value of Watoto Fund decreased to 3,154.30 million shillings

in 2018 from 3,532.13 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of

10.7 percent. This was due to decrease in the share value of the company in

which the Fund invested. The trend of collective investment schemes is shown

in Table No. 2.1.

Table No. 2.1: The Trend of Collective Investment Schemes (Million TZS)

Type of

Investment

Fund

2016 2017 2018 Growth

(%)

Umoja 210,443.15 214,658.83 218,809.27 1.9

Jikimu 25,451.02 21,687.04 20,280.46 -6.5

Wekeza

maisha 3,671.93 1,488.96 1,193.82 -19.8

Watoto 3,301.31 3,532.13 3,154.30 -10.7

Ukwasi 8,155.95 15,113.44 38,230.54 153.0

Total 251,023.36 256,480.40 281,668.39 9.8

Source: Capital Markets and Securities Authority

Social Security Regulatory Authority

42. In 2017/18, members of social security funds increased to 1,351,517 from

1,322,206 members in 2016/17. During that period, social security funds’

assets were 12.84 trillion shillings compared to 11.68 trillion shillings in

2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 9.9 percent. The increase was attributed

to continued increase in investment value. Further, the number of retired

employees who received monthly pension was 152,605. Members’

contribution decreased to 2.67 trillion shillings in 2017/18 from 2.72 trillion

shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of 1.8 percent. This was due to

late submission of employees’ contributions.

43. Social security funds continued to invest in strategic projects, whereby, in

2017/18, the value of strategic projects investment was 51.59 billion shillings.

Those projects include the Mkulazi sugar factory in Morogoro, Karanga

leather factory in Kilimanjaro, Nguru ranch meat processing plant in

Morogoro and Kibaha pesticides factory in Pwani region.

44. In 2018, the Parliament of the United Republic of Tanzania passed the

Public Service Social Security Fund Act 2018. The Act merged four pension

funds, namely PSPF Pension Fund, Local Government Pension Fund (LAPF),

PPF Pension Fund, and Government Employees Pension Fund (GEPF) and

established Public Service Social Security Fund (PSSSF). In addition, the Act

amended the National Social Security Fund Act (NSSF) Cap 50 to cater for

private sector employees and informal sector. The decision to merge those

Funds was aimed at addressing various challenges including: unhealthy

Page 56: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

42

competition among the Funds; high operating costs; and Funds being under

jurisdiction of different authorities.

Public Service Social Security Fund

45. In 2018, the Government established the Public Service Social Security

Fund (PSSSF) as per Act No.2 of 2018. The PSSSF resulted from merging the

then PSPF, PPF, LAPF and GEPF Funds which commenced its operations on

1st August, 2018. During the review period, activities performed by the PSSSF

focused on achieving key targets set out in the law which enacted the Fund,

including establishing members’ data base, collection of members’

contributions, investment and payments of benefits in accordance with the

provisions of the Act. As of December 2018, the Fund registered 6,705 new

members and collected 588.51 billion shillings from members’ contributions.

In addition, the Fund paid 888.40 billion shillings to 9,971 retired employees

and dependants from the merged Funds. Further, the Fund continued to pay

benefits in accordance with the law whereby, 321.39 billion shillings were

paid to 12,124 members.

46. In 2018, the Fund earned 186.70 billion shillings from its investments.

Investment activities by the Fund were carried out as per PSSSF Act and its

Investment Policy managed by BoT and SSRA. As of July 2018, Fund’s assets

and investments valued 5.8 trillion shillings.

National Social Security Fund

47. In 2017/18, the National Social Security Fund (NSSF) members increased

by 19.1 percent to 1,297,299 from 1,087,229 members in 2016/17. In addition,

members’ contribution amounted to 728,736.26 million shillings compared to

736,405.01 million shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of 1.04

percent. The decrease was due to voluntary withdrawal of 23,743 members

and retirement of 17,350 members.

48. In 2017/18, benefits paid to members amounted to 402,477.43 million

shillings compared to 248,118.5 million shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to an

increase of 62.2 percent. In addition, the benefits were paid to 48,388

members compared to 45,143 members in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase

of 7.2 percent.

49. The value of Fund’s investment was 2,418.77 billion shillings compared to

2,333.98 billion shillings in 2016/17. In addition, the value of investment in

Government securities was 340.48 billion shillings in 2017/18 compared to

311.21 billion shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 9.4 percent.

Further, investment income decreased to 193.75 billion shillings in 2017/18

from 207.12 billion shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of 6.5

percent. On the other hand, the value of the Fund’s assets was 3,433.52 billion

shillings compared to 3,408.58 billion shillings in 2016/17. Moreover, the net

Page 57: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

43

assets of the Fund amounted to 3,192.32 billion shillings in 2017/18 compared

to 3,119.62 billion shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 2.3

percent.

Workers Compesation Fund

50. As of December 2018, a total of 17,845 employers from private and

public sector were registered with Workers Compensation Fund (WCF)

compared to 12,282 employers in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 45.3

percent. The increase was due to awareness creation to employers, employees

and various stakeholders of the Fund as well as inspection to employers.

Following the increase of registered employers, members’ contribution

increased from 81.80 billion shillings in 2017 to 100.92 billion shillings in

2018, equivalent to an increase of 23.4 percent. During the period under

review, the Fund spent 2.21 billion shillings as medical expenses and

compensation to employees who were injured or died in the course of

employment compared to 1.76 billion shillings spent in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 25.6 percent. This was due to increase in claims of employees who

were injured, contracted diseases or died in the course of employment.

51. In 2018, the Fund invested 91.72 billion shillings compared to 70.46

billion shillings invested in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 30.2 percent.

The increase was attributed to availability of excess fund from employers’

contributions. In addition, the Fund continued to invest in Government

securities, bank deposits and stock market. As of December 2018, a total of

21.39 billion shillings were collected from various investment portfolios

compared to 16.35 billion shillings collected in 2017, equivalent to an increase

of 30.8 percent. Likewise, the value of the Fund’s net assets was 259.57

billion shillings in 2017/18 compared to 138.16 billion shillings in 2016/17,

equivalent to an increase of 87.9 percent. This was due to increase in

members’ contributions as well as investment income.

National Health Insurance Fund

52. In In 2017/18, the National Health Insurance Fund (NHIF) members were

858,446 compared to 753,832 members in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase

of 13.9 percent. The increase was due to Fund’s efforts to reach out various

groups in the society in implementing the Government's objective of universal

health coverage. During that period, 2,251,055 households were registered by

the Community Health Funds (CHF) compared to 2,030,666 households

registered in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 10.9 percent.

53. In 2017/18, the Fund served 17,425,329 beneficiaries compared to

15,675,396 beneficiaries in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 11.2 percent.

Beneficiaries served by the Fund were equivalent to 33 percent of total

population of Tanzania Mainland. Out of those, NHIF beneficiaries were

3,918,999 and CHF beneficiaries were 13,506,330. During that period,

Page 58: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

44

371,043.00 million shillings were paid to service providers compared to

303,818.99 million shillings paid in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 22.1

percent. The increase was due to improvement of benefits offered to members

as well as surgical services especially heart surgery which is costly.

54. In 2017/18, Fund’s earnings were 488,595.90 million shillings compared

to 478,971.38 million shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 2.0

percent. Out of those, members’ contributions were 383,562.36 million

shillings in 2017/18 compared to 367,634.47 million shillings in 2016/17,

equivalent to an increase of 4.3 percent. In addition, members’ contributions

accounted for 78.5 percent of total earnings, followed by investment earnings

21.3 percent and other earnings 0.2 percent. As of 2017/18, net assets value of

the Fund was 1,307.3 billion shillings compared to 1,300.4 billion shillings in

2016/17. On the other hand, accredited health facilities were 7,465 compared

to 7,140 in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 4.6 percent.

Table No. 2.2: Health Facilities Accredited by the Fund

Type of Facility Government Faith

Based Private Total

National Hospitals 13 3 3 19

Zonal Referral Hospitals 2 5 6 13

Regional hospitals 27 15 15 57

District hospitals 91 20 96 207

Health Centres 485 101 170 756

Dispensaries 4,934 329 407 5,670

Pharmacies 13 395 8 416

ADDO Shops - 207 - 207

Specialized clinics - 101 10 11

Diagnostic Centres - 7 1 8

Evacuating facility - 1 - 1

Total 5,565 1,184 716 7,465

Source: National Health Insurance Fund

Tanzania Insurance Regulatory Authority

55. In 2018, registered companies to undertake insurance business were 31

including one company that provide reinsurance services. In addition, 109

brokers, 614 insurance agents and 54 insurance loss assessors were registered

to provide insurance services compared to 152 brokers, 596 insurance agents

and 55 insurance loss assessors registered in 2017. Likewise, insurance

certificates issued to citizens increased to 2,745,584 compared to 2,548,553

certificates in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 7.7 percent.

56. In 2018, the overall insurance premium increased to 691.06 billion

shillings compared to 637.14 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 8.5 percent. During that period, general insurance business

accounted for 84.91 percent of total insurance premium while life insurance

Page 59: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

45

accounted for 15.09 percent. Further, general insurance premium increased to

586.76 billion shillings in 2018 compared to 556.30 billion shillings in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 5.5 percent. Furthermore, life assurance premium

was 104.30 billion shillings compared to 80.84 billion shillings in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 29.0 percent. This was due to provision of

insurance education to the general public and the use of electronic system to

verify motor vehicles insurance.

Table No. 2.3: Insurance Premium Trend

Premium 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

General Insurance Premium 493,981 550,168 585,789 556,298 586,762

Growth (Percent) 18.3 11.4 6.5 -5.0 5.5

Overall contribution (Percent) 89.1 88.9 88.7 87.3 84.9

Life Insurance Premium 60,420 68,691 74,909 80,843 104,297

Growth (Percent) 7.1 13.7 9.1 7.9 29.0

Overall contribution (Percent) 10.9 11.1 11.3 12.7 15.1

Total Insurance Premium 554,401 618,859 660,698 637,141 691,059

Growth (Percent) 16.94 11.63 6.76 -3.57 8.46

Source: Tanzania Insurance Regulatory Authority

57. In 2018, general insurance companies recorded a profit of 20.9 billion

shillings compared to 3.8 billion shillings in 2017. This was due to increase in

premium fees. During that period, the asset value of insurance companies was

920.8 billion shillings compared to 862.6 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent

to an increase of 6.7 percent. Further, liabilities to insurance companies were

631.2 billion shillings in 2018 compared to 586.5 billion shillings in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 7.6 percent. The net asset of insurance companies

was 289.6 billion shillings in 2018 compare to 276.1 billion shillings in 2017.

Table No. 2.4: Assets and Liabilities of Insurance Companies (Mil. TZS)

Asset and

Liabilities 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total Assets 619,979 729,025 824,290 862,618 920,816

Growth (percent) 19 18 13 5 7

Total Liabilities 401,665 484,059 559,128 586,480 631,151

Growth (percent) 17 21 16 5 8

Net worth 218,314 244,966 265,162 76,138 289,665

Growth (percent) 25 12 8 4 5

Source: Tanzania Insurance Regulatory Authority

Page 60: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

46

Trend of Mortgage Market in Tanzania

58. As 2018, housing loans amounting to 421.07 billion shillings were

extended by the banking sector and financial institutions compared to 344

billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 22.4 percent. This was

due to prudent implementation of monetary policy and the use of Credit

Reference Bureau (CRB). The interest rate charged ranged from 15 to 19

percent in 2018 compared to the rate of 22 to 24 percent in 2017. During that

period, 32 banks and financial institutions extended housing mortgage

compared to 31 banks and financial institutions in 2017. The increase was

attributed to entrance of Maendeleo Bank Plc in the housing mortgage market.

In addition, 70.1 percent of the mortgage market share was dominated by:

CRDB Bank Plc (40.9 percent), Stanbic Bank (14.2 percent), Azania Bank

(6.8 percent), Commercial Bank of Africa (4.4 percent) and First National

Bank Tanzania Ltd (3.8 percent).

Page 61: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

47

Table No. 2.5: Mortgage Debt Outstanding by Lender as of December 2018

Mortgage Lender No. of

Accounts

No. of

Accounts

Amount

(TZS)

Billion

Market

Share

(%

CRDB Bank Plc 1,461 172.28 40.92

Stanbic Bank (T) Ltd 188 59.78 14.20

Azania Bank Limited 491 28.71 6.82

Commercial Bank of Africa (T)

Limited 107 18.53 4.40

First National Bank Tanzania

Limited 92 15.89 3.77

NMB Bank Plc. 119 15.33 3.64

DCB Commercial Bank Plc 662 9.28 2.20

Bank of Africa Tanzania Limited 105 9.23 2.19

Bank M Tanzania PLC 7 8.40 1.99

Letshego Bank (T) Limited 161 8.21 1.95

Amana Bank Limited 118 7.98 1.90

Barclays Bank (T) Limited 57 7.93 1.88

NIC Bank Tanzania Limited 18 7.52 1.79

NBC Limited 53 6.05 1.44

I & M Bank Tanzania Limited 35 5.59 1.33

KCB Bank Tanzania Limited 49 5.18 1.23

Peoples Bank of Zanzibar 23 5.11 1.21

Equity Bank Tanzania Limited 14 4.67 1.11

African Banking Corporation (T)

Ltd 39 4.59 1.09

Standard Chartered Bank (T) Ltd 21 4.44 1.05

Exim Bank Tanzania Limited 40 3.01 0.71

Yetu Microfinance Plc 513 2.03 0.48

Akiba Commercial Bank Ltd 314 1.91 0.45

Diamond Trust Bank (T) Ltd. 7 1.76 0.42

TIB Corporate Bank Limited 14 1.72 0.41

EFC M.F.B Tanzania Limited 80 1.71 0.40

Citibank Tanzania Limited 8 1.08 0.26

TIB Development Bank Limited 9 1.01 0.24

1st Housing Finance 6 0.83 0.20

Mucoba Bank Plc 144 0.72 0.17

International Commercial Bank (T)

Ltd. 2 0.38 0.09

Maendeleo Bank Plc 39 0.23 0.06

Total 4,996 421.07 100.00

Source: Tanzania Mortgage Refinancing Company

59. In 2018, Tanzania Mortgage Refinance Company (TMRC) extended loans

worth 102.1 billion shillings to 11 member banks and four non-member banks

compared to 91.1 billion shillings extended in 2017, equivalent to an increase

of 12.1 percent. Mortgage extended by TMRC accounted for 24 percent of the

Page 62: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

48

total mortgage compared to 26.4 percent in 2017. Further, loans extended

through Housing Microfinance Fund Project which is under TMRC was 17.9

billion shillings compared to 11.5 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 55.7 percent.

Tanzania Agricultural Development Bank

60. In 2018, the Tanzania Agricultural Development Bank (TADB) had a

capital of 67.09 billion shillings compared to 67.53 billion shillings in 2017. In

addition, the Bank recorded a profit of 1.93 billion shillings compared to 2.79

billion shillings in 2017. Likewise, loans extended by bank amounted to

284.57 billion shillings; thus, making cumulative loans extended to be 295.04

billion shillings since its establishment. The increase in lending was due to

expansion of the bank services by opening two zonal offices. The offices are

Lake Zone which serves Mwanza, Mara, Kagera, Simiyu, Shinyanga and

Geita regions and Central Zone which serves Dodoma, Manyara and Singida

regions. A big chunk of the loan was directed to purchase coffee and cashew

nuts. Further, 1,994,726 farmers benefited from the loans compared to 2,202

farmers in 2017. Out of the loans extended, 8.68 billion shillings were partly

directed to six irrigation projects of maize, paddy, and vegetables implemented

by small scale farmers associations in Iringa, Morogoro and Tanga regions and

partly directed to grain crops project in Kagera.

Table No. 2.6: The Value of Loans Issued and Approved

Year Approved loan Issued loan

2016 6.5 2.64

2017 24.5 7.83

2018 324.5 284.57

Total 355.5 295.04

Source: Tanzania Agriculture Development Bank

61. In 2018, the Bank trained 7,469 small scale farmers, livestock keepers and

fisherman in various regions; thus, making cumulative trained beneficiaries to

be 20,399 since inception of the trainings in 2016. The trainings aimed at

building capacity of the targeted groups in financial management, groups and

association’s management, records keeping and preparations of project

concept note which conform to the requirements set by banks and other

financial institutions.

62. In 2018, TADB continued to mobilize funds for agricultural sector

investment by signing contract with the Marketing Infrastructure, Value

Addition and Rural Finance Support Program (MIVARF). The contracts

permitted the Bank to obtain consent to manage two agricultural projects

which are Smallholder Farmers Credit Guarantee Scheme (SCGS) and Rural

Innovation Fund (RIF). As of December 2018, SCGS extended loans worth

Page 63: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

49

3.3 billion shillings through NMB and TPB bank. Conversely, RIF received

117 funding proposal of about 90 billion shillings awaiting for approval after

formulation of the Executive Committee of the Fund.

TPB Bank PLC

63. In 2018, TPB Plc branches increased to 36 from 30 branches in 2017. In

addition, mini-branches of the bank increased to 40 from 36 branches in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 11.1 percent. This was due to the bank continued

to extend its services through Tanzania Postal Agency for the purpose of

business expansion and provision of services closer to the community. Further,

the Bank continued to provide its services using 304 ATMs compared to 238

ATMs in 2017. Out of those, 72 ATMs were owned by TPB compared to 51

ATMs in 2017.

64. In 2018, customers’ deposits increased to 446,111 million shillings from

382,558 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 16.6 percent. As

of December 2018, bank’s customers were 576,264, whereby, new customers

were 65,240. The increase in number of customers was on account of efforts

of the bank to reach out clients in colleges, schools and savings and credit

groups and linking them to bank deposit system and access to microcredit.

65. In 2018, TPB Bank’s investments in government securities were 56, 819

million shillings compared to 61,764 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to a

decrease of 8.0 percent. The decrease was due to a substantial increase in

demand for loans as well as low growth in customer deposits. During that

period, the bank extended loans worth 408,459 million shillings compared to

336,802 million shillings extended in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 21.3

percent. The increase was due to merging of Twiga Bancorp Bank and

Tanzania Women Bank (TWB) with TPB Bank. In addition, Non - Performing

Loans (NPL) increased to 6.9 percent from 6.1 percent in 2017. This was due

to merging of TPB Bank with Twiga Bancorp Bank and TWB which were

significantly affected by NPL. On the other hand, merging of TPB bank with

Twiga Bancorp Bank and TWB contributed to the increase of Bank’s capital

to 76 billion shillings in 2018 from 60 billion shillings in 2017.

66. In 2018, gross income of the bank was 117,400 million shillings compared

to 107,964 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 8.7 percent.

The increase was due to proper expenditure management, increased loans’

investment and expanding portfolio of products and services.

SELF Microfinance Fund

67. In 2017/18, the capital of the SELF Microfinance Fund was 60.63 billion

shillings compared to 58.94 billion shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to an

increase of 2.9 percent. In addition, the Fund continued to extend affordable

loans and training to small entrepreneurs especially in rural areas. On the other

Page 64: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

50

hand, the Fund extended loans worth 20.36 billion shillings in 2017/18

compared to 13.10 billion shillings extended in 2016/17, equivalent to an

increase of 55.4 percent. The increase was attributed to the Fund networking

with organizations that have broader outreach to people living in rural and

urban areas. Further, 15,278 small entrepreneurs benefited from loans

extended by SELF Microfinance Fund compared to 11,653 entrepreneurs in

2016/17. Out of those, 8,613 beneficiaries were women, equivalent to 56

percent and 6,663 were men. The loan repayment rate increased to 93 percent

in 2017/18 compared to 88 percent in 2016/17. The increase was due to

provision of loans to creditworthy borrowers and close monitoring.

Table No. 2.7: SELF Microfinance Fund Investment Portfolios (Bil. Shillings)

Area of Investment 2016/17 2017/18 Growth

(Percent)

Cash in commercial banks 0.93 11.99 1189.24

Loan position (Credit) 11.33 18.24 60.98

Investment in Government

Deposits 46.68 30.4 -34.87

Total 58.94 60.63 2.86

Source: Self Microfinance Fund

68. In 2017/18, the Fund continued to invest in various sources including loans

and government securities. In addition, Fund’s income amounted to 5.19

billion shillings compared to 7.47 billion shillings in 2016/17, equivalent to a

decrease of 30.5 percent. This was due to decline in interest rate of

government securities.

Table No. 2.8: Sources of Income in SELF Microfinance Fund (Bil. Shillings) Source of income 2016/17 2017/18 Growth

(Percent)

Loans 1.48 1.96 32.43

Investment in government

securities

5.73 2.90 (49.38)

Other sources 0.26 0.33 26.92

Government subsidy - - -

Total 7.47 5.19 (30.53)

Source: Self Microfinance Fund

Page 65: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

51

Table No. 17

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Amount %

Base Money (M0)* 4525.6 5027.8 5909.5 6833.1 6854.4 6954.4 6992.9 38.5 0.6%

Narrow Money (M1) 6538.6 7218.1 8284.2 9575.7 10083.8 11155.3 11723.7 568.4 5.1%

Time and Saving Deposits 4186.0 4672.4 5632.9 6204.4 6536.5 7194.6 7316.7 122.1 1.7%

Broad Money (M2) 10724.5 11890.6 13917.0 15780.1 16620.3 18349.9 19040.4 690.5 3.8%Foreign Currency Deposits 3922.6 4216.2 4697.1 6335.2 6257.5 6364.4 6783.1 418.7 6.6%

Extended Broad Money (M3) 14647.1 16106.8 18614.2 22115.3 22877.8 24714.3 25823.5 1109.2 4.5%

Net Foreign Assets 6396.0 6576.3 6551.5 8244.0 8186.3 11596.1 10629.8 -966.3 -8.3%

Net Domestic Assets 8251.1 9530.4 12062.6 13871.3 14691.6 13118.2 15193.7 2075.5 15.8%

Net Domestic Credit 13719.0 16293.0 18863.7 22505.5 23775.8 24977.2 26249.3 1272.1 5.1%

Net Claims on Government 2019.4 2554.6 3651.6 4881.6 4282.0 3275.7 4481.6 1205.9 36.8%

Lending to Government Sector 4708.6 5900.4 6451.5 7012.8 7166.9 8081.8 8522.5 440.7 5.5%

Lending to Non-Govt. Sectors 9010.4 10392.7 12412.3 15492.7 16608.9 16895.4 17726.8 831.4 4.9%Government Securities at Central Bank

and Commercial Banks 2689.2 3345.8 2799.8 2131.1 2884.9 4806.1 4040.9 -765.2 -15.9%

Other Items Net -2778.7 -3416.8 -4001.3 -6503.1 -6199.3 -7052.9 -7014.7 38.2 -0.5%

Source: Bank of Tanzania

* Currency in Circulation Outside Banks

Shs. Billion

Change 2017-2018

MONETARY SURVEY: TANZANIA MAINLAND

For the period ended December

Page 66: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

52

Table No. 18

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Base Money (M0)* 102.4% 11.1% 17.5% 15.6% 0.3% 1.5% 0.6%

Narrow Money (M1) 17.3% 10.4% 14.8% 15.6% 5.3% 10.6% 5.1%

Time and Saving Deposits 13.9% 11.6% 20.6% 10.1% 5.4% 10.1% 1.7%

Broad Money (M2) 16.0% 10.9% 17.0% 13.4% 5.3% 10.4% 3.8%

Foreign Currency Deposits 4.0% 7.5% 11.4% 34.9% -1.2% 1.7% 6.6%

Extended Broad Money (M3) 12.5% 10.0% 15.6% 18.8% 3.4% 8.0% 4.5%

Net Foreign Assets 2.0% 2.8% -0.4% 25.8% -0.7% 41.7% -8.3%

Net Domestic Assets 22.3% 15.5% 26.6% 15.0% 5.9% -10.7% 15.8%

Net Domestic Credit 25.2% 18.8% 15.8% 19.3% 5.6% 5.1% 5.1%

Net Claims on Government 37.3% 26.5% 42.9% 33.7% -12.3% -23.5% 36.8%

Lending to Government Sector 41.2% 25.3% 9.3% 8.7% 2.2% 12.8% 5.5%

Lending to Non-Govt. Sectors 18.2% 15.3% 19.4% 24.8% 7.2% 1.7% 4.9%

Other Items Net 18.5% 23.0% 17.1% 62.5% -4.7% 13.8% -0.5%

Source: Bank of Tanzania

* Currency in Circulation Outside Banks

For the period ended December

GROWTH OF MONEY SUPPLY AND DOMESTIC CREDIT - TANZANIA MAINLAND

Page 67: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

53

Table No.19

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Shs/US Dollar, End of the Year 1,453.54 1,605.35 1,578.41 1603.21 1723.69 2,148.52 2172.62 2230.07 2281.23

Change in exchange rate (%) -9.6 -9.5 1.7 -1.5 -7.0 -19.8 -1.1 -2.6 -2.2

Shs/Dollar, Average for the Year 1,401.79 1,557.43 1,571.71 1598.66 1652.51 1,985.39 2177.07 2228.86 2255.80

The weighted average exchange rate (%) 7.2 -10.0 -0.9 -1.7 -3.3 -16.8 -8.8 -2.3 -1.2

Source: Bank of Tanzania

TREND OF EXCHANGE RATES OF THE TANZANIA SHILLING AGAINST THE US DOLLAR

Table No. 20

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Agricultural Production 938.9 965.1 1,057.3 1,174.2 1,107.6 1,134.8 952.9 -16.0 5.4

Financial intermediaries 231.3 251.3 310.7 404.6 388.7 292.1 172.9 -40.8 1.0

Mining and Quarrying 55.2 96.7 166.3 275.2 328.6 292.6 375.2 28.2 2.1

Manufacturing 991.8 1,160.6 1,386.2 1,695.8 1,627.8 1,777.6 2,087.9 17.5 11.8

Buildings and Construction 410.7 514.4 660.1 741.4 740.7 837.2 643.3 -23.2 3.6

Transport and Communication 610.1 727.5 925.7 1,231.8 1,180.9 975.6 1,221.7 25.2 6.9

Trade 1,843.2 2,162.2 2,652.1 3,077.7 3,349.3 3,306.9 3,228.9 -2.4 18.2

Tourism 60.2 113.4 129.5 176.6 198.5 176.3 138.8 -21.3 0.8

Hotels and Restaurants 363.0 371.0 436.1 514.6 526.4 595.0 587.3 -1.3 3.3

Electricity 338.0 403.0 440.9 439.8 429.9 335.2 358.1 6.8 2.0

Personal 1,778.7 1,745.0 2,104.5 2,731.7 2,981.7 3,258.7 4,819.5 47.9 27.2

Other Services 1,389.2 1,882.4 2,142.8 3,029.2 3,748.6 3,913.4 3,140.4 -19.8 17.7

Total 9,010 10,393 12,412 15,493 16,609 16,895 17,727 4.9 100.0

Source: Bank of Tanzania

Type of ActivityGrowth

(%)

Shares

(%)

COMMERCIAL BANKS LENDING BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

For the Period ended December (Shs. Billion)

Page 68: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

54

Table No.21 Shs. Billion

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Demand Deposits/Transferable deposits 4,454.2 5,039.4 5,897.2 5,941.5 6,685.3 7,031.7 5.2

Saving and Time Deposits 4,672.4 5,632.9 6,204.4 6,415.6 7,052.2 7,154.7 1.5

Foreign Currency Deposits 4,216.0 4,697.1 6,335.2 5,831.5 6,087.1 6,376.3 4.8

Total 13,342.6 15,369.4 18,436.8 18,188.7 19,824.6 20,562.8 3.7

Government Deposits 791.8 808.4 856.9 577.8 560.6 358.5 -36.0

Total of Deposits 14,134.4 16,177.8 19,293.7 18,766.5 20,385.1 20,921.3 2.6

Source: Bank of Tanzania

For the Period Ended December

TRENDS OF COMMERCIAL BANKS DEPOSITS

% Change

2017/18

Private Deposits

Table No. 22 Percent

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Discount rate 12.33 16.00 16.00 16.00 11.42 8.17

Overall interbank cash market rate 7.92 9.12 11.23 13.47 6.00 2.21

Deposit Rates

Saving Deposits 3.09 3.13 3.45 3.35 3.03 2.52

Overall Time Deposits 8.94 8.44 8.89 9.19 10.04 8.24

One Year (12 Months) 11.58 10.85 10.80 11.47 11.66 8.78

Lending Rates

Overall Lending Rate 15.86 16.29 16.10 15.96 17.77 17.42

Short term ( Up to 1 year) 17.98 18.19 18.68 18.20 18.54 17.83

Tresury Bills Rate

91 Days 12.34 12.08 8.80 7.85 5.49 2.89

182 Days 14.37 13.66 13.04 15.84 10.01 4.13

364 Days 14.77 13.98 13.92 16.56 11.79 7.08

Source: Bank of Tanzania

Type

For the One year Average

AVERAGE NOMINAL INTEREST RATE

Page 69: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

55

CHAPTER 3

GOVERNMENT FINANCE

Introduction

69. The 2018/19 budget was prepared in accordance with the Tanzania

Development Vision 2025; National Five-Year Development Plan 2016/17 –

2020/21 and the CCM Election Manifesto 2015 – 2020. The main goals are

poverty eradication, transforming Tanzania into an industrial economy and

endeavour to be a middle-income country by 2025. As it was in 2017/18, the

theme of 2018/19 budget for East African Member States was “to build an

industrial economy that will stimulate employment and sustainable social

welfare”.

70. In 2018/19 budget, the Government intended to implement the following

priorities: improving irrigation, warehouse and market infrastructures;

strengthening availability of agricultural inputs and implements; strengthening

extension services; improving research and dissemination of findings;

developing livestock and fisheries sub sectors; implementation of Blueprint

for Regulatory Reform to Improve Business Environment to attract private

sector investments particularly in textiles, leather and meat, fish, edible oil,

medicines and medical equipment, food and animal feeds industries and

mining sector; to increase availability and supply of clean water particularly in

villages, and improvement of sewerage systems; drilling of boreholes in arid

and semi-arid areas and construction of strategic dams; to finance fee free

basic education; increasing the number of experts in rare and specialized skills

in mining, oil and gas fields, specialised doctors (cardiologists and

nephrologists) as well as provision of loans to higher education students; to

increase distribution of medicines, medical equipment and reagents and

improvement of health services in health centres, dispensaries and referral

hospitals; and construction and rehabilitation of supportive infrastructure

especially increasing electricity generation from different sources.

71. Macroeconomic targets for 2018/19 budget aimed at the following:

attaining real GDP growth of 7.2 percent in 2018; continue to contain inflation

at single digit; domestic revenue including LGA’s own sources to reach 15.8

percent of GDP; tax revenue to reach 13.6 percent of GDP; Government

expenditures to be 24.5 percent of GDP; and budget deficit to be 3.2 percent of

GDP.

72. In 2018/19, the Government intended to mobilize a total of 32,476.0

billion shillings from domestic and external sources. Total domestic revenue

including LGAs own sources was estimated at 20,894.6 billion shillings,

equivalent to 64.3 percent of the total budget. Out of the amount, tax revenue

Page 70: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

56

was estimated at 18,000.2 billion shillings, equivalent to 13.6 percent of GDP.

In addition, non-tax revenue was estimated at 2,158.8 billion shillings and

revenue from LGAs own sources was estimated at 735.6 billion shillings.

REVENUE TREND

Domestic Revenue

73. During the period from July 2018 to March 2019, total domestic revenue

including LGAs own source amounted to 14,064.9 billion shillings compared

to 13,479.5 billion shillings collected in the corresponding period in 2017/18,

equivalent to an increase of 4.3 percent. Revenue collected by Tanzania

Revenue Authority amounted to 11,722.1 billion shillings, equivalent to 88

percent of the target and an increase of 2 percent compared to 11,546.9 billion

shillings collected in the same period in 2017/18.

74. Collection of non-tax revenue up to March 2019 amounted to 1,872.8

billion shillings compared to the target of 1,522.6 billion shillings, equivalent

to 123 percent of the period estimate. The observed good performance in the

collection of non-tax revenue was due to improvement in the use of

technology in non-tax revenue collection in Government Institutions through

Government Electronic Payment Gateway System (GePG).

75. Underperformance of tax revenue collections was caused by various

factors including: low level of awareness among traders and citizens on the

use of Electronic Fiscal Device (EFD).

Grants and Concessional Loans

76. As of end March 2019, a total of 1,703.4 billion shillings were received as

grants and concessional loans from the Development Partners (DPs),

equivalent to 85.6 percent of the commitment of 1,991.1 billion shillings for

the period. Out of the amount, General Budget Support (GBS) were 125.4

billion shillings, equivalent to 34.2 percent of period estimate of 366.9 billion

shillings; 170.2 billion shillings were received as Basket Funds, equivalent to

141.3 percent of period estimate of 120.4 billion shillings; and project grants

and loans were 1,407.9 billion shillings, equivalent to 93.6 percent of the

estimate of 1,503.8 billion shillings.

77. Disbursement trend of grants and concessional loans from DPs faced

various challenges, including failure by some DPs to honour their

commitments, contrary to the agreed principles stipulated in the Development

Cooperation Framework (DCF).

Domestic Borrowing

78. As of March 2019, the Government borrowed a total of 2,827.4 billion

shillings from the domestic market, equivalent to 64.6 percent of the period

estimate. Out of the amount, 2,594.1 billion shillings was for the payment of

Page 71: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

57

matured treasury bills and bonds (rollover) and 233.3 billion shillings was new

loan for financing various development projects.

Non-Concessional Borrowing

79. In 2018/19, the Government planned to borrow 3,111.1 billion shillings

from external non-concessional sources to finance development projects. As of

March 2019, the Government managed to borrow 455.5 billion shillings.

However, the Government could not borrow the intended amount from this

source due to unfavourable terms and conditions in the international financial

market. The Government continued to negotiate with various financial

institutions in order to raise the remaining balance.

Expenditure

80. In 2018/19, the Government continued to allocate funds in priority areas to

ensure effective implementation of the 2018/19 Annual Development Plan

(ADP). In implementing this initiative, expenditure policies aimed at: ensuring

that the budget deficit does not exceed 3.2 percent of GDP; allocating funds to

priority and productive areas in order to stimulate agriculture and industrial

growth; widen employment opportunities; constructing and improving

economic infrastructure; strengthening provision of quality social services;

ensuring discipline in the use of public funds and continue to reduce

unnecessary expenditure; and controlling accumulation of arrears.

81. In 2018/19, the Government planned to spend 32,476.0 billion shillings.

Out of the amount, 20,468.7 billion shillings was for recurrent expenditure,

including 7,410.0 billion shillings for wages and salaries and 10,004.5 billion

shillings for public debt and general services. In addition, development

expenditure was estimated at 12,007.3 billion shillings, whereby, 9,876.4

billion shillings was local funds and 2,130.9 billion shillings was foreign

funds.

82. During the period from July 2018 to March 2019, the Government released

19,051.9 billion shillings for recurrent and development expenditure. Out of

the amount, 13,836.7 billion shillings was for recurrent expenditure including

5,186.6 billion shillings for public servants’ salaries, 2,100.5 billion shillings

for other charges and 6,549.6 billion shillings for Government debt service

and other expenditures related to the Consolidated Fund Services (CFS).

Development expenditure was 5,215.2 billion shillings, whereas, 4,879.7

billion shillings was locally financed and 335.5 billion shillings was foreign

financed.

83. For the period of July 2018 to March 2019, payment of interest on

domestic and external loans amounted to 1,453.6 billion shillings, equivalent

to 82 percent of the period estimates of 1,780.3 billion shillings. In addition,

Page 72: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

58

amortization of loans amounted to 3,954.8 billion shillings, equivalent to 80

percent of the period estimate of 4,931.7 billion shillings. Out of the amount,

1,260.1 billion shillings was for foreign amortization, equivalent to 95 percent

of the period estimate of 1,326.4 billion shillings. Further, 2,694.7 billion

shillings were for rolling over of maturing treasury bills and bonds, equivalent

to 75 percent of the target of 3,605.3 billion shillings for the period under

review. Expenditure for CFS others was 1,141.2 billion shillings, equivalent to

93 percent of 1,231.4 billion shillings for the reviewed period.

84. As of end March 2019, payment for Government employees' salaries was

5,186.7 billion shillings, equivalent to 93.7 percent of the period estimate of

5,537.9 billion shillings. Out of the amount, 1,618.6 billion shillings was paid

to central Government employees, 82.1 billion shillings to regional

secretariats’ employees and 2,565.6 billion shillings to city, municipal, town

and district councils’ employees. In additional, the Government paid 716.3

billion shillings to employees of public institutions and parastatals.

85. During the period ending March 2019, the Government planned to spend a

total of 8,420.7 billion shillings for implementation of various projects,

whereby 6,796.5 billion shillings was from local sources and 1,624.2 billion

shillings from foreign sources. As of end March 2019, a total of 5,215.3

billion shillings, equivalent to 61.9 percent of the estimate was released. Out

of the amount, 4,879.7 billion shillings was local funds, equivalent to 71.8

percent and 335.6 billion shillings was foreign funds, equivalent to 22.7

percent.

86. During the period ending March 2019, areas that were given priority in

release of funds for recurrent and development expenditure included:

Provision of fee free basic education and financing students’ loans for higher

education, whereby, a total of 533.6 billion shillings were released; Payment

of public servants’ salaries amounting to 5,186.7 billion shillings; financing

Government offices operational costs (other charges) amounting to 2,100.5

billion shillings; payments of verified arrears of 468.4 billion shillings;

construction of Standard Gauge Railway (SGR) from Dar es Salaam to

Morogoro (300km), whereby, 167.5 billion shillings were released;

Procurement of two new Airbus A220 – 300 and one Boeing 787-8

Dreamliner aircrafts; advance payment of 166.8 billion shillings for procuring

new Boeing 787-8 Dreamliner and Bombadier Q400 aircrafts; Rufiji Hydro

Power Project, whereby, 1,183.2 billion shillings were released; Rural

electrification project-phase III under the Rural Electrification Agency (REA)

amounting to 242.4 billion shillings; and assembling of new ships at Lake

Victoria, whereby, 30.6 billion shillings were released.

Page 73: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

59

Government Debt Stock

87. Government debt stock increased to 50,772.27 billion shillings at the end

of March 2019 from 49,728.03 billion shillings at the end of March 2018,

equivalent to an increase of 2.1 percent. Out of the amount, domestic debt

stock amounted to 13,133.05 billion shillings and external debt stock

amounted to 37,639.22 billion shillings. The increase was driven by new

external disbursement for funding development projects including

constructions of SGR, roads and flyovers. Chart No. 3.1 depicts the trend of

Government debt stock.

Chart No. 3.1: Trend of Government Debt Stock (Billion Shillings)

-

10,000.00

20,000.00

30,000.00

40,000.00

50,000.00

60,000.00

March-2011March-2013March-2014March-2015March-2016March-2017March-2018March-2019

Domestic debt External debt

External Debt

88. Government external debt stock increased to USD 16,358.55 million at the

end of March 2019 from USD 15,811.30 million in the corresponding period

in 2018, equivalent to an increase of 3.5 percent. The increase was due to new

disbursements of loans for development projects. Analysis of external debt

indicated that: multilateral creditors accounted for 58.2 percent of the total

external debt portfolio compared to 56.8 in March 2018; commercial creditors

and Export Credit Agency (ECA) 29.9 percent; and bilateral 11.9 percent. In

addition, the Government is determined to continue borrowing from

concessionary sources to finance development projects that stimulate

economic growth.

Page 74: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

60

Table No.3.1: External Debt by Creditor Category

Creditor March

2016

Share

%

March

2017

Share

%

March

2018

March

2019

Share

%

Multilateral 7,084.0 55.3 7,834.4 56.8 9,305.80 9,558.60 58.2

Bilateral 1,732.0 13.5 1,905.3 13.8 1,876.60 1,927.50 11.9

Commercial 3,998.4 31.2 4,044.2 29.3 4,460.50 4,862.50 29.9

Total 12,814.4 100 13,783.9 100 15,811.30 16,348.60 100

Source: Ministry of Finance and Planning

Domestic Debt

89. The stock of domestic debt was 13,133.05 billion shillings at the end of

March 2019 compared to 14,158.63 billion shillings in the corresponding

period in 2018. Domestic debt instruments were dominated by treasury bond

which accounted for 68.7 percent, followed by treasury bills 21.4 percent,

special bond and stocks 9.7 percent and other debt 0.1 percent. In addition, the

Government continued to borrow from domestic market to finance various

development projects and payment of matured domestic debt obligations. The

trend of domestic debt by instrument category is depicted in Chart No.3.2.

Chart No. 3.2: Trend of Domestic Debt

-1,000.00 2,000.00 3,000.00 4,000.00 5,000.00 6,000.00 7,000.00 8,000.00 9,000.00

10,000.00

Treasury bills Treasury bonds Special bonds and Stocks Other debt

90. During the period ending March 2019, commercial banks were leading by

holding 42.4 percent of total domestic debt compared to 48.7 percent in the

corresponding period in 2018. Social security funds were second, holding

32.92 percent, followed by insurance companies holding 11.4 percent.

Page 75: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

61

Table No. 3.2: Domestic Debt by Holder Category

March 2016 Share % March 2017 Share % March-2018 Share % March-2019 Share %

4,859.48 64.60 4,578.83 49.14 5,417.34 48.72 4,866.29 42.36

117.63 1.56 145.75 1.56 128.10 1.15 139.04 1.21

1,383.98 18.40 2995.30 32.15 3805.40 34.23 3,782.05 32.92

798.75 10.62 1105.75 11.87 1123.77 10.11 1,310.64 11.41

- 0.00 - 0.00 - 0.00 502.40 4.37

187.13 2.49 193.83 2.08 245.82 2.21 230.32 2.00

175.55 2.33 297.70 3.20 397.92 3.58 656.88 5.72

7,522.52 100.00 9,317.16 100.00 11,118.35 100.00 11,487.63 100.00

Institutions

Total

Commercial Banks

Financial institutions

Pension Funds

Insuarance companies

Foreign institutions

Official entities

Private individuals

Source: Ministry of Finance and Planning

Debt Sustainability Analysis

91. The Debt Sustainability Analysis (DSA) was conducted in December 2018

basing on threshold indicators which are present value of debt to GDP, present

value of debt to exports, debt service to domestic revenue, and debt service to

exports. The DSA results revealed that public debt is sustainable. Debt

indicators showed that: the present value of external debt to GDP was 15.9

percent compared to the threshold of 55 percent; present value of external debt

to export was 112.4 percent compared to the threshold of 240 percent; and

external debt service to domestic revenue was 15 percent compared to the

threshold of 22 percent. Based on the assessment, the country has capacity to

borrow from domestic and external sources to finance development projects

while meeting future financial obligations without negative effects to

economic growth and fiscal policy.

Table No.3.3: Debt Sustainability Analysis indicators

External Debt

Indicator

Threshold 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2028/29 2038/39

PV of Debt /GDP 55 15.9 15.0 1404 13.6 12.8 8.6 4.7

PVof debt /

Export

240 112.4 105.9 101.4 95.8 85.4 56.4 30.4

Debt

service/Export

23 15.0 12.6 10.7 10.4 8.8 6.8 4.8

Debt service/

Revenue

22 15.0 12.3 10.4 10.4 9.1 6.4 3.7

Public debt

indicator

Threshold 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2028/29 2038/39

PV of Public debt

/GDP

70 27.2 26.0 25.2 24.3 23.2 16.3 10.7

PV of Public debt

/ Revenue

N/A 182.5 170.6 165.1 162.0 152.7 97.2 52.8

Public debt

service/Revenue

N/A 49.6 38.1 31.8 30.0 30.9 19.4 16.5

source: Ministry of Finance and Planning

Page 76: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

62

Table No. 23 Sh. Million

2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2018/19 2018/19

Actual Actual Actual Actual BudgetedLikely Outturn

March

Likely Outturn

June

A. DOMESTIC REVENUE (incl. Revenues from LGAs) 10,957,765 14,048,034 16,639,831 17,944,887 20,894,578 14,064,884 19,040,651

DOMESTIC REVENUE 10,597,681 13,622,182 16,128,113 17,403,388 20,158,989 13,594,894 18,378,621

1. Tax Revenue 9,891,680 12,410,951 14,055,173 15,191,421 18,000,219 11,722,081 16,219,851 Import Duty and Excise Duty 2,495,082 3,090,110 3,116,298 3,313,671 3,789,755 2,673,564 3,606,445

Value Added Tax (VAT) 3,031,828 3,553,637 3,979,473 4,478,851 5,573,892 3,595,998 4,927,037

Imports 1,519,939 1,717,902 1,803,667 2,054,675 2,397,484 1,671,770 2,269,439

Domestic 1,511,889 1,835,735 2,175,806 2,424,175 3,176,408 1,924,228 2,657,597

Income Tax 3,727,934 4,608,245 4,832,759 5,157,886 6,130,785 3,883,683 5,447,204

Other Taxes 1,278,648 1,921,459 2,216,357 2,299,242 2,564,260 1,598,069 2,297,638

Refunds Accounts (641,811) (762,499) (89,714) (58,229) (58,473) (29,233) (58,473)

2. Non-Tax Revenue 706,001 1,211,231 2,072,941 2,211,967 2,158,770 1,872,813 2,158,770

3. Revenues from LGAs 360,084 425,852 511,718 541,499 735,589 469,990 662,030

B. TOTAL EXPENDITURE 14,603,714 17,759,598 18,898,690 20,468,072 26,206,297 15,269,905 23,721,576

1. Recurrent Expenditure 10,893,486 13,420,045 11,625,866 12,852,304 14,199,023 8,938,622 13,261,195

2. Development Expenditure 3,710,228 4,339,553 7,272,824 7,615,768 12,007,273 6,331,284 10,460,381

Local Funds 2,264,506 2,904,530 5,141,451 5,397,034 9,876,393 4,753,231 8,329,501

Foreign Funds 1,445,722 1,435,023 2,131,374 2,218,735 2,130,880 1,578,053 2,130,880

C. DEFICIT/SURPLUS (A-B) (3,645,949) (3,711,564) (2,258,859) (2,523,185) (5,311,719) (1,205,021) (4,680,925)

D. FINANCING 3,645,949 3,711,564 2,258,859 2,523,185 5,311,719 1,205,021 4,680,925

1. External Sources 3,030,875 3,982,100 2,797,488 2,632,731 4,118,050 964,154 2,397,336

Grants 896,496 1,349,799 923,512 813,483 989,245 226,091 752,982

Basket support 127,637 81,073 168,984 117,165 92,163 152,756 92,163

Import Support/OGL Loans 537,881 546,846 257,473 71,078 343,202 142,793 388,358

Project Loans 640,724 344,800 1,124,190 1,464,294 1,252,035 1,181,809 1,252,035

Concensional loans 1,054,803 2,142,469 1,226,760 1,474,282 3,111,058 455,521 1,581,452

Amortization (foregn) (226,667) (482,887) (903,431) (1,307,571) (1,669,653) (1,194,816) (1,669,653)

2. Internal Sources 615,075 (270,536) (538,629) (109,545) 1,193,669 240,868 2,283,589

Non-Bank Borrowing - 776,945 989,283 (343,326) 119,367 442,041 119,367

Bank Borrowing 799,776 1,522,207 (1,100,145) 941,973 1,074,302 24,164 1,074,302

Payment of arrears 2,064,756 2,600,000 4,615,670 4,835,199 4,600,000 2,594,102 4,600,000

Proceeds from privatisation - - - - - - -

Adjustment to Cash 62,959 (2,500,270) (368,120) (636,425) (215,094) 1,089,921

Amortization (local) (2,064,756) (2,600,000) (4,615,670) (4,835,199) (4,600,000) (2,594,102) (4,600,000)

Expenditure float (247,661) (69,418) (59,647) (71,768) - (10,243) -

Source: Ministry of Finance and Planning

TRENDS IN GOVERNMENT FINANCE

Page 77: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

63

Page 78: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

64

Table No.24 Shs. Million

Recurrent Development Total Recurrent Development Total Recurrent Development Total

701 General Public Services 14,296,414.9 1,627,967.8 15,924,382.6 12,230,832.7 392,882.4 12,623,715.1 12,883,436.3 2,020,850.2 14,904,286.570111 Executive and legislative organs (CS) 777,915.7 22,791.0 800,706.8 693,979.8 4,010.7 697,990.5 688,458.9 26,801.8 715,260.770112 Financial and fiscal affairs (CS) 308,879.9 762,833.7 1,071,713.5 364,756.3 7,889.8 372,646.0 1,062,488.0 770,723.4 1,833,211.470113 External affairs (CS) 99,337.9 0.0 99,337.9 137,336.6 0.0 137,336.6 148,664.9 0.0 148,664.970121 Economic aid to developing countries and countries in transition (CS)0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

70122

Economic aid routed through international

organizations (CS) 371.2 0.0 371.2 697.2 0.0 697.2 784.3 0.0 784.370131 General personnel services (CS) 115,472.5 1,965.0 117,437.5 139,473.6 4,928.5 144,402.0 131,231.6 6,893.5 138,125.070132 Overall planning and statistical services (CS) 83,471.4 374,616.0 458,087.4 152,434.2 282,403.0 434,837.2 148,599.9 657,019.0 805,618.970133 Other general services (CS) 3,475,274.6 452,443.5 3,927,718.2 698,591.2 86,109.2 784,700.4 941,483.4 538,552.7 1,480,036.170140 Basic research (CS) 19.2 0.0 19.2 32.9 0.0 32.9 66.0 0.0 66.070150 R&D General public services (CS) 257.5 0.0 257.5 349.1 0.0 349.1 327.5 0.0 327.570160 General public services nec (CS) 31,217.7 13,223.8 44,441.4 25,875.7 0.0 25,875.7 24,609.5 13,223.8 37,833.370170 Public debt transactions (CS) 9,402,210.1 84.8 9,402,294.9 10,013,706.1 312.4 10,014,018.5 9,733,231.0 397.2 9,733,628.170180 Transfers of a general character between different levels of government (CS)1,987.2 10.0 1,997.2 3,600.0 7,228.9 10,828.8 3,491.4 7,238.9 10,730.3

702 Defence 1,108,518.9 127,600.0 1,236,118.9 1,674,994.8 0.0 1,674,994.8 1,724,221.0 127,600.0 1,851,821.070210 Military defence (CS) 1,107,874.9 127,600.0 1,235,474.9 1,674,068.2 0.0 1,674,068.2 1,723,525.4 127,600.0 1,851,125.470220 Civil defence (CS) 213.5 0.0 213.5 239.0 0.0 239.0 255.8 0.0 255.870230 Foreign military aid (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070240 R&D Defence (CS) 430.5 0.0 430.5 687.6 0.0 687.6 439.8 0.0 439.870250 Defence nec (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

703 Public Order and Safety 777,119.4 22,910.0 800,029.4 797,971.0 17,781.2 815,752.2 806,070.6 40,691.2 846,761.870310 Police services (CS) 674,612.6 6,500.0 681,112.6 668,297.5 792.9 669,090.4 665,882.5 7,292.9 0.770320 Fire-protection services (CS) 9,497.8 0.0 9,497.8 13,274.2 0.0 13,274.2 15,167.7 0.0 0.070330 Law courts (CS) 43,747.4 1,410.0 45,157.4 69,720.0 7,342.7 77,062.8 78,392.3 8,752.7 0.170340 Prisons (CS) 31,609.8 5,000.0 36,609.8 32,394.6 0.0 32,394.6 31,824.2 5,000.0 0.070350 R&D Public order and safety (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 166.4 0.0 0.070360 Public order and safety nec (CS) 17,651.8 10,000.0 27,651.8 14,284.7 9,645.5 23,930.2 14,637.6 19,645.5 0.0

704 Economic Affairs 548,645.5 6,396,150.4 6,944,796 679,365.4 1,057,750.4 1,737,116 668,992.9 7,453,900.8 8,122,89470411 General economic and commercial affairs (CS) 20,552.4 7,800.0 28,352 20,363.0 288.9 20,652 22,323.5 8,088.9 30,41270412 General labour affairs (CS) 12,611.1 18,000.0 30,611 17,349.5 595.2 17,945 18,132.9 18,595.2 36,72870421 Agriculture (CS) 193,008.5 92,201.6 285,210 255,653.4 95,194.9 350,848 253,881.4 187,396.5 441,27870422 Forestry (CS) 21,500.3 200.0 21,700 42,176.5 13,330.8 55,507 21,782.5 13,530.8 35,31370423 Fishing and hunting (CS) 14,345.4 2,848.0 17,193 13,966.4 11,347.5 25,314 26,902.4 14,195.5 41,09870431 Coal and other solid mineral fuels (CS) 5,059.9 37,160.0 42,220 4,988.5 0.0 4,989 6,595.6 37,160.0 43,75670432 Petroleum and natural gas (CS) 0.0 23,350.0 23,350 17,495.7 15,728.3 33,224 16,059.1 39,078.3 55,13770433 Nuclear fuel (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070434 Other fuels (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070435 Electricity (CS) 13,630.4 1,928,772.0 1,942,402 2,534.7 144,353.7 146,888 2,105.1 2,073,125.7 2,075,23170436 Non-electric energy (CS) 6,748.2 2,400.0 9,148 2,205.8 0.0 2,206 3,034.7 2,400.0 5,43570441 Mining of mineral resources other than mineral fuels (CS)21,900.0 7,039.8 28,940 32,236.5 3,119.9 35,356 36,151.9 10,159.7 46,31270442 Manufacturing (CS) 159.8 0.0 160 267.5 0.0 268 323.3 0.0 32370443 Construction (CS) 26,322.3 95,043.9 121,366 70,505.2 182,278.6 252,784 57,800.9 277,322.5 335,12370451 Road transport (CS) 128,643.1 1,374,808.0 1,503,451 96,531.0 241,859.2 338,390 96,240.2 1,616,667.2 1,712,90770452 Water transport (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070453 Railway transport (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070454 Air transport (CS) 206.3 2,771,716.6 2,771,923 1,520.9 278,198.0 279,719 1,603.1 3,049,914.6 3,051,51870455 Pipeline and other transport (CS) 212.9 0.0 213 701.9 0.0 702 726.4 0.0 72670460 Communication (CS) 8,246.0 1,085.5 9,331 16,067.2 619.1 16,686 15,754.1 1,704.6 17,45970471 Distributive trades, storage and warehousing (CS) 20,969.4 11,000.0 31,969 23,033.6 6,284.5 29,318 25,072.0 17,284.5 42,35670472 Hotels and restaurants (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070473 Tourism (CS) 12,090.3 300.0 12,390 13,115.0 20,000.0 33,115 10,426.5 20,300.0 30,72670474 Multi-purpose development projects (CS) 37,228.2 19,324.7 56,553 40,728.9 44,551.9 85,281 46,529.2 63,876.6 110,406

70481

R&D General economic, commercial and labour

affairs (CS) 16.3 0.0 16 59.3 0.0 59 59.3 0.0 5970482 R&D Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070483 R&D Fuel and energy (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0

70484 R&D Mining, manufacturing and construction

(CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070485 R&D Transport (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070486 R&D Communication (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070487 R&D Other industries (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 070490 Economic affairs nec (CS) 5,194.4 3,100.3 8,295 7,864.9 0.0 7,865 7,489.0 3,100.3 10,589

Votes Items

2017/18 (Actual) 2018/19 (Budget) 2019/20 (Estmates)

CLASSIFICATION OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE BY PURPOSE

This table continues on the next page ……….

Page 79: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

65

Recurrent Development Total Recurrent Development Total Recurrent Development Total

705 Environmental Protection 25,544.9 5,400.0 30,945 29,139.1 32,778.1 61,917.1 26,193.2 38,178.1 64,371.270510 Waste management (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070520 Waste water management (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070530 Pollution abatement (CS) 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070540 Protection of biodiversity and landscape (CS) 21,344.6 3,500.0 24,845 23,007.5 14,559.1 37,566.7 19,757.5 18,059.1 37,816.670550 R&D Environmental protection (CS) 298.6 1,800.0 2,099 369.6 0.0 369.6 331.0 1,800.0 2,131.070560 Environmental protection nec (CS) 3,901.7 100.0 4,002 5,761.9 18,218.9 23,980.9 6,104.7 18,318.9 24,423.6

706 Housing and Community Amenities 57,795.5 367,151.1 424,946.6 105,305.0 256,395.6 361,700.7 85,111.3 623,546.7 708,658.070610 Housing development (CS) 16,052.2 1,100.0 17,152.2 20,319.3 0.0 20,319.3 14,731.0 1,100.0 15,831.070620 Community development (CS) 14,559.0 21,032.1 35,591.1 29,652.3 2,359.5 32,011.8 22,932.7 23,391.6 46,324.370630 Water supply (CS) 26,511.1 345,019.0 371,530.1 54,571.1 254,036.1 308,607.2 46,707.7 599,055.1 645,762.870640 Street lighting (CS) 673.2 0.0 673.2 762.3 0.0 762.3 739.9 0.0 739.970650 R&D Housing and community amenities (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070660 Housing and community amenities nec (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

707 Health 371,317.4 340,877.4 712,194.7 1,004,967.6 411,369.9 1,416,337.5 1,018,191.9 752,247.3 1,770,439.270711 Pharmaceutical products (IS) 70.2 200,000.0 200,070.2 185.5 0.0 185.5 385.1 200,000.0 200,385.170712 Other medical products (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070713 Therapeutic appliances and equipment (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070721 General medical services (IS) 192,283.5 42,097.5 234,381.0 393,382.0 11,910.5 405,292.6 394,505.4 54,008.0 448,513.470722 Specialized medical services (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070723 Dental services (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070724 Paramedical services (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070731 General hospital services (IS) 31,998.6 10.0 32,008.6 28,311.5 130.6 28,442.1 3,351.1 140.6 3,491.770732 Specialized hospital services (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 17,263.0 0.0 17,263.0 111,086.5 0.0 111,086.570733 Medical and maternity centre services (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070734 Nursing and convalescent home services (IS) 248.4 0.0 248.4 390.2 0.0 390.2 552.9 0.0 552.970740 Public health services (IS) 65,872.6 98,636.9 164,509.5 515,214.3 395,245.4 910,459.7 492,047.8 493,882.3 985,930.170750 R&D Health (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070760 Health nec (CS) 80,844.0 133.0 80,977.0 50,221.0 4,083.4 54,304.5 16,263.2 4,216.4 20,479.6

708 Recreation, Culture and Religion 17,247.1 7,000.0 24,247.1 19,768.8 772.0 20,540.7 23,673.4 7,772.0 31,445.470810 Recreational and sporting services (IS) 1,200.4 0.0 1,200.4 2,253.5 0.0 2,253.5 1,846.6 0.0 1,846.670820 Cultural services (IS) 3,499.4 0.0 3,499.4 4,152.9 0.0 4,152.9 7,267.5 0.0 7,267.570830 Broadcasting and publishing services (CS) 12,002.9 6,000.0 18,002.9 13,012.4 0.0 13,012.4 13,647.1 6,000.0 19,647.170840 Religious and other community services (CS) 544.4 1,000.0 1,544.4 350.0 772.0 1,122.0 912.3 1,772.0 2,684.270850 R&D Recreation, culture and religion (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070860 Recreation, culture and religion nec (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

709 Education 821,475.6 842,682.2 1,664,157.9 3,749,973.7 340,670.4 4,090,644.1 3,466,947.5 1,183,352.6 4,650,300.170911 Pre-primary education (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070912 Primary education (IS) 17,134.9 157,468.7 174,603.5 2,001,233.9 147,276.6 2,148,510.5 1,767,366.7 304,745.3 2,072,111.970921 Lower-secondary education (IS) 352.1 162,759.9 163,112.0 931,624.6 0.0 931,624.6 837,815.0 162,759.9 1,000,574.970922 Upper-secondary education (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070930 Post-secondary non-tertiary education (IS) 458.6 0.0 458.6 480.7 0.0 480.7 0.0 0.0 0.070941 First stage of tertiary education (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070942 Second stage of tertiary education (IS) 1,549.2 0.0 1,549.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.070950 Education not definable by level (IS) 396,295.9 29,953.6 426,249.6 362,585.7 22,894.9 385,480.6 395,232.9 52,848.5 448,081.470960 Subsidiary services to education (IS) 381,258.1 492,500.0 873,758.1 433,418.8 170,248.9 603,667.7 443,135.1 662,748.9 1,105,884.070970 R&D Education (CS) 9,508.5 0.0 9,508.5 12,515.3 0.0 12,515.3 15,313.3 0.0 15,313.370980 Education nec (CS) 14,918.3 0.0 14,918.3 8,114.7 250.0 8,364.7 8,084.5 250.0 8,334.5

710 Social Protection 185,602.5 0.0 185,602.5 176,357.8 463.5 176,821.3 153,969.6 463.5 154,433.071011 Sickness (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.071012 Disability (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1,139.9 0.0 1,139.971020 Old age (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.071030 Survivors (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.071040 Family and children (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.071050 Unemployment (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.071060 Housing (IS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.071070 Social exclusion nec (IS) 582.6 0.0 582.6 904.3 0.0 904.3 739.5 0.0 739.571080 R&D Social protection (CS) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 315.4 0.0 315.471090 Social protection nec (CS) 185,020.0 0.0 185,020.0 175,453.5 463.5 175,916.9 151,774.7 463.5 152,238.2

18,209,681.8 9,737,738.8 27,947,420.6 20,468,676.0 2,510,863.5 22,979,539.5 20,856,807.5 12,248,602.3 33,105,409.8

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

* Estimates

CS - Collective Services produced by General Government

IS - Individual Services Produced by General Govrnment

Votes Items2017/18 (Actual) 2018/19 (Budget) 2019/20 (Estmates)

GRAND TOTAL

Page 80: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

66

CHAPTER 4

EXTERNAL SECTOR

Merchandise Exports

92. In 2018, the value of merchandise exports was USD 4,380.3 million

compared to USD 4,523.9 million in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 3.2

percent. The decrease was due to decline in traditional goods export. Non-

traditional goods accounted for 80.6 percent of the total exports value while

traditional goods contributed 19.4 percent.

Traditional exports

93. The value of traditional exports decreased to USD 772.8 million in 2018

compared to USD 1,020.7 million in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 24.3

percent. This was due to decline in the world market price for coffee, cotton,

sisal, tea and tobacco, as well as decline in the volume of cashew nuts exports.

Coffee

94. In 2018, the value of coffee exports increased to USD 147.9 million from

USD 126.3 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 17.1 percent. This

was mainly due to increase in the volume of coffee exported, whereby, 56,600

tons were exported in 2018 compared to 41,800 tons exported in 2017.

However, the average price of coffee in the world market declined by 13.5

percent in 2018.

Cotton

95. In 2018, the value of cotton exports was USD 68.4 million compared to

USD 36.8 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 85.9 percent. The

increase was atributed to increase in the volume of cotton exported from

25,300 tons in 2017 to 47,400 tons in 2018. In addition, the average price of

cotton per ton in the world market declined to USD 1,444.2 in 2018 from USD

1,450.3 in 2017.

Sisal

96. In 2018, the value of sisal exports was USD 33.2 million compared to

USD 28.7 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 15.7 percent. This

increase was atributed to increase in the volume of sisal exported from 17,000

tons in 2017 to 20,400 tons in 2018. In addition, the average price of sisal in

the world market declined by 3.5 percent to USD 1,627.0 per ton in 2018 from

USD 1,686.7 per ton in 2017.

Page 81: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

67

Tea

97. In 2018, the value of tea exports was USD 45.9 million compared to USD

49.1 million in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 6.5 percent. The decrease was

due to decline in tea price in the world market by 4.5 percent from USD

1,783.6 per ton in 2017 to USD 1,707.4 per ton in 2018. In addition, the

volume of tea exported declined from 27,500 tons in 2017 to 26,900 tons in

2018.

Tobacco

98. In 2018, the value of tobacco exports increased to USD 270.3 million

compared to USD 195.8 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 38.0

percent. This was due to increase in the volume of tobacco exported from

48,300 tons in 2017 to 72,200 tons in 2018. In addition, the average price of

tobacco per ton in the world market declined from USD 4,055.6 in 2017 to

USD 3,741.9 in 2018, equivalent to a decrease of 7.7 percent.

Cashewnuts

99. The value of cashewnuts exports was USD 196.5 million in 2018

compared to USD 529.6 million in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 62.9

percent. The decrease was due to decline in the volume of cashewnuts

exported by 63.5 percent from 329,400 tons in 2017 to 120,200 tons in 2018.

In addition, the cashewnuts price per ton in the world market increased by 1.6

percent from USD 1,607.7 in 2017 to USD 1,634.2 in 2018.

Non-Traditional Exports

100. In 2018, the value of non-traditional exports increased to USD 3,209.3

million from USD 3,091.9 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 3.8

percent. This was due to the increase in exports of manufactured goods,

horticultural products and other goods exports.

Minerals

101. In 2018, the value of mineral exports decreased by 4.8 percent to USD

1,615.3 million compared to USD 1,694.5 million in 2017. This emanated

from decline in gold exports and other minerals. In addition, the value of gold

exported was USD 1,524.0 million in 2018 compared to 1,541.1 million in

2017, equivalent to a decrease of 1.1 percent. Earnings from mineral exports

accounted for 50.3 percent of total earnings from non-traditional goods in

2018.

Manufactured Goods

102. In 2018, the value of manufactured goods increased to USD 794.6

million from USD 693.7 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 14.5

percent. This was attributed to increase in exports of manufactured goods,

particularly, marble, plastic materials and aluminium products. In addition,

Page 82: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

68

export earnings from manufactured goods accounted for 24.8 percent of total

non-traditional goods in 2018.

Fish and Fish Products

103. In 2018, the value of fish and fish products decreased to USD 158.4

million from USD 193.0 million in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 17.9

percent. The decrease was caused by decrease in volume of fish and fish

products exported.

Horticultural Products

104. In 2018, the value of horticultural products exports was USD 33.0

million compared to USD 27.2 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

21.3 percent. This was attributed to increase in production of horticultural

products and price stability in the world market.

Other Goods Exports

105. In 2018, value of other goods exports increased to USD 432.5 million

from USD 357.1 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 21.1 percent.

Goods in this category include oil seeds, cocoa, leather and grains, which

alltogether accounted for nearly 75 percent of exports in this category.

Page 83: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

69

Table No. 4.1: Value, Volume and Price of Goods Exports

Source: Tanzania Revenue Authority and Bank of Tanzania

Service Receipts

106. In 2018, receipts from services was USD 4,014.7 million compared to

USD 3,831.9 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 4.8 percent. This

was atributed to an increase in receipts from travel services particularly

tourism, transportation and communication. During that period, receipts from

tourist travel services was USD 2,449.4 million compared to USD 2,250.3

million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 8.8 percent. This was due to the

Government's efforts to promote tourism attractions. In addition, receipts from

transportation services increased to USD 1,222.1 million compared to USD

1,137.4 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 7.4 percent. This was

atributed to an increase in cargo transportation to neighboring countries after

the removal of Value Added Tax and increased efficiency in Dar es Salaam

Port. Similarly, receipts from telecommunications services was USD 27.1

Page 84: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

70

million in 2018 compared to USD 18.4 million in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 47.3 percent.

Merchandise Imports

107. In 2018, the value of goods imported increased to USD 8,173.8 million

compared to USD 7,551.7 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 8.2

percent. This was attributed to increase in the value of capital goods,

especially housing and construction materials, transportation equipment and

intermediate goods.

Capital goods

108. In 2018, the value of capital goods imported increased to USD 3,187.3

million compared to USD 2,688.4 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

18.6 percent. This was due to increase in the value of imported transportation

equipment, housing and construction materials, and machinery. During that

period, the value of housing and construction materials increased by 48.2

percent, transportation equipment 26.9 percent and mechinery 2.3 percent.

Intermediate Goods

109. In 2018, the value of intermediate goods imported increased by 3.8

percent to USD 2,807.2 million from USD 2,704.4 million in 2017. This was

due to increase in the value of imported petroleum products, fertilizer and

industrial raw materials. The value of imported petroleum products increased

to USD 1,871.5 million compared to USD 1,850.6 million in 2017. The

increase in the value of petroleum products was due to increase in the global

price as well as increase in the volume imported. In addition, the value of

fertilizer products increased by 33.2 percent to USD 166.4 million from USD

124.9 in 2017. Similarly, the value of industrial raw materials imported

increased by 5.5 percent to USD 769.2 million from USD 728.9 million in

2017.

Consumer Goods

110. In 2018, the value of imports of consumer goods increased to USD

2,177.1 million from USD 2,156.7 million in 2017. This was due to an

increase in imports of consumer goods, excluding food products. Imports of

food and food stuff declined due to increase in food production in the country.

Services Payments

111. In 2018, service payment increased by 6.1 percent to USD 2,163.4

million from USD 2,039.9 million in 2017. This was due to increase in

payment of transportation services, imported goods, construction services, and

other business services.

Page 85: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

71

Table No. 4.2 Value of Goods Exports

Source: Tanzania Revenue Authority and Bank of Tanzania

Trends of Trade between Tanzania and other Countries

112. In 2018, Tanzania imported goods mainly from Saudi Arabia, China,

India, United Arab Emirates, Norway, Malaysia, Indonesia, South Africa,

Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the United States of America and Japan,

which altogether accounted for 50.1 percent of all imported goods. Goods

imported were largely petroleum from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab

Emirates as well as machinery, tractors and electronic products from China. In

addition, automotive goods and steel products were imported from India,

Japan, China and South Africa.

Chart 4.1: Breakdown of Goods Imports in 2018

Source: Tanzania Revenue Authority and Bank of Tanzania

113. In 2018, Tanzania exports destination were mainly to South Africa,

India, Switzerland, Belgium, China, Japan and Vietnam which altogether

Page 86: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

72

accounted for 52.9 percent of all exports. In addition, goods exported to

Belgium, China, India, Japan and Vietnam include oil seeds, tobacco, coffee

and cashewnuts. On the other hand, maize, beans, mosquito nets, vegetables

and grains were exported to Kenya and gold was exported to India and

Switzerland.

Chart 4.2: Breakdown of Tanzania Market of Goods Exports in 2018

Source: Bank of Tanzania

BALANCE OF PAYMENTS

Overall Balance of Payments

114. In 2018, the overall balance of payments had a deficit of USD 784.0

million compared to a surplus of USD 1,669.6 million in 2017. This was

caused by increase in current account deficit.

Balance of Goods and Services

115. In 2018, the balance of goods and services recorded a deficit of USD

1,942.1 million compared to a deficit of USD 1,235.8 million in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of the deficit by 57.2 percent. This was due to

increase in import of goods and services from USD 9,591.6 million in 2017 to

USD 10,337.1 million in 2018. On the other hand, the value of export of goods

and services amounted to USD 8,395.0 million in 2018 compared to USD

8,355.8 million in 2017.

Balance of Merchandise Trade

116. The balance of merchandise trade increased from a deficit of USD

3,027.8 million in 2017 to USD 3,793.5 million in 2018, equivalent to an

increase of deficit by 25.3 percent. This was due to increase in goods import

relative to exports.

Page 87: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

73

Balance of Services

117. In 2018, the balance on services registered a surplus of USD 1,851.3

million compared to a surplus of USD 1,792.0 million in 2017, equivalent to

an increase of 3.3 percent. This was due to increase in service receipts

particularly from tourism and decrease in travel service payments.

Balance of Investment Receipts

118. In 2018, the balance on investment receipts which includes renumeration

of employees, investment income and interest payments had a deficit of USD

870.9 million compared to a deficit of USD 1,046.9 million in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of deficit by 16.8 percent. The decrease in deficit was

due to increase in investment income.

Balance of Current Transfers

119. The balance of current transfers which includes money transfers, grants

and debt relief had a surplus of USD 468.5 million in 2018 compared to a

surplus of USD 402.0 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of surplus by

16.5 percent. The outturn to a large extent was attributed to increase in service

receipts.

Balance of Current Accounts

120. In 2018, the balance of current account which comprises merchandise

trade, service, investment income and current transfers registered a deficit of

USD 2.498.7 million compared to USD 1,880.7 million in 2017, equivalent to

an increase in deficit by 32.9 percent. This was a result of increase in the trade

deficit of goods and services.

Balance of Capital Transfers

121. In 2018, the balance of capital transfers, which includes investment,

grants and debt relief from international financial institutions and

Development Partners, had a surplus of USD 480.1 million compared to a

surplus of USD 376.8 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of surplus by

27.4 percent. This was an account of increase in aid from Development

Partners for implementation of development projects.

Balance of Investment Payments

122. In 2018, the balance of investment payments, which includes foreign

direct investment and external loans, had a surplus of USD 1,883.8 million

compared to a surplus of USD 2,154.9 million in 2017, equivalent to a

decrease in surplus by 12.6 percent. This was due to decline in the investment

from external loans.

Page 88: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

74

Foreign Reserves

123. Foreign reserves continued to be sufficient to meet foreign reserve

requirements for importing goods and services, as well as increasing investor’s

confidence. During the period ending December 2018, foreign reserves

(excluding foreign direct investment related imports) amounted to USD

5,044.6 million compared to USD 5,906.2 million in the corresponding period

in 2017. The reserves were sufficient to cover 4.9 months of import of goods

and services compared to 5.4 months recorded in 2017. This was above the

country’s target to have sufficient reserves to cover 4 months of import goods

and services and the target of 4.5 months for the East African Community

Member States. In addition, gross foreign assets of commercial banks

increased to USD 966.7 million from USD 726.6 million in 2017, equivalent

to an increase of 33.0 percent.

Inter Bank Foreign Exchange Market

124. In 2018, foreign exchange rates continued to be determined by the

market forces. Transactions worth USD 1,302.8 million were conducted in the

Inter-bank Foreign Exchange Market (IFEM) in 2018 compared to USD

2,081.2 million in 2017. Out of that, the amount transacted by the Bank of

Tanzania (BoT) was USD 528.6 million, equivalent to 40.5 percent of total

transactions in 2018 and the remaining balance was transacted by commercial

banks.

The Value of Tanzania Shilling

125. In 2018, one US dollar was traded at an average of 2,263.8 shillings

compared to 2,228.9 shillings in 2017. This trend was owing to various

reasons including stability of US dollar and delay in disbursement of external

loans and grants for the Government budget. In addition, one US dollar was

exchanged at 2,281.2 shillings at the end of 2018 compared to 2,230.1

shillings at the end of 2017.

Page 89: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

75

Table No. 25 Shs. Million

Type of Goods 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Exports 5,343,693 7,331,020 8,653,371 8,223,206 7,434,928 8,656,231 9,716,889 9,081,599 8,727,419

Domestic Exports 5,165,013 7,175,377 8,363,496 7,012,100 7,060,772 7,979,691 9,303,457 8,779,726 8,307,170

Re-exports 178,680 155,643 289,875 1,211,106 374,156 676,540 413,431 301,873 420,249

Imports 11,131,917 17,112,779 18,275,893 19,904,472 20,977,104 21,475,090 20,660,282 17,380,607 19,368,436

Total Value of Foreign Trade 16,475,610 24,443,799 26,929,264 28,127,678 28,412,032 30,131,321 30,377,171 26,462,206 28,095,855

Balance of Merchandise Trade (5,788,224) (9,781,759) (9,622,522) (11,681,266) (13,542,176) (12,818,859) (10,943,393) (8,299,008) (10,641,017)

Exchange Rate (Shs/US$) 1,395.7 1,557.4 1,571.7 1,598.7 1,652.5 1,985.4 2,177.6 2,228.6 2,269.9

Source: National Bureu of Statistics, Bank of Tanzania and Tanzania Revenue Authority

VALUE OF TANZANIA'S FOREIGN TRADE

Page 90: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

76

Table No. 26

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018Change (%),

2017/182013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Change (%),

2017/18

Coffee 59.5 44.1 51.9 58.7 41.8 56.6 35.4 259,132 204,301 315,921 335,629 282,427 337,459 19.5

Cotton 89.0 49.5 29.1 33.0 25.3 47.4 86.8 137,663 558,404 62,959 101,816 80,259 157,151 95.8

Sisal 12.6 11.5 1.5 8.6 17.0 20.4 19.8 25,396 111,323 53,927 37,524 57,703 46,925 -18.7

Tea 28.8 29.2 27.5 26.3 27.5 26.9 -2.3 86,810 72,784 86,285 97,381 108,990 103,341 -5.2

Tobacco 67.8 67.4 66.3 74.3 48.3 72.2 49.6 159,454 319,295 568,812 680,453 434,456 609,677 40.3

Cashewnuts 147.3 172.2 171.7 217.5 329.4 120.2 -63.5 301,212 647,936 430,023 587,849 1,200,450 287,891 -76.0

Cloves 4.1 4.7 2.8 4.9 6.9 1.3 -81.0 68,429 50,880 48,912 85,454 121,237 684 -99.4

Diamonds (Carats) 173,464 241,709 185,873 235,951 282,032 408,656 44.9 63,584 166,107 65,636 186,254 142,998 184,233 28.8

Gold (Gms.) 35,100,000 41,813,100 48,394,953 81,561,000 54,660,377 60,784,383 11.2 2,768,481 2,812,561 2,717,187 3,072,728 3,418,902 3,435,639 0.5

Source: National Bureau of Statistics and Tanzania Revenue Authority

- Not Available

Quantity (Tonne)

VOLUME AND VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS

Value (Shs. milion)

Commodity

Page 91: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

77

Table No. 27

Change (%) Change (%)Commodity 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2017/18 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2017/18Traditional CommoditiesCoffee 59.5 44.1 51.9 58.7 41.8 56.6 35.4 171.0 121.5 162.2 153.7 126.3 147.9 17.1Cotton 89.0 49.5 29.1 33.0 25.3 47.4 86.8 111.7 54.7 30.2 46.8 36.8 68.4 86.0Sisal 12.6 11.5 1.5 8.6 17.0 20.4 19.8 16.9 16.8 26.5 17.2 28.7 33.2 15.6Tea 28.8 29.2 27.5 26.3 27.5 26.9 -2.3 56.9 45.7 44.0 44.8 49.1 45.9 -6.5Tobacco 67.8 67.4 66.3 74.3 48.3 72.2 49.6 307.0 315.0 287.6 339.2 195.8 270.3 38.0Cashewnuts 147.3 172.2 171.7 217.5 329.4 120.2 -63.5 162.4 222.2 218.8 320.2 529.6 196.5 -62.9Cloves 4.1 4.7 2.8 4.9 6.9 1.3 -81.0 43.0 52.9 24.1 39.3 54.4 10.5 -80.7 Sub-Total 868.9 828.8 793.4 961.2 1020.7 772.8 -24.3Non-Traditional Commodities Minerals 1,782.1 1,469.2 1,285.4 1,930.0 1,694.5 1,615.3 -4.7 Manufactured Goods 1,072.1 1,239.6 1,364.5 1,092.1 693.7 794.6 14.5Fish and Fish Products 130.6 195.0 173.5 142.5 193.0 158.4 -17.9Horticultural products 28.1 30.5 24.4 24.8 27.2 33.0 21.6Re-exports 172.8 177.0 385.8 480.0 126.5 175.6 38.8Other Exports 517.6 687.2 884.3 972.2 357.1 432.5 21.1 Sub-Total 3,703.3 3,798.5 4,117.9 4,641.6 3,091.9 3,209.3 3.8Unrecorded Goods 685.8 694.1 491.1 - 517.2 398.1 -23.0GRAND TOTAL 5,258.0 5,321.4 5,402.4 5,602.8 4,629.8 4,380.3 -5.4

Source: National Bureau of Statistics and Bank of Tanzania

- Not Available

Quantity (Tonne)

VOLUME AND VALUE OF TRADITIONAL AND NON-TRADITIONAL EXPORTS

Value (mill.US$)

Page 92: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

78

Page 93: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

79

Page 94: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

80

Page 95: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

81

Page 96: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

82

Table No. 28 Shs/Ton*Change(%)

Commodity 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2017/18

Coffee 4,069,399 5,580,087 5,400,679 4,135,909 4,284,297 6,084,327 5,563,694 6,703,080 5,818,259 -13.2

Cotton 1,775,008 1,431,997 1,724,164 2,016,331 4,196,444 2,164,592 3,080,982 3,210,269 3,099,629 -3.4

Sisal 1,986,211 2,091,121 2,102,332 2,129,059 2,052,892 3,554,124 2,473,086 3,539,730 3,910,441 10.5

Tea 2,501,897 2,664,933 3,144,333 3,392,989 2,617,376 3,139,968 3,543,747 3,956,329 3,841,655 -2.9

Tobacco 2,586,996 2,564,562 3,145,641 2,237,711 4,172,482 8,576,002 10,259,213 8,998,738 8,444,281 -6.2

Cashewnuts 1,284,308 1,636,560 1,695,963 1,943,340 3,255,142 2,503,867 3,422,830 3,625,943 3,733,995 3.0

Cloves 4,390,290 20,972,246 9,783,616 16,735,615 17,997,878 17,576,080 17,439,592 17,570,634 11,525,538 -34.4

Diamonds (Carats) 38,695 40,709 99,809 353,966 317,548 353,123 789,375 507,027 205,594 -59.5

Gold (Gms.) 60,038 85,738 89,993 78,874 64,709 56,146 37,674 62,548 56,522 -9.6

Source: Custom Department, Tanzania Revenue Authority

* Except for diamonds and gold, whose prices are quoted per carat and gram respectively

EXPORT PRICES OF PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES

Page 97: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

83

Table No. 29 US$/Ton*Change(%)

Commodity 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2017/18

Coffee 2,853 3,655 3,403 2,873 2,756 3,123 2,557 3,019 2,585 -14.4

Cotton 1,242 1,529 1,250 1,256 1,105 1,038 1,416 1,438 1,371 -4.7

Sisal 940 1,224 1,357 3,142 1,460 1,749 2,002 1,579 1,735 9.9

Tea 1,840 1,740 2,061 1,978 1,568 1,601 1,696 1,777 1,708 -3.9

Tobacco 4,337 3,839 3,316 4,526 4,673 4,336 4,732 4,056 3,744 -7.7

Cashewnuts 963 1,110 1,089 1,103 1,291 1,274 1,599 1,636 1,674 2.3

Cloves 3,450 13,163 11,189 10,563 11,231 8,653 7,976 7,884 5,111 -35.2

Diamonds (Carats) 3,028 2,395 2,188 208 187 178 361 228 200 -12.0

Gold (Gms.) 43 55 57 35 38 28 17 28 25 -10.7

Source: National Bureau of Statistics and Tanzania Revenue Authority

* Except for diamonds and gold, whose prices are quoted per carat and gram respectively

EXPORT PRICES OF PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES

Page 98: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

84

Page 99: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

85

Table No. 31 Shs. Million

Consumer Intermediate Capital

Goods Goods Goods

2001 468,173 386,317 648,361 1,502,851

2002 499,346 408,872 697,209 1,605,426

2003 654,630 705,729 846,251 2,206,610

2004 917,953 1,024,705 1,029,389 2,972,046

2005 934,526 1,447,183 1,337,876 3,719,585

2006 1,068,323 1,977,275 1,799,472 4,845,070

2007 1,399,488 2,479,491 2,195,837 6,074,816

2008 1,689,789 3,191,039 3,508,181 8,389,009

2009 1,836,142 2,471,066 3,319,331 7,626,538

2010 2,385,447 3,825,823 3,789,528 10,000,799

2011 3,314,193 6,446,217 5,545,242 15,305,652

2012 3,634,506 6,790,046 5,794,109 16,218,662

2013 3,774,926 8,321,368 5,532,070 17,628,363

2014 4,385,587 7,706,629 5,946,049 18,038,265

2015 4,628,549 7,339,405 7,570,307 19,538,260

2016 4,573,589 6,233,387 7,614,215 18,421,191

2017 4,806,982 6,027,729 5,992,067 16,826,779

2018 4,911,102 6,332,482 7,189,911 18,433,495

Source: Bank of Tanzania

* Commencing 1990, the value of imports is quoted

at F.O.B. prices (previously quoted at C.I.F. prices)

Year Total

COMPOSITION OF IMPORTS

Page 100: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

86

Table No. 32 US $ milion

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual ActualLikely

Outturn

GOODS BALANCE -2841.2 -4729.6 -4429.9 -5771.1 -5723.7 -4526.3 -3513.9 -3027.8 -3793.5

Exports (fob) 4324.3 5097.9 5889.2 5258.1 5194.1 5316.8 4949.7 4523.9 4380.3

Imports (fob) 7165.5 9827.5 10319.1 11029.1 10917.8 9843.1 8463.6 7551.7 8173.8

Service balance 156.9 92.2 427.5 713.2 727.3 783.3 1422.9 1792.0 1851.3

Receipts 2045.7 2300.3 2786.4 3201.7 3396.0 3412.4 3599.3 3831.9 4014.7

Payments 1888.9 2208.1 2358.9 2488.5 2668.7 2629.1 2176.4 2039.9 2163.4

Income -577.6 -645.8 -574.0 -705.7 -529.5 -724.3 -955.1 -1046.9 -870.9

Receipts 160.1 184.2 131.1 130.1 118.4 110.3 98.5 125.3 154.9

Payments 737.7 830.0 705.1 835.8 647.9 834.6 1053.6 1172.2 1025.8

Current transfers 1051.2 902.2 807.5 775.7 477.3 479.9 775.7 402.0 468.5

Inflows 1130.2 994.9 913.0 837.5 535.5 560.1 837.5 485.2 535.8

Government 798.1 609.7 544.3 485.2 177.9 194.8 81.1 121.8 170.3

Other Sectors 332.1 385.2 368.7 351.7 357.6 365.3 371.6 363.4 365.5

Outflows 79.0 92.7 105.4 61.8 58.2 80.2 71.2 83.2 67.3

CURRENT ACCOUNT -2210.8 -4381.0 -3768.9 -4987.9 -5048.6 -3987.4 -2270.4 -1880.7 -2344.5

Capital Transfers 537.9 690.9 777.2 684.5 547.9 380.1 446.2 376.8 480.1

Inflows 537.9 690.9 777.2 684.5 547.9 380.1 446.2 376.8 480.1

Outflows 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Financial Account 3063.7 2843.3 3879.6 5017.4 3218.1 2793.9 1794.8 2154.9 1883.8

Direct Investment 1813.2 1229.5 1799.6 2087.3 1416.1 1506.0 864.0 937.7 1106.0

Portfolio Investment 3.1 11.3 6.1 4.6 11.5 27.6 -5.0 2.9 -0.7

Other Investment 1247.4 1602.5 2073.9 2903.1 1790.5 1260.2 935.8 1214.2 778.6

Errors and Omissions -1282.3 -325.2 -561.8 -157.4 1035.1 640.0 755.0 1044.4 -456.6

OVERALL BALANCE 108.5 -1171.9 326.2 556.6 -247.5 -173.3 725.6 1695.4 -437.2

Financing -108.5 1171.9 -326.2 -556.6 247.5 173.3 -725.6 -1695.4 437.2

Source: Bank of Tanzania

Starting 2006, exports includes unrecorded goods

BALANCE OF PAYMENTS

Page 101: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

87

Page 102: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

88

CHAPTER 5

THE STATE OF THE WORLD ECONOMY AND

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION

THE STATE OF THE WORLD ECONOMY

World Economic Growth

126. The growth of the world economy in 2018 continued to weaken as it was

in previous years. The world economy grew by 3.6 percent compared to 3.8

percent growth in 2017. The slow pace was due to decline in economic growth

in developed and developing countries.

127. In 2018, the GDP growth rate in advanced economies decreased to 2.2

percent compared to 2.4 percent in 2017. This was due to decrease in demand

of goods and services, uncertainties in fiscal policies, worries about Brexit

outcome and a decrease in the rate of investment.

128. In 2018, the GDP growth rate in emerging markets and developing

countries decreased to 4.5 percent compared to 4.8 percent in 2017. The slow

growth rate was due to trade dispute between China and the United States of

America, weakening of financial markets in Argentina and Turkey and

political turmoils in the Middle East. As such, the rate of GDP growth in

developing Asian countries, including China and India declined to 6.4 percent

in 2018 compared to 6.6 percent in 2017.

Table No. 5.1: Global GDP Growth Rate

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Growth Rates

World GDP 3.4 3.2 3.1 3.8 3.6

Developed countries 1.9 2.1 1.6 2.4 2.2

Developing countries 4.6 4.1 4.1 4.8 4.5

Developing Asian Countries 6.8 6.7 6.3 6.6 6.4

Sub-Saharan African

Countries

5.1 3.4 1.6 2.9 3.0

Source: International Monetary Fund (IMF), WEO – April 2019

129. In Sub-Saharan African (SSA) countries, the rate of economic growth

increased by 3.0 percent in 2018 compared to 2.9 percent in 2017. This growth

was attributed to increase in commodity prices, economic policy reforms and

increased global demand for goods produced.

Page 103: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

89

Inflation Trends

130. In 2018, global inflation increased to an average of 3.8 percent from an

average of 3.1 percent in 2017. The increase was due to decrease in industrial

production especially in developing countries, natural calamities and loose

fiscal and monetary policies in some countries. Inflation in developed

countries increased to an average of 2.0 percent in 2018 compared to average

of 1.7 percent in 2017. During the period under review, inflation in developing

Asian countries increased to 2.6 percent compared to 2.4 percent in 2017. This

was due to increase in oil and food prices in Cambodia, China, Thailand and

Singapore. In 2018, inflation in Sub-Saharan African Countries decreased to

an average of 8.5 percent from 11.0 percent in 2017. The decrease was due to

stable fiscal and monetary policies including exchange rate.

World Trade

131. In 2018, the growth of world trade activities continued to weaken,

whereby, the growth rate was 3.0 percent compared to 4.7 percent in 2017.

This was due to: increase in trade tensions between China, Europe and USA;

uncertainties surrounding economic activities in many countries; the slow pace

of global economic growth; volatility in financial markets; and stringent

financial conditions.

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION

East African Community

132. In 2018, meeting of the National Implementation Committee on East

African Community Common Market Protocol was held in Dar es Salaam -

Tanzania. Among other things, preparation of the regional matrix for the

implementation of basic areas of the East African Community Common

Market was finalized. The basic areas include: free movement of goods; free

movement of persons; free movement of labour; free movements of service;

free movement of capital; the right of establishment and operate business and

economic activities; and right of residence in the Community. In addition,

meeting of the Sectoral Council of Ministers responsible for Finance and

Economic Affairs was held in November 2018, in Arusha, Tanzania. During

the meeting, a Task Force was formed to review the agreement that

established the East African Development Bank as well as endorsing Terms of

Reference to conform to the East African Community Charter.

133. In 2018, the Summit of the Heads of States of EAC was held in

Kampala, Uganda. The aim of the meeting was to discuss development of

transport and energy infrastructures as well as investment in the health sector.

At that meeting, the Heads of State emphasized on: the attainment of

objectives of the EAC Development Strategy (2016/17 - 2020/21); Agenda

2063; and Sustainable development of infrastructure and health sectors. In

addition, the Heads of States approved nine priority areas of investment in the

health sector; and 17 flagship projects whose implementation will be closely

Page 104: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

90

monitored by the Heads of State. Similarly, the East African Council of

Ministers was directed to proceed with the process of mobilising funds for

implementation of the respective projects.

134. In 2018, the 19th Juakali / Nguvukazi exhibition took place in Eldoret,

Kenya. The aim of the exhibition was to promote employment and business,

widening market base for the entrepreneurs and facilitate formalization of

informal sector activities. In addition, entrepreneurs had opportunity to share

business information, skills and services with collegues from member states.

In addition, 238 entrepreneurs from Tanzania participated in the exhibition,

whereby, 192 participants were from Tanzania Mainland and 46 participants

were from Zanzibar. Further, entrepreneurs were able to sell goods and expand

market opportunities within EAC.

South African Development Community

135. In 2018, the 19th meeting of the Southern African Development

Community (SADC) Ministerial Task Force on economic integration was held

in Pretoria, South Africa. The aim of the meeting was to review infrastructure

projects submitted by Member States to the SADC Secretariat for funding

from the African Development Bank (AfDB) and other Development Partners.

SADC reached consensus with AfDB to finance the implementation of priority

infrastructure projects.

Africa Union

136. In 2018, the 30th Summit of the Heads of States and Governments of the

African Union (AU) was held in Addis Ababa. The meeting discussed, among

others, the report presented by the President of the Republic of Rwanda who is

also the Chairman of the Institutional Reforms Committee of the AU. The

meeting resolved that Member States should continue to discuss how best to

implement the proposed changes on institutional reforms within AU that can

be adopted by all countries. In addition, the Summit launched a Single African

Air Transport Market. As of end December 2018, a total of 21 Member States

signed the Single African Air Transport Market agreement which is expected

to promote tourism and increase employment opportunities. Implementation of

the agreement will stimulate economic growth in African countries by

participating in the Common Market.

Page 105: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

91

CHAPTER 6

HUMAN RESOURCES

Population

137. In 2018, the population of Tanzania was estimated at 54,199,163

compared to 52,554,628 people in 2017. The population distribution by sex in

2018 showed that, women were estimated at 27,689,068 equivalent to 51.1

percent of the total population and men were 26,510,095 equivalent to 48.9

percent. In addition, the population of Tanzania mainland was estimated at

52,619,314 in 2018, equivalent to 97.1 percent of all people and Tanzania

Zanzibar 1,579,849 people, equivalent to 2.9 percent. These estimates were

derived from the results of the 2012 Population and Housing Census and other

key population indicators including birth and death rate, and immigration.

Population Distribution by Region

138. In 2018, population distribution by region showed that, Dar es Salaam

had the highest population which was estimated at 5,147,070 people

equivalent to 9.8 percent of total population of Tanzania mainland compared

to 5,017,294 people in 2017. The higher population in Dar-es-salaam region

was due to the availability of basic social and economic services; thus, led to

increased number of immigrants from other regions. Mwanza region had a

population estimated at 3,532,378 people, equivalent to 6.7 percent and

Kagera region 3,022,037 people, equivalent to 5.7 percent. In addition, Katavi

region had a lowest population compared to other regions in Tanzania

mainland, with population estimated at 738,237 people, equivalent to 1.4

percent, followed by Njombe and Lindi regions which had an estimated

population of 803,299 and 983,738 people respectively. In Tanzania Zanzibar,

Mjini Magharibi region had the highest population compared to other regions,

with population estimated at 700,791 people, equivalent to 44.4 percent of

total population in Tanzania Zanzibar, followed by Kaskazini Pemba region

which was estimated at 271,594 people, equivalent to 17.2 percent. However,

Kusini Unguja region had the lowest population of 133,767 people, equivalent

to 8.5 percent.

139. In 2018, the population density in Tanzania was estimated at 61.2 people

per square kilometre. In addition, the Tanzania mainland had a population

density of 59.6 people per square kilometer. Dar-es-salaam region had the

highest population density of 3,695 people per square kilometer, followed by

Mwanza (373.1 people), Kagera (119.6 people) and Kilimanjaro (104.7

people). Lindi region had the lowest population density estimated at 14.9

people per square kilometer followed by Katavi and Ruvuma regions with

16.1 and 24.8 people per square kilometer respectively. In Zanzibar, Mjini

Page 106: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

92

Magharibi region had a highest population density of 3,046.9 people per

square kilometer while Kusini Unguja region had the lowest population

density of 156.6 people per square kilometer.

140. In 2018, children under the age of five were 9,408,347 equivalent to

17.4 percent of total population in Tanzania. The population of people aged 5

to 14 was 14,259,320, equivalent to 26.3 percent of total population in

Tanzania. In addition, people aged 15 to 24 were 10,675,520 equivalent to

19.7 percent of the total population. Similarly, the population aged 25 to 64

was 18,148,819 equivalents to 33.5 percent of total population. Elderly people

aged above 64 were 1,707,157 equivalent to 3.1 percent of total population.

During the period under review, people aged 15 to 64 of age which is the

working force were 28,824,339, equivalent to 53.2 percent of total population.

141. The Tanzania Employment Services Agency (TaESA) registered 21,684

job seekers in 2018 compared to 1,344 job seekers in 2017. The increase was

attributed to special program implemented by the TaESA to register

jobseekers with expertise required in crude oil pipeline project from Hoima -

Uganda to Chongoleani - Tanga. In addition, during the period under review,

3,823 job seekers were given advice on selection of professions, trainings and

appropriate jobs in accordance with their qualifications and labour market

requirements so that they can either be employed or engage in self-

employment.

142. In 2018, a total of 607 job seekers were linked to employers with

domestic employment opportunities compared to 339 job seekers in 2017,

equivalent to 79.1 percent increase. In addition, a total of 2,253 job seekers

were capacitated to compete for domestic and foreign employment

opportunities compared to 448 job seekers in 2017. Similarly, the training was

given to 1,052 students from various higher learning institutions compared to

520 students trained in 2017. During the period under review, the Agency

registered 395 job vacancies with 494 employment opportunities compared to

115 vacancies with 315 opportunities in 2017. The increase of job vacancies

and employment opportunities was due to Agency’s efforts to visit employers

as well as increase in number of employers using services provided by the

Agency as a result of improvement of such services.

143. In 2018, the Agency in collaboration with private institutions and

Tanzanian embassies in respective countries reviewed and approved 237

Tanzanians contracts to work in foreign countries especially Oman, Saudi

Arabia and United Arab Emirates. In addition, the Government reviewed

system and procedures used to link job seekers and employment opportunities

in foreign countries so as to benefit employees and improve their working

environment.

Page 107: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

93

Table No. 33

Region 2012** 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dodoma 2,083,588 2,146,608 2,211,552 2,278,761 2,348,593 2,419,941 2,492,989

Arusha 1,694,310 1,743,518 1,793,686 1,844,592 1,896,359 1,948,219 1,999,907

Kilimanjaro 1,640,087 1,673,218 1,708,020 1,744,697 1,783,232 1,823,151 1,864,329

Tanga 2,045,205 2,088,761 2,134,594 2,182,803 2,233,307 2,284,712 2,337,053

Morogoro 2,218,492 2,278,455 2,339,668 2,402,423 2,466,754 2,531,268 2,596,287

Pwani 1,098,668 1,124,449 1,151,286 1,179,002 1,207,632 1,236,481 1,265,504

Dar es Salaam 4,364,541 4,492,813 4,622,518 4,753,612 4,885,865 5,017,294 5,147,070

Lindi 864,652 883,847 903,293 923,097 943,298 963,465 983,738

Mtwara 1,270,854 1,295,164 1,320,123 1,345,588 1,371,610 1,397,723 1,424,083

Ruvuma 1,376,891 1,408,249 1,440,670 1,474,190 1,508,772 1,543,869 1,579,811

Iringa 941,238 965,722 990,683 1,016,226 1,042,343 1,068,695 1,095,172

Mbeya 1,708,548 1,764,026 1,821,440 1,881,098 1,942,898 2,006,072 2,070,412

Singida 1,370,637 1,407,672 1,445,997 1,485,741 1,527,019 1,569,304 1,612,854

Tabora 2,291,623 2,381,822 2,474,592 2,570,381 2,669,081 2,769,093 2,870,522

Rukwa 1,004,539 1,032,724 1,062,512 1,093,837 1,126,695 1,160,568 1,195,550

Kigoma 2,127,930 2,201,475 2,278,459 2,358,988 2,442,978 2,528,708 2,616,200

Shinyanga 1,534,808 1,588,620 1,643,704 1,700,156 1,758,071 1,816,316 1,874,709

Kagera 2,458,023 2,543,337 2,632,079 2,724,487 2,820,767 2,919,942 3,022,037

Mwanza 2,772,509 2,886,638 3,005,274 3,129,333 3,259,243 3,393,620 3,532,378

Mara 1,743,830 1,813,462 1,885,900 1,961,784 2,041,303 2,123,683 2,209,143

Manyara 1,425,131 1,475,160 1,526,913 1,580,479 1,635,890 1,692,667 1,750,864

Njombe 702,097 718,641 735,340 752,215 769,349 786,347 803,299

Katavi 564,604 590,470 617,541 645,972 675,749 706,472 738,237

Simiyu 1,584,157 1,658,073 1,735,954 1,818,559 1,906,261 1,998,224 2,094,798

Geita 1,739,530 1,814,590 1,892,608 1,974,389 2,060,010 2,148,409 2,239,949

Songwe 998,862 1,029,989 1,062,265 1,095,815 1,130,557 1,166,094 1,202,419

Tanzania Mainland 43,625,354 45,007,503 46,436,671 47,918,225 49,453,636 51,020,337 52,619,314

Kaskazini Unguja 187,455 193,412 199,335 205,251 211,081 216,697 222,066

Kusini Unguja 115,588 118,953 122,230 125,376 128,373 131,162 133,767

Mjini Magharibi 593,678 611,914 630,159 648,296 666,305 683,833 700,791

Kaskazini Pemba 211,732 220,714 230,145 240,052 250,378 260,884 271,594

Kusini Pemba 195,116 203,783 212,821 222,208 231,899 241,715 251,631

Zanzibar 1,303,569 1,348,776 1,394,690 1,441,183 1,488,036 1,534,291 1,579,849

Tanzania 44,928,923 46,356,279 47,831,361 49,359,408 50,941,672 52,554,628 54,199,163

Source:National Bureau of Statistics

** Statistics from the 2012 Census

REGIONAL DISTRIBUTION OF TANZANIA POPULATION (2012-2018)

Page 108: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

94

Page 109: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

95

CHAPTER 7

PRIVATE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT

Investment in the Country

144. In 2018, Tanzania Investment Centre (TIC) registered 215 projects

compared to 345 projects in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 37.7 percent.

The decrease was caused by removal of financial incentives on expansion

projects and basic non-capital products. Out of the registered projects, 132

projects were owned by Tanzanians, 69 projects by foreigners and 14 joint

venture projects between Tanzanians and foreigners compared to 84 projects

owned by Tanzanians, 168 projects by foreigners and 85 joint venture projects

in 2017. On the other hand, the value of registered projects decreased by 44.4

percent from USD 5.07 billion in 2017 to USD 2.82 billion in 2018. In

addition, the registered projects in 2018 created 27,469 job opportunities

compared to 30,728 jobs in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 10.6 percent.

Sectoral Projects Distribution

145. In 2018, the service sector registered projects worth USD 1.07 billion,

followed by manufacturing USD 0.63 billion; agriculture USD 0.50 billion;

commercial buildings USD 0.22 billion; and transport USD 0.17 billion.

Nevertheless, manufacturing sector registered the highest number of new

projects, totalling 108, followed by commercial buildings 26 projects, services

19 projects, tourism 18 projects, transport 16 projects and agriculture 12

projects.

Table No. 7.1 Investment Projects Registered in 2018

Sector New

Project

Tanzanian

Project

Foreign

ers

Project

Joint

ventures

Project

Employ

ment

Value

(Million)

USD

Agriculture 12 6 6 0 6,151 506.87

Commercial

Buildings

26 13 13 0 2,580 244.55

Energy 3 1 2 0 36 52.49

Financial Services 3 0 0 3 442 60.7

Human Resources 7 6 1 0 431 5.3

Manufacturing 108 68 38 2 10,893 639.18

Natural Resources 4 2 1 1 157 1.61

Broadcasting 1 1 0 0 26 0.22

Business/Commerci

al Services

16 11 4 1 1,746 1,017.12

Telecommunication 1 1 0 0 955 37.17

Tourism 18 11 1 6 1,817 91.3

Cargo Transport 16 12 3 1 2,235 166.39

Total 215 132 69 14 27,469 2,821.92

Source: Tanzania Investment Centre

Page 110: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

96

Regional Projects Distribution

146. In 2018, Dar es Salaam region continued to lead in attracting investment

projects by registering 109 projects. This is due to availability of investment

enabling environment, notably infrastructures compared to other regions. In

addition, Coast region registered 37 projects; Arusha 9 projects; Kilimanjaro 8

projects; and Morogoro 8 projects whereas Katavi, Kigoma, Lindi, Rukwa,

Ruvuma and Simiyu regions attracted no project in 2018. A summary

distribution of projects by regions is depicted in Table No. 7.2.

Table No. 7.2: Distribution of Projects by Region

Region/Sector

Agr

icu

ltur

e

Bro

adca

stin

g

Co

mp

ute

r C

om

mer

cial

Bu

ildin

g

Infr

astr

uct

ure

Ener

gy

Fin

anci

al

Inst

itu

tion

H

um

an

Res

ou

rces

Man

ufa

ctu

rin

g N

atu

ral

Res

ou

rces

Serv

ice

s Te

leco

mm

un

ica

tio

n

Tou

rism

Tran

spo

rt

Min

eral

s

Tota

l

Arusha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 4 0 0 9

Coast 3 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 27 2 0 0 0 0 0 37

Dar es Salaam 0 0 0 18 0 1 3 4 49 0 14 1 8 11 0 109

Dodoma 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 5

Geita 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

Iringa 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 4

Kagera 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

Katavi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kigoma 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kilimanjaro 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 2 1 0 8

Lindi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Manyara 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 Mbeya 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Morogoro 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 1 0 8

Mtwara 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

Mwanza 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 1 0 0 1 1 0 7

Njombe 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 4

Mara 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 3

Rukwa 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ruvuma 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Shinyanga 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4

Simiyu 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Singida 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 4

Tabora 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 3

Tanga 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2

Total 12 1 0 26 0 3 3 7 107 4 16 1 18 16 1 215

Source: Tanzania Investment Centre

Investment and Ease of Doing Business

147. The World Bank’s Ease of Doing Business Report of 2019 showed that,

Tanzania ranked 144th out of 190 assessed countries in 2018 compared to 137th

in 2017. This was a result of various procedural checks instituted to reduce

malpractices in the business sector. However, Tanzania performed well in

some categories whereby, it was ranked number 60 in ease of getting credit,

Page 111: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

97

64 in enforcing contract and 83 in availability of reliable electricity.

Categories that Tanzania did not perform well includes cross-border trade

which ranked number 183, paying taxes number 167, and 163 in starting a

business. The Government continued to improve investment and business

environment by implementing blueprint strategic plan. In addition, the

Government continues to implement policies and plans that aim at reducing

nuisance taxes, levies and bureaucracy in business activities. Further, the

Government has strengthened import-export procedures and improved

infrastructures as well as constructing one-stop- border posts aiming at

reducing bureaucracy.

Economic Empowerment

148. In 2018, the Government through National Economic Empowerment

Council (NEEC) continued to implement the National Economic

Empowerment Policy and its Act of 2004. During the period under review,

through empowerment schemes, a total of 20,832 Tanzanians (9,716 women

and 11,116 men) were given loans with favorable terms worth 82,550,000

shillings in 12 VICOBA in collaboration with TPB Bank and UTT

Microfinance. As of end December 2018, the Government through the

National Economic Empowerment Fund (NEEF) guaranteed loans worth 13.4

billion shillings to 229 community fund groups and 57 SACCOS and

empowering 31,948 entrepreneurs. In 2018, the Government initiated a system

to recognize, register and report financial status of community fund groups

and other economic groups, whereby up to April 2018 a total of 22,944 groups

in 15 regions were registered and awarded special certificates.

Tanzanians Participation in Government Investment Projects

149. In 2018, the Government through National Economic Empowerment

Council continued to ensure that Tanzanians participate and benefit from

implementations of different projects. During that period, construction of

Mfugale flyover employed 589 Tanzanians, 27 foreigners and involved 24

Tanzanian companies, three foreign companies and one joint venture company

in procurements of goods and services. Moreover, the construction of Ubungo

interchange employed 449 Tanzanians, 53 foreigners and involved seven

Tanzanian companies and one foreign company in provision of goods and

services. Construction of the Standard Gauge Railway (SGR) employed 3,526

Tanzanians and 255 foreigners. In addition, the Tanzania Inter Modal and Rail

Development project (TIRP) employed 1,129 Tanzanians, 152 foreigners and

involved 22 Tanzanian companies in various activities. Further, construction

of Mwalimu Julius Nyerere International Airport (Terminal III) employed 997

Tanzanians and 59 foreigners. Furthermore, construction of New Selander

Bridge project employed 33 Tanzanians and 9 foreigners.

Page 112: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

98

Public Private Partnership Development

150. In 2018, the Government continued to identify and coordinate public

private partnership (PPP) projects, provide PPP trainings, advice and

guidelines for the implementation of PPP projects to Ministries, Regional

Administration and Local Governments, Institutions and Public Corporations.

During that period, the Government continued to receive project proposals to

be implemented through Public Private Partnership (PPP) arrangement. The

project proposals were: construction of student’s hostel at the College of

Business Education (CBE); construction of national cancer hospital;

construction of 4-star hotel and commercial complex at Julius Nyerere

International Airport Terminal III.

151. The Government continued to scrutinize project proposals to be

implemented through PPP arrangement which includes: Dar es Salaam Rapid

Transit Project phase I; establishment of medicines and medical supplies

manufacturing plants; regional natural gas distribution project in Dar es

Salaam, Lindi, and Mtwara; construction of Mtwara to Mbamba Bay with

Spurs to Liganga & Mchuchuma standard gauge railway line; construction of

Tanga – Arusha – Musoma standard gauge railway line and establishment of

10 vocational training centres.

Foreign Private Investment

152. Foreign private investment is of paramount for country’s economic

growth. Increase in foreign private investment is due to prevailing good

economic policies, peace, tranquillity and strengthened business environment.

Further, foreign private investment in the country contributes to credit growth,

employment creation, increase GDP and attract foreign currencies.

153. According to Tanzania Investment Report of 2018, foreign private

investment amounted to USD 15,392.9 million from USD 14,634.3 million in

2016, equivalent to an increase of 5.2 percent. Out of this, Foreign Direct

Investments (FDI) were USD 13,499.5 million, equivalent to 87.7 percent of

the stock of foreign private investment, portfolio investment was 0.5 percent

and other investment 11.8 percent. Foreign private investment inflows

increased by 5.7 percent to USD 1,052 million in 2017 from USD 995.5

million in 2016.

Portfolio and Foreign Direct Investments

154. Tanzania Investment Report of 2018 showed that, in 2017 Tanzania

attracted USD 937.7 million inflows of FDI compared to USD 755.0 million

in 2016, equivalent to an increase of 24.2 percent. This was largely

underpinned by increased investments in food and accommodation; mining

and quarrying; and finance and insurance activities which altogether

accounted for 61.5 percent of FDI in 2017. In addition, portfolio investment

Page 113: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

99

was USD 0.8 million in 2017 compared to USD 2.8 million in 2016. This kind

of portfolio investments represent equity investment in company with foreign

liabilities accounting for less than 10 percent of company’s ordinary shares or

voting rights.

Other Investments

155. Other investments comprised of long and short-term loans and trade

credits and advances. In 2017, this category of inflows amounted to USD

113.2 million much lower compared to USD 237.7 million recorded in 2016,

equivalent to a decrease of 52.4 percent. Large share of inflows of other

investments were in the form of long-term loans and trade credits.

Employment from Foreign Direct Investment

156. FDI facilitate creation of employment opportunities and thus improve

skills and professions which are imperative in increasing production. In 2017,

FDI created 105,364 employment compared to 108,330 employment in 2016,

equivalent to a decrease of 2.74 percent. Out of total employment created 33

percent were professional employees and 67 percent were non-professional.

During that period, sectors with the largest share of employees were

manufacturing, agriculture, finance and insurance and administrative services

which collectively accounted for 65.0 percent of total number of employees.

Table No. 7.3 Foreign Private Investment (USD Million)

Type of

Investment Inflows Stoks

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Foreign

Direct

Investment

2,130.9 1,416.1 1,560.6 755.0 937.7 10,851.4 11,897.4 12,146.6 12,839.2 13,499.5

Investment

portfolio 3.5 1.2 1.5 2.8 0.8 123 16.3 118 128 72.2

Other

Investment 47.4 106.1 2.7 237.7 113.2 1459.4 1509.5 1439.8 1667.1 1820.9

Total 2,181.80 1,523.40 1,564.80 995.50 1,051.70 12,433.80 13,423.20 13,704.40 14,634.30 15,392.60

Page 114: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

100

Table No.34

A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H

Agricultural 23 23 0 9 11 3 2,535 372 12 12 0 6 6 0 6,151 507

Natural Resources 5 5 0 1 2 2 286 5 4 4 0 2 1 1 157 2

Research - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Manufacturing 188 187 1 42 102 44 18,389 2,552 108 108 0 68 38 2 10,893 639

Construction 27 27 0 5 13 9 2,284 204 26 26 0 13 13 0 2,580 245

Transport 28 28 0 13 11 4 2,953 1,444 16 16 0 12 3 1 2,235 166

Business Services 19 19 0 3 12 4 1,061 51 16 16 0 11 4 1 1,746 1,017

Computer 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -

Financial Institutions 6 6 0 0 2 4 520 40 3 3 0 0 0 3 442 61

Communication 1 1 0 0 1 0 18 4 1 1 0 1 0 0 955 37

Energy 5 5 0 0 5 0 407 300 3 3 0 1 2 0 36 52

Human Resources 3 3 0 1 1 1 202 4 7 7 0 6 1 0 431 5

Tourism 29 29 0 9 8 12 1,581 64 18 18 0 11 1 6 1,817 91

Economic Infrastructure 3 3 0 1 0 2 492 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -

Broadcasting 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - 1 1 0 1 0 0 26 0

Total 337 336 1 84 168 85 30,728 5071.46 215 215 - 132 69 14 27,469 2,823

Source: Tanzania Investment Centre (TIC)

A Total Number of Approved Projects

B New projects

C Old projects (expansion and rehabilitation)

D Local projects

E Foreign projects

F Joint projects

G Total employment

H Total investment (USD. million)

TANZANIA INVESTMENT CENTRE (TIC): APPROVED PROJECTS

Sector

2017 2018

Page 115: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

101

CHAPTER 8

CROSS CUTTING ISSUES

AIDS

157. In 2018, the Government continued with efforts to fight against

HIV/AIDS through the fourth Health Sector HIV/AIDS Strategic Plan

2018/19-2022/23 which outline targets and objectives to prevent new

infections and AIDS related deaths in the country. In eradicating AIDS related

deaths, the Government continued to provide care and treatment to people

living with HIV/AIDS (PLWHA). As of December 2018, a total 1,103,016

PLWHA were using Anti-Retroviral drugs (ARVs) compared to 740,745

people in 2015. These efforts have enabled suppression of viral load by 87

percent for those in treatment and care programme.

158. The Government has also ratified the international goals of achieving the

Three Ninety (90-90-90) by 2020. This concept means that: 90 percent of all

PLWHA will know their HIV status; 90 percent of all people with diagnosed

HIV infection will receive sustained Anti-Retroviral Therapy (ARTs); and 90

percent of all people receiving ARTs will have viral suppression.

Implementation of the Three Ninety targets based on the HIV impact survey

2016/17 revealed the following: almost 60.6 percent of people aged at least 15

years are aware of their HIV status (52.2 percent male and 64.9 percent

female); 93.6 percent of those who knew they are HIV positive, were using

ARV drugs (89.6 percent male and 95.3 percent female); and viral load were

suppressed to 87 percent of people using ARV drugs (83.2 percent male and

88.6 percent female).

Environment

159. In 2018, the Government continued to encourage investors to comply

with Environmental Management Act 2004 by conducting Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) before implementing their projects. During that

period, 412 projects which met EIA criteria were awarded certificate of

compliance compared to 425 projects in 2017. In addition, duration of time to

obtain certificate of compliance for large scale projects was reduced from 149

days to 74 days following amendments made in 2018 to the Regulations

governing EIA. Further, the amendments enabled small scale projects to be

awarded certificate of compliance at project identification stage which

outlines: project activities to be implemented; negative environmental impacts;

and mitigation measures. Furthermore, seven large scale industrial projects

were registered and awarded temporary permit at mobilization phase while

continuing with preparation of the entire EIA report.

Page 116: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

102

160. In 2018, the Government conducted inspection in factories with the aim

of assessing level of compliance and adherence to the Environmental

Management Act, whereby, over 4,853 areas which occupied 1,627 factories

were inspected. In addition, regular monitoring and auditing of the extent of

environmental degradation was conducted at mining sites, fuel stations,

abattoirs, hotels, commercial and residential buildings, sewerage treatment

dams, sand quarries, and water sources. Monitoring and auditing were carried

out in Mara, Mwanza, Arusha, Kilimajaro, Tanga, Dar es Salaam, Mtwara,

Lindi, Morogoro, Mbeya, Rukwa, Iringa, Njombe, Katavi, Coast, Tabora,

Dodoma, and Kigoma regions. In 2018, the Government issued 77 permits for

collection, transportation and recycling of solid waste for the purpose of

managing investment in solid waste in line with the Investment Guideline on

Solid Waste 2017.

161. In 2018, the Government continued to manage the environment with the

aim of reducing negative environmental impacts on human beings, such as

controlling side effects on the use of mercury. In addition, assessment on the

use of mercury conducted in 2018 revealed that approximately 80 percent of

mercury is used by small-scale gold miners who have limited awareness on its

side effects. Further, the assessment highlighted that 25 to 33 percent of the

small-scale gold miners to some extent have been affected by toxic from the

mercury. In addressing negative impacts on the use of mercury, the

Government took various initiatives including creating awareness on the

effects of mercury to human beings and empowering small-scale gold miners

on alternative use of mining equipment in mineral processing.

162. In 2018, the Government continued to control land degradation

including finalizing assessment on status of land degradation. The assessment

showed that about 75 percent of the land is faced with soil infertility and land

degradation. In addition, the assessment recommended the following:

conservation of miombo forests; practising sustainable agriculture in western

regions particularly Shinyanga, Simiyu and Tabora; restoration of damaged

lands; practising sustainable agriculture in Central regions including Dodoma;

forest conservation and sustainable agriculture in the northern regions,

including Kilimanjaro and Tanga; encourage establishment of tree plantations

and sustainable agriculture in the southern highlands; and conservation of

marine and coastal ecology including mangrove forests in Coast region, Dar es

Salaam, Lindi, Mtwara, and Tanga.

163. In addressing climate change, the Government continued to implement

community-based capacity building project to withstand climate change in

coastal areas. Implemented activities include: wall construction along Pangani

river to the north from 600 meters in 2017 to 780 meters in 2018; construction

of rainwater harvesting infrastructure in Kingani and Matipwili secondary

Page 117: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

103

schools in Bagamoyo District, whereby about 265,000 litres of water were

harvested in one season to overcome water shortage arising from sea water

intrusion; Planting of mangrove trees in 208 hectares in Rufiji Delta to protect

it against the effects of climate change.

164. In 2018, the Government conducted assessment on the increase of

invasive alien species, which include plants and animals that affect

biodiversity and ecology. The assessment showed that Tanzania has about 198

types of invasive alien species compared to other East and Central Africa

countries. Consequently, the National Invasive Species Strategy and Action

Plan 2019-2029 has been prepared to address the challenge of invasive-

species.

Public Security/Safety

165. In 2018, a total of 60,108 criminal offences were reported compared to

67,140 crimes in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 10.5 percent. In addition, a

total of 11,759 crimes against humanity were reported compared to 12,578

crimes in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 6.5 percent. These offenses include

murder, sodomy, child abduction, and abandonment, molestation and human

trafficking. Further, 29,596 offences involving robbery, burglary, theft, arson,

forgery and counterfeits were reported compared to 33,815 offences in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 12.5 percent. Furthermore, 18,753 offences against

social ethics were reported in 2018 compared to 20,747 offences in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 9.6 percent. The offenses reported included

smuggling, corruption and possession of Government trophies, weapons/arms,

bullets, illicit brew, forest products and marijuana.

166. In 2018, a total of 3,988 major road safety incidents were reported

compared to 6,022 incidents in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 33.8 percent.

Fatal accidents decreased by 35.7 percent from 2,254 accidents in 2017 to

1,449 accidents in 2018. In addition, deaths from accidents decreased by 29.3

percent to 1,912 deaths in 2018 from 2,705 deaths in 2017. Further, there were

4,194 casualties resulted from road accidents in 2018 compared to 6,169

causalities in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 32.0 percent.

167. In 2018, the number of prisoners and inmates in prisons were 37,774

(18,661 prisoners and inmates 19,113) compared to 38,300 (18,580 prisoners

and 19,720 inmates) in 2017. However, the number of prisoners and inmates is

large compared to the prisons’ capacity of accommodating 29,902 prisoners

and inmates. In addressing prisons overcrowding challenges, various measures

were taken including Parole Board hearings, non-custodial sentences and

construction and rehabilitation of prisons’ dormitories.

Page 118: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

104

168. In 2018, Fire and Rescue Force continued to address fire disasters and

other calamities with the aim of saving people’s lives and properties. During

that period, a total of 1,633 fire incidence calls were received compared to

1,532 calls in 2017. In addition, the Force engaged in rescue operations in 471

incidents in 2018 compared to 410 incidents in 2017. Similarly, Fire and

Rescue Force continued with efforts to provide public education and

inspection of fire precautionary tools in different areas, whereby, a total of

62,675 areas were inspected in 2018 compared to 74,893 areas in 2017.

169. In 2018, a total of 1,376,228 visitors arrived in the country with legal

permits compared to 1,327,148 visitors in 2017. In addition, a total of

1,555,273 visitors departed the country compared to 1,346,826 visitors in

2017. Further, 15,769 residence permits were issued in 2018, compared to

16,914 permits issued in 2017. Out of the permits issued, 1,565 permits were

grade A, 8,333 grade B, 3,633 grade C, and 2,238 were issued to students.

Furthermore, a total of 74,896 passports (67,922 electronic and 6,974

ordinary) were issued to Tanzanians compared to 64,621 passports issued in

2017. Moreover, 13,691 illegal immigrants were arrested in 2018 compared to

15,068 illegal immigrants in 2017.

170. In 2018, Tanzania sheltered 326,941 refugees from Burundi (241,976),

DR Congo (84,346), Somalia (150) and 469 refugees from other countries

(Rwanda, Uganda, South Sudan and Ethiopia). In addition, Tanzania received

7,748 new refugees in 2018 compared to 63,296 refugees in 2017. In 2018, a

total of 44,789 refugees were voluntarily repatriated to their respective

countries due to improved peace and security in their countries. Further, 3,448

refugees were resettled to a third country compared to 1,620 refugees in 2017.

Those countries are United States of America, Australia, Ireland, Canada,

United Kingdom, Finland and Sweden.

National Identification Authority

171. The National Identification Authority (NIDA) continued with

registration of citizens in the country whereby, as of December 2018, a total of

19,648,857 citizens were registered. In addition, NIDA connected 117 District

Registration Offices with network services through National ICT

infrastructure backbone managed by TTCL to facilitate information transfer

among offices and NIDA Headquarter. Further, NIDA integrated its

identification system with 45 institutions with the aim of facilitating

identification of citizens and legal residents in the provision of various social

services.

Page 119: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

105

Registration, Insolvency and Trusteeship Authority

172. In 2018, Registration, Insolvency and Trusteeship Authority (RITA)

registered a total of 1,409,206 births; 22,938 deaths; 24,490 marriages; 3,923

divorces and 32 adopted children compared to 1,764,494 births; 52,323

deaths; 23,444 marriages; 109 divorces and 37 adopted children registered in

2017. In addition, through under-five children registration program, a total of

836,790 children were registered compared to 1,132,566 children registered in

2017, equivalent to a decrease of 26.1 percent.

173. In 2018, the Government used Births and Death Registration System –

4th edition (BRS) to register births and deaths. The system aims at improving

ICT systems in births and deaths registration in line with the National Civil

Registration and Vital Statistics Strategy. As of December 2018, a total of

189,148 births and 4,290 deaths were registered through BRS in 142 centres in

the country. In addition, the System has enabled availability of births and

deaths registration services at ward offices and medical centres (dispensaries,

health centres and hospitals).

174. In 2018, a total of 71 certificates of incorporation of Board of Trustees

were issued compared to 121 certificates in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of

41.3. In addition, the Government conducted public awareness campaign on

the importance maintaining a will through radio programmes, television and

newspapers to avoid family conflicts when the property owner demise. In

2018, a total of 60 wills were written and filed compared to 57 wills in 2017,

which is an increase of three wills.

Page 120: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

106

CHAPTER 9

STATE OF POVERTY AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

Introduction

175. In 2018, the Government continued to implement various plans and

policies aiming at improving the quality of life, social welfare and reducing

income poverty. In achieving the aspiration of being a middle-income country,

the Government continued to enhance provision of basic amenities particularly

health, education and water in order to improve the level of human

development. In the same period, the Government continued to implement

Agenda 2030 which entails among others, ending poverty in all its forms

including eradication of extreme poverty to achieve sustainable development.

The Incidence of Poverty

176. According to the 2017/18 Household Budget Survey (HBS), the basic

needs poverty decreased from 28.2 percent in 2011/12 to 26.4 percent in

2017/18. The Survey portrayed that; basic needs poverty is higher in rural

areas (31.3 percent) than in urban areas (15.8 percent). In addition, the Survey

depicts that, basic needs poverty rate is highest in Rukwa (45 percent) and

lowest in Dar es Salaam (8.0 percent). On the other hand, the incidence of

food poverty decreased from 9.7 percent in 2011/12 to 8.0 percent in 2017/18.

It is worth noting that, food poverty is higher in rural areas (9.7 percent)

compared to urban areas (4.4 percent).

Distribution of Poor Population

177. The distribution of poor population in Tanzania Mainland in terms of

basic needs poverty in 2017/18, indicates that 81 percent of poor population

lives in rural areas compared to 84.1 percent in 2011/12. The proportion of

poor population in other urban areas was 16.1 percent in 2017/18 compared to

14.4 percent in 2011/12. In addition, 3.0 percent of the poor population lives

in Dar es Salaam compared to 1.5 percent in 2011/12. However, there are

changes in the distribution of poor population, whereby the proportion of poor

people in rural areas decreased by 3.1 percentage points and in other urban

areas increased by 1.7 percentage points. On the other hand, the proportion of

poor population in Dar es Salaam has doubled.

Depth of Poverty

178. The depth of poverty measures the extent to which

individuals/households on average fall below the poverty line. The 2017/18

HBS results revealed that, the depth of basic needs poverty at the national

level is 6.2 percent and the depth of food poverty is 1.4 percent. The depth of

poverty is higher in rural areas (7.4 percent) than in urban areas (3.5 percent).

Page 121: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

107

In addition, the Squared Poverty Gap Index which takes into account

inequality among the poor was 2.1 percent nationally, whereby the Index is

higher in rural areas (2.6 percent) than in urban areas (1.2 percent).

Table No.9.1: The Incidence of Poverty in Tanzania

Area

Basic Needs Poverty Food Poverty

Poverty

Incidence

Poverty

gap

Severity

of

poverty

Poverty

Incidence

Poverty

gap

Severity

of

poverty

Location

Rural 31.3 7.4 2.6 9.7 1.7 0.5

Urban 15.8 3.5 1.2 4.4 0.7 0.2

Region

Dodoma 23.2 4.1 1.2 3.7 0.7 0.2

Arusha 24.7 5.8 1.9 7.6 1.2 0.3

Kilimanjaro 10.5 1.7 0.4 2.1 0.2 0

Tanga 21 5.1 1.7 8 1 0.2

Morogoro 19.3 3.7 1.1 4.3 0.5 0.1

Pwani 27.9 8.7 3.7 12.1 3.1 1.1

Dar es Salaam 8 2 0.7 2.3 0.5 0.1

Lindi 38 9.6 3.3 15.3 2.2 0.5

Mtwara 29.1 5.9 2.1 9 1.6 0.4

Ruvuma 30.6 6.7 2.1 6.6 1 0.3

Iringa 24 5.6 1.9 8 1.1 0.3

Mbeya 21.4 5 1.8 7.7 1.2 0.3

Singida 34 7.4 2.3 9.3 1.3 0.3

Tabora 34.5 8.3 2.8 11.1 1.7 0.4

Rukwa 45 12.9 4.8 19.8 3.4 0.9

Kigoma 34.5 10.1 4.4 14.2 3.8 1.5

Shinyanga 31.9 6.7 2.1 8.2 1.2 0.3

Kagera 31.9 8.3 3.2 12 2.5 0.7

Mwanza 34.6 7.8 2.6 9.4 1.4 0.3

Mara 23.2 4.2 1.1 2.2 0.4 0.1

Manyara 30.5 6.5 2.1 8 1.2 0.4

Njombe 13.2 2.4 0.8 3.3 0.7 0.1

Katavi 29 6.7 2.1 9.2 1.1 0.2

Simiyu 39.2 8.2 2.3 7.5 0.9 0.2

Geita 37.5 9.9 3.8 14.5 2.9 0.9

Songwe 20.7 4.4 1.4 5.6 0.7 0.3

Tanzania

Mainland

26.4 6.2 2.1 8 1.4 0.4

Source: 2017/18 Household Budget Survey

Page 122: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

108

Child Poverty

179. The 2017/18 HBS revealed that, basic needs poverty to children aged 0 –

17 years is 30.1 percent whilst the food poverty is 9.4 percent. The basic needs

poverty is higher in rural areas (34.5 percent) than in urban areas (11.0

percent). In addition, 2017/18 HBS shows that, food poverty for children

living in rural areas is 11 percent and for those living in urban areas is 5.4

percent. The Survey results depicted that, there is no correlation between child

poverty and sex of a child whereby, the incidence of basic needs poverty was

recorded to be 30.1 percent for both boys and girls. In addition, the food

poverty was recorded to be 9.5 percent for boys and 9.4 percent for girls. At

the regional level, Rukwa recorded the highest proportion of children living in

basic needs poverty (47.6 percent) and Dar es Salaam has the lowest

proportion of 9.6 percent. Similarly, Rukwa region has the highest proportion

of children living in food poverty (21.2 percent) and Mara region has the

lowest proportion of 1.9 percent.

Inequality

180. Inequality is measured using Gini coefficient which ranges from 0 (no

income inequality) to 1 (highest level of income inequality). The 2017/18 HBS

results revealed that, Gini coefficient has increased from 0.34 in 2011/12 to

0.38 in 2017/18. In addition, the level of inequality in rural areas increased

from 0.29 in 2011/12 to 0.32 in 2017/18. In other urban areas, inequality

increased from 0.37 in 2011/12 to 0.38 in 2017/18. In Dar es Salaam, income

inequality increased from 0.35 in 2011/12 to 0.42 in 2017/18.

Productive Social Safety Net

181. In 2018, the Government endeavored to reduce extreme poverty through

different programs, particularly Productive Social Safety Net (PSSN). This

Program constitutes Conditional Cash Transfer (CCT) and Public Works

Programs (PWP). As of December 2018, the total number of beneficiary

households was 1,118,752 with a total of 5,259,503 direct Program

beneficiaries compared to 5,127,730 beneficiaries in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 3 percent. In 2018, school age beneficiaries (6 - 18 years) were

39.2 percent while children aged 0-5 years who are required to attend clinic

were 16.7 percent. The productive age members who are supposed to work

under PWP represented 32.6 percent of all beneficiaries and the last category

comprised of adults aged above 60 years accounting for 11.5 percent of

beneficiaries. This implies that, large part of benefits was directed to support

productive and school aged groups which ultimately contributes in building

productive capacity and protecting human capital.

Page 123: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

109

Table No. 9.2: Distribution of PSSN Direct Beneficiaries by Age Groups

Year

Age Groups

Years

0-2

Years

3-5

Years

6-18

Years

19-60

Over

60 Total

2017 343,558 487,134 1,994,687 1,697,279 605,072 5,127,730

2018 380,741 497,683 2,061,746 1,714,158 605,175 5,259,503

Source: TASAF

182. As of December 2018, a total of 791.83 billion shillings was transferred

to beneficiary households through CCT compared to 668.3 billion shillings

transferred in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 18.5 percent. In the same

period, a total of 83.293 billion shillings was paid as wages to beneficiary

households that participated in the implementation of identified PWP

subprojects in their communities compared to 47.6 billion shillings paid in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 75.0 percent. Similarly, a total of 35.792

billion shillings was transferred as non-wage in PWP implementation in 2018.

Human Development

183. In 2018, the Government continued with the efforts of enhancing human

development by strengthening provision of basic services especially health,

education and water as well as improving the standards of living of

Tanzanians. In addition, the Government continued with efforts of improving

social well-being and ensuring that economic growth is translated into human

development. In view of that, considerable effort has been taken to improve

health and education services so as to attain best outcomes in human

development. According to UNDP Global Human Development Indices and

Indicators 2018, Tanzania was ranked at 154 out of 189 countries in terms of

human development in 2017 compared to 154 out of 188 countries in 2016. In

addition, Human Development Index (HDI) increased slightly from 0.533 in

2016 to 0.538 in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 0.94 percent.

Corruption

184. Corruption is a major hindrance to sustainable economic and social

development. In view of that, in 2018, the Government continued to combat

and prevent corruption practices particularly in public sector. As a result,

Corruption Perception Index (CPI) score in combating corruption in public

sector in 2018 remained at 36 as it was in 2017. Notwithstanding the score, the

country’s rank with regard to combating corruption increased by 4 ranks from

103 out of 180 countries in 2017 to 99 out 183 countries in 2018.

Page 124: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

110

Page 125: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

111

CHAPTER 10

GDP REBASING AND REVISION

Background

185. The history of national accounts compilation in Tanzania Mainland dates

back to the year 1954. Since then, improvements in the coverage and use of

international guidelines have been implemented. The previous series of

national accounts statistics main aggregates were compiled based on the

concepts, definitions and classification prescribed in the United Nations

System of National Accounts (SNA) of 1953, 1968 and 1993. Six rounds of

revisions have been done since the first compilation of national accounts

statistics in 1954. The rounds are described as follows: The first revision of

national accounts statistics in Tanzania was done for the year 1966 based on

the 1953 SNA; The second revision was done for the year 1976 based on the

1968 SNA; The third revision was for the year 1992 with estimates based on

the 1968 and partly on 1993 SNAs; The fourth revision was for the year 2001

based on the 1993 SNA; The fifth revision was for the year 2007 based on the

1993 and 2008 SNA; while the sixth revision is for the year 2015 based on the

2008 SNA.

Rationale for Rebasing and Revision of National Accounts

186. Rebasing of national accounts series means replacing the old base year

used for compiling the constant price estimates with a new and more recent

base year. The base year provides the reference point to which backward and

forward GDP are compiled and compared. The revision and benchmark are

essentially done to better reflect changes in the economy due to social,

economic, science and technological transformations. Furthermore, the UN

Statistical Commission recommends GDP rebasing to be undertaken once in

every five years so as to reflect the macroeconomic changes of the economy.

Generally, the rebasing and revision of the national accounts’ statistics are

done for the following reasons:

(i) The 2007 benchmark is out of date and do not reflect the structural

changes that have been occurring in the economy in the recent

past;

(ii) To integrate the changes that have happened in the patterns of

production, consumption and investment in the economy;

(iii)To update relative price changes of various products over the

period;

(iv) To update the list of products, as continuous developments and

innovations lead to new products to appear in the market while

obsolescence causes old products to disappear from the market;

(v) To incorporate current data available from administrative records,

censuses and surveys; and

Page 126: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

112

(vi) To comply with the 2008 System of National Accounts and other

United Nations’ revised classifications.

187. The rebasing process involves updating of the following aspects:

structure of production in the economy; changes in relative prices of various

goods and services; product changes due to developments and innovations;

and changes on the demand side such as consumption patterns and acquisition

of capital goods. As consumption and production patterns change over time,

the price structure of the economy also changes as a result base year structure

becomes less representative of the economy. It is therefore imperative to

update the happened changes through the rebasing exercise which improves

the estimates of economic growth and enhances their relevance in measuring

the economy as a whole.

Objectives and Rebasing Methodology

188. The Government through the National Bureau of Statistics conducted an

exercise to rebase GDP to base year 2015 in cognizant of the internationally

agreed guidelines, procedures, methodologies, and systems, particularly the

United Nations System of National Accounts 2008 SNA and the International

Standard Industrial Classification of all economic activities Revision 4 (ISIC

Rev. 4). Compilation of the revised GDP series used the Supply and Use

Tables (SUTs) which derived value added for each economic activity through

production, expenditure and income approach.

189. The 2015 revision of national account statistics was aimed at the

following: Enhancing the quality of national accounts statistics to better reflect

recent changes in the economy due to social, technological and economic

transformations; and ensure compilation of international comparable statistics

in accordance with the United Nations System of National Accounts 2008.

Revision of National Account Statistics

190. GDP rebasing is undertaken once in every five years as data from major

surveys become available. Data sources used for compilation of the revised

GDP series includes census, surveys, administrative data, and special studies

to bridge data gaps from other sources. Data and information used in the

revision of the 2015 National Accounts Statistics for Tanzania Mainland

included:

(i) Surveys and Census: Household Budget Survey 2011/12, The

Integrated Labour Force Survey 2014, Employment and earning

survey 2015, Agriculture Sample Census 2007/08, Annual

Agriculture Survey 2014/15, Census of Industrial Production

2013, Panel survey 2014 and Annual Surveys of Industrial

Production 2015;

Page 127: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

113

(ii) Special Studies: Trade Margin Study 2015 and Non-Profit

Institutions Servings Households 2015; and

(iii) Administrative data on imports and exports of goods and services,

Government Finance Statistics and VAT Statistics.

191. National accounts statistics are compiled to meet the needs of the

Government, private sector and general public. Major uses include: assess

country's economic growth over time; planning and decision making; asses the

share of economic activities and growth over time; basis for the preparation of

Government budget; provides information for comparison among countries;

used to determine structural changes happening in the economy; and used to

compare various indicators.

192. The revision of national account base year 2015 resulted into the

following: changes in the structure and size of the GDP; changes in growth

rates and sectoral share to GDP; and changes in the ratio of various indicators

to GDP. Completion of the rebasing exercise resulted into changes in GDP

growth pattern as well as changes in other economic indicators. Significant

changes were reflected in the following areas:

a) Upward Revision of the Gross Domestic Product

For the year 2015, the nominal GDP value base year 2015 was revised upward

by 3.8 percent from 90,854,208 million shillings in the base year 2007 to

94,349,316 million shillings in the base year 2015. The average change of

annual nominal GDP figures between the two series was 3.2 percent during

the last decade (2008 – 2017), as indicated in Chart No. 10.1. In addition, the

overall economy depicted structural change in which the value added in

agriculture, foresty and fishing activities declined while industry and

construction; and services activities increased, as reflected in Chart No.10.2.

Chart No. 10.1: The Trend of Nominal GDP Before and After Rebasing

(Bil. Shillings)

Page 128: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

114

193. The differences between the two series was on account of improved

methodology of compiling national account statistics and strengthening of data

and information accessibility specifically through the use of ICT. Basically,

the difference was a result of introduction of new data and information from

surveys and other sources including natural gas transportation through the gas

pipeline and passenger transportation by the Dar es Salaam Rapid Bus

Transport (DART). The increment in nominal GDP reflect structural changes

in the economy, specifically on production patterns, expenditure and

investment as well as changes in the relative prices of goods and services.

Chart Na. 10.2: Value Added in 2015 by Broad Economic Activities, Base

year 2007 and 2015

26

,34

6.7

22

,09

4.0

36

,33

4.6

90

,85

4.2

25

,23

4.6

23

,10

3.6

38

,14

6.5

94

,34

9.3

-

10,000.0

20,000.0

30,000.0

40,000.0

50,000.0

60,000.0

70,000.0

80,000.0

90,000.0

100,000.0

Agriculture Industry andConstruction

Service GDP at Market Price

Bil

lio

n S

hil

lin

gs

2007 Base Year 2015 Base Year

b) Changes in Sector Composition in GDP

194. The rebasing exercise resulted into changes in levels of different sectors.

Nominal gross value added of manufacturing; accommodation and food

service; and transport and storage increased by more than fifty percent also

coupled with increase in share to GDP. Financial and Insurance Services,

Health, Real Estate, and Mining and Quarrying also had an upward revision

(Table 10.1). The revised GDP series captures better the impact of controlled

mining operations; increased private and public expenditure on health;

construction; and revamping of the financial sector that includes mobile

banking.

Page 129: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

115

Table No. 10.1: Gross Value Added in 2015 by Economic Activities Before

and After Rebasing

Pre-Rebasing Post Rebasing Change

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

A Agriculture, forestry and fishing 26,346,673 25,234,560 -4.2%

Crops 14,193,178 13,296,720 -6.3%

Livestock 7,135,172 7,167,798 0.5%

Forestry 3,146,646 2,924,236 -7.1%

Fishing 1,871,677 1,845,806 -1.4%

Industry and Construction 22,093,974 23,103,647 4.6%

B Mining and quarrying 3,659,599 4,055,619 10.8%

C Manufacturing 4,768,917 7,411,672 55.4%

D Electricity supply 898,712 798,801 -11.1%

E Water supply; sewerage, waste management 392,557 390,758 -0.5%

F Construction 12,374,188 10,446,797 -15.6%

Services 36,334,586 38,146,529 5.0%

G Wholesale and retail trade; repairs 9,714,665 8,747,862 -10.0%

H Transport and storage 3,864,156 6,929,895 79.3%

I Accommodation and Food Services 947,944 1,421,916 50.0%

J Information and communication 1,809,897 1,681,098 -7.1%

K Financial and insurance activities 3,254,440 4,189,021 28.7%

L Real estate and business services 4,035,613 5,651,637 40.0%

M Public administration and defence 8,012,812 4,548,604 -43.2%

N Education 2,309,345 2,413,306 4.5%

O Human health and social work activities 1,275,702 1,419,090 11.2%

P Other Social and Personal services 1,110,013 1,144,099 3.1%

Q All economic activities 83,737,418 86,484,736 3.3%

R Taxes on products 7,116,789 7,864,579 10.5%

S GDP at market prices 90,854,208 94,349,316 3.8%

Million Shiling

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

195. The rebased GDP base year 2015 show changes in sectoral share to GDP

after taking into account new price structures, new products, technology as

well as evolution of consumer behavior and tastes. Overall, there was no

significant difference in the structure of the economy with agriculture, trade,

construction and transport remaining the main contributors of share to GDP,

collectively accounting for an average of 50 percent while Mining and

Quarrying; Manufacturing; Financial and Insurance Service; and Real Estate

increased significantly. (Table 10.2).

Page 130: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

116

Table No. 10.2: Change in Share to GDP in 2015 by Economic Activity

at Current Prices

ECONOMIC ACTIVITY Pre-Rebasing Post Rebasing Change

A Agriculture, forestry and fishing 29.0% 26.7% -7.8%

Crops 15.6% 14.1% -9.8%

Livestock 7.9% 7.6% -3.3%

Forestry 3.5% 3.1% -10.5%

Fishing 2.1% 2.0% -5.0%

Industry and Construction 24.3% 24.5% 0.7%

B Mining and quarrying 4.0% 4.3% 6.7%

C Manufacturing 5.2% 7.9% 49.7%

D Electricity supply 1.0% 0.8% -14.4%

E Water supply; sewerage, waste management 0.4% 0.4% -4.1%

F Construction 13.6% 11.1% -18.7%

Services 40.0% 40.4% 1.1%

G Wholesale and retail trade; repairs 10.7% 9.3% -13.3%

H Transport and storage 4.3% 7.3% 72.7%

I Accommodation and Food Services 1.0% 1.5% 44.4%

J Information and communication 2.0% 1.8% -10.6%

K Financial and insurance activities 3.6% 4.4% 23.9%

L Real estate and business services 4.4% 6.0% 34.9%

M Public administration and defence 8.8% 4.8% -45.3%

N Education 2.5% 2.6% 0.6%

O Human health and social work activities 1.4% 1.5% 7.1%

P Other Social and Personal services 1.2% 1.2% -0.7%

Q All economic activities 92.2% 91.7% -0.5%

R Taxes on products 7.8% 8.3% 6.4%

S GDP at market prices 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% Source: National Bureau of Statistics

c) Implications on Key Macroeconomic Aggregates

196. The revision of national account base year 2015 affected a number of

key macroeconomic indicators. For example, in 2015, the per capita GDP base

year 2015 increased to shillings 1,968,965 compared to shillings 1,896,026 in

the base year 2007. Likewise, in 2015/16 the revenue effort to GDP base year

2015, declined to 13.9 percent compared to 14.4 percent of the old GDP

series. Similalrly, debt to GDP ratio base year 2015 decreased to 35.4 percent

in 2015/16 compared to the previously recorded ratio of 36.7 percent using the

base year 2007.

d) Real GDP Growth

197. The revision of the national account to base year 2015 revealed that

Tanzania has enjoyed robust macroeconomic performance despite the fact that

the rebased real GDP recorded lower growth rates compared to GDP in the

base year 2007. After rebasing, real GDP recorded an average growth of 6.3

percent over the last decade compared to an average of 6.6 percent attained

Page 131: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

117

prior to rebasing. In 2017, the post rebasing real GDP growth was 6.8 percent

compared to a growth of 6.9 percent registered in 2016. In addition, there was

shift in growth rates for different sectors, with some sectors recording positive

shift while others experiencing negative shift before and after rebasing. During

the period of 2015 – 2017, the real growth of Agriculture, Manufacturing and

Health activities were 2.7 percent, 7.1 percent, and 5.3 percent prior to

rebasing compared to a growth of 5.4 percent, 8.7 percent and 6.1 percent

respectively recorded after rebasing.

Chart 10.3: The Trend of Real GDP Growth (2006 - 2017)

6.5 6.8

5.7

5.3

6.3

7.7

4.5

6.8 6.7

6.2

6.96.8

4.7

8.5

5.6

5.4

6.4

7.9

5.1

7.37.0 7.0 7.0

7.1

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Pe

rce

nt

Post rebased GDP Growth (2015 base year) Pre rebased GDP Growth (2007 base year)

Page 132: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

118

Page 133: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

119

CHAPTER 11

AGRICULTURE AND COOPERATIVES

AGRICULTURE

Food Crops Production

198. In 2018, production of main food crops particularly rice, wheat, cassava,

and banana increased compared to 2017 due to favourable weather condition.

However, production of maize, millet, sweet potatoes, beans and legumes

decreased due to invasion of pests such as armyworms, rats and quelea quelea

birds. Table No. 11.1 indicates the trend of food crops production.

Table No. 11.1: The Trend of Food Crops Production (Tons’ 000)

Crop 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Change

(%)

Maize 5,104 5,288 6,734 5,908 6,149 6,681 6,273 -6.1

Rice 1,170 1,342 1,681 1,937 2,229 1,594 2,220 39.3

Wheat 109 102 167 72 76 50 57 14.0

Sorghum/Millet 1,052 1,074 1,246 1,007 1,003 1,064 988 -7.1

Cassava 1,821 1,878 1,664 1,962 2,205 1,342 2,791 108.0

Beans/Legumes 1,827 1,871 1,697 1,808 1,959 2,318 1,823 -21.4

Bananas 842 1,317 1,064 1,195 1,061 845 1,132 34.0

Sweet potatoes 1,418 1,808 1,761 1,645 1,491 2,008 1,608 -19.9

Source: Ministry of Agriculture

199. Food crops production assessment conducted in December 2018

indicated that production was 16,891,974 tons (of which cereals were

9,537,857 tons and non-cereals were 7,354,117 tons) compared to the demand

of 13,569,285 tons in 2018, whereby, 8,627,273 tons were cereals and

4,942,012 tons were non-cereals. This resulted to excess food production of

3,322,689 tons and thus led to food self sufficiency ratio of 124 percent.

Cash Crops Production

200. In 2018, production of major cash crops was 967,184 tons compared to

901,641 tons in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 7.3 percent. This was

attributed to increase in production of cotton, tea, pyrethrum, cashewnut and

sisal. However, producion of coffee, tobacco, and sugar decreased by 6.4, 13.8

and 8.2 percent respectively. The decrease in tobacco production was due to

low demand in the world market, forcing tobacco companies to cut down the

quantity purchased from farmers. Further, the decrease in sugar production

was due to prolonged rainy season which reduced the quality of sugarcane and

shorten the harvesting period. The decrease in coffee production was due to

short production cycle and unfavarouble weather condition. Table No. 11.2

indicates the trend of cash crops production.

Page 134: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

120

Table No. 11.2: Trend of Major Cash Crops Production (Tons)

Crop 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Change

(%)

Cotton 225,938 357,130 246,767 203,312 149,455 132,934 222,039 67.0

Coffee 126,624 86,359 100,000 87,737 60,691 48,329 45,245 -6.4

Tea 262,880 296,697 294,421 304,007 293,075 26,975 34,010 26.1

Pyrethrum 32,810 33,700 33,000 35,750 32,629 2,150 2,400 11.6

Tobacco 5,700 6,100 7,090 6,050 2,011 58,639 50,522 -13.8

Cashwenut 33,219 71,200 47,301 41,674 60,921 265,238 313,826 18.3

Sisal 25,690 34,875 37,571 39,204 42,314 36,533 40,635 11.2

Sugar 160,000 127,947 123,449 197,933 155,416 330,843 303,752 -8.2

Total 872,861 1,014,008 889,599 915,667 796,512 901,641 967,184 7.3

Source: Ministry of Agriculture

Production of Oil Seeds

201. In 2018, production of oil seeds from sunflower, groundnuts, sesame,

palm oil and soya were 1,607,198 tons compared to 6,667,893 tons in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 75.9 percent. The decrease was due to unreliable

market and unfavourable price. However, soya production increased due to

increase in demand. Trend of oil seeds production is shown in Table No. 11.3.

Table No. 11.3: Trend of Oil Seeds Production (Tons)

Crop 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Change

(%)

Sunflower 1,125,000 2,625,000 2,755,000 2,878,500 2,995,500 3,112,500 768,188 -75.3

Groundnuts 810,000 1,425,000 1,635,735 1,835,933 2,025,595 2,215,257 643,485 -71.0

Sesame 456,000 1,050,000 1,113,892 1,174,589 1,232,092 1,291,724 133,704 -89.6

Palm oil 24,880 40,500 41,000 41,475 41,925 42,277 40,500 -4.2

Soya 5,620 5,830 6,025 6,030 6,035 6,135 21,321 247.5

Total 2,421,500 5,146,330 5,551,652 5,936,527 6,301,147 6,667,893 1,607,198 -75.9

Source: Ministry of Agriculture

Horticultural Production

202. In 2018, production of horticultural crops which include fruits, flowers,

vegetables and spices decreased to 5,333,297 tons from 6,563,793 tons in

2017, equivalent to a decrease of 18.9 percent. This was due to lack of reliable

market for such crops. However, vegetables and flowers production increased

by 22.9 percent and 8.7 percent respectively. Table No. 11.4 indicates trend of

horticultural crops production.

Table No. 11.4: Horticultural Output (tons)

Crop 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Change

(%)

Fruits 3,938,730 4,096,280 4,416,690 4,574,240 4,711,000 5,243,343 3,703,124 -29.4

Vegetab

les 901,680 937,750 1,005,305 1,041,375 1,189,000 1,298,388 1,595,489 22.9

Flowers 9,850 10,200 10,790 11,140 11,500 11,615 12,622 8.7

Spices 7,370 8,125 8,377 8,609 20,400 22,062 22,062 0.0

Total 4,857,630 5,052,355 5,441,162 5,635,364 5,931,900 6,563,793 5,333,297 -18.9

Source: Ministry of Agriculture

Page 135: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

121

Investment in Agricultural Economic Activities

203. In 2018, a total of 1,476 tractors and 380 power tillers were imported

compared to 1,604 tractors and 378 power tillers imported in 2017. In

addition, the Government in collaboration with the National Development

Corporation (NDC), Tanzania Investment Bank (TIB) and Tanzania

Agriculture Development Bank (TADB) trained 76 drivers on operation and

maintainance of URSUS tractors. Further, 108 leaders from 53 Agricultural

Marketing Cooperative Societies (AMCOS) were trained on management and

operation of those tractors. Out of the 53 AMCOS, 50 were from Mwanza

region and three from Bunda-Mara region. In enhancing conservation farming,

the Government in collaboration with Conservation Farming Unit and Diocese

of Central Tanganyika trained 365 farmers in Babati, Kiteto, Monduli, Same,

Moshi Rural, Chamwino and Dodoma Urban districts. The aim of the training

was to emphasize on the importance of food storage and increasing production

in areas affected with climate change.

Price Trend and Crop Marketing

204. In 2018, strategic crop marketing systems were improved through

research on market needs, strengthening cooperative societies and managing

contract farming. Preliminary results of implementing those systems showed

an increase in productivity, price stability, data availability and improved crop

quality. In addition, through cooperative systems, farmers were able to obtain

agricultural inputs on time as per their requirements. During that period, the

price of coffee in the domestic market improved compared to world market

prices. For instance, the price of 50kg of arabica coffee in the world market

was USD 107.04 compared to USD 112 in the domestic market while the price

of robusta coffee in the world market was USD 73.90 compared to USD 87.13

in the domestic market. In addition, the price of sesame increased to 3,770

shillings per kilogram in 2018 compared to 1,870 shillings in 2017. Further,

the price per kilogram of raw cashewnut for first and second grade was 3,300

shillings and 2,640 shillings respectively. In 2017, the average price per

kilogram ranged from 1,877 shillings to 4,000 shillings.

Extension Services

205. In 2018, the Government in collaboration with private sector continued

to train farmers on various good agricultural practices with the aim of

increasing production and productivity. Consequently, a total of 420 farmers

were trained on good agricultural practices for production of vegetables, fruits,

irish potatoes, beans and maize. In addition, 179 farmers were trained on

paddy irrigation, handling and marketing. Further, training on System of Rice

Intensification (SRI) was offered to 168 lead farmers, 70 irrigation technicians

and extension officers from 40 irrigation schemes, 20 extension officers from

six district councils and Morogoro Regional Secretariate and 250 farmers from

Kasela, Kazunzu, Luchili and Sukuma irrigation schemes in Buchosa district

Page 136: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

122

council. Furthermore, a total of 1,120 demonstration farms for SRI were

established in 40 irrigation schemes in six councils of Morogoro region.

Agricultural Training Institutions

206. In 2018, the Government through its 14 agricultural training institutes

admitted and sponsored 2,051 students at certificate and diploma levels

compared to 1,956 students admitted in 2017. Those institutes are: Ilonga,

Mlingano, Mtwara, Tumbi, Ukiriguru, Uyole, HORTI Tengeru, Mubondo,

Maruku, KATC, Igurusi, KATRIN, Sukari Kidatu and Inyala. In addition, 338

self sponsored students were admitted at certificate and diploma levels

compared to 246 students in 2017. On the other hand, the Government through

agricultural training institutes in collaboration with private institutions

conducted short training courses to build capacity of farmers on various

agricultural technologies. The training focused on: cashewnut farming to 67

farmers in Mtwara; maize and beans farming to 51 farmers in Ukiruguru; crop

processing to 56 young farmers in Uyole; soybean farming to 31 farmers; SRI

to 33 extension officers; sunflower farming to 25 farmers and five extension

officers; and rice farming to 20 farmers in Ilonga.

207. In 2018, the Government in collaboration with JICA through

TANRICE2 project trained 1,964 rice farmers compared to 4,781 farmers in

2017. In addition, the Government in collaboration with the Lutheran World

Relief through Invest Project reviewed curricula for certificate and diploma in

mixed farming courses whereby 20 agricultural tutors were capacitated.

Moreover, the Government continued to build capacity to 22 agricultural

tutors, of whom 10 tutors were admitted for postgraduate studies at Sokoine

University of Agriculture and 12 attended short courses in India and China.

Research

208. In 2018, the Government approved and distributed 25 varieties of quality

seeds that were discovered by Tanzania Agricultural Research Institute

(TARI) and private agricultural institutions compared to 14 new seeds

discovered in 2017. The types of seeds discovered were: cotton (2), beans (9),

maize (3), peanuts (3), bambara nuts (2), tobacco (5) and rice (1). In addition,

the Government through TARI centers produced 5,250kg of breeder seeds, of

which cotton was 4,200kg and rice was 1,050kg. Similarly, 94,600 kg of

foundation seeds were produced, including 23,240kg of cotton, irish potato

(6,380kg), rice (4,780 kg) maize (12,600kg), soybean (2,200 kg) and beans

(45,400kg). Further, a total of 6,769,260 seedlings were produced, out of

which 1,750 seedlings were for banana plant, fruit (3,400), cassava

(3,248,000) and sweet potato (3,516,110). On the other hand, research centers

produced by tissue culture and distributed 22,000 pineapple seedlings, cassava

(700), banana (600) and sweet potatoes (150).

Page 137: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

123

209. The soil research conducted in maize, rice and beans growing area of

Lake Zone, East Zone, West Zone, Southern Highlands, and Southern Zone

discovered two new types of fertilizer namely NPS and NPS Zinc. In addition,

soil analysis for sugarcane production that was done in Mkulazi (60,000

hectares), Mbigiri (12,000 hectares) and Bagamoyo (10,000 hectares)

comfirmed that the aforementioned farms are suitable for sugarcane

production. Similarly, soil map review by using Geographical Information

System (GIS) in the Southern Agricultural Growth Corridor of Tanzania

(SAGCOT) was conducted so as to facilitate identification of suitable areas for

investment.

Irrigations

210. In 2018, the Government through the National Irrigation Commission

developed irrigation infrastructures by implementing the following activities:

construction of drainage system in Dongobesh Dam (Hanang); review of

feasibility study and design of Gildahababerg scheme (Hanang); and

completion of geological survey in Lwanyo (Mbarali) scheme. In addition, the

Commission completed preparation of construction tenders for Igenge

(Bunda), Kirya (Mwanga) and Endagaw (Mbulu) schemes. Further, feasibility

study and design for Lupiro (Ulanga), Mwamkulu (Mpanda) and Muhongo

(Ngara) scheme was conducted. Furthermore, environmental conservation and

social protection plan in Madibira scheme was prepared. Moreover, the

Commission through the Expanding Rice Production Project (ERPP) trained

30 farmers and two extension officers on operation and maintainance of

Msolwa Ujamaa and Njage irrigation schemes in Morogoro irrigation zone,

Kilombero district.

LIVESTOCK

Livestock Production and Its Products

211. In 2018, the estimated number of cattle was 30.5 million, goats (18.8

million), sheep (5.3 million) and pigs (1.9 million) compared to cattle (28.4

million), goats (17.7 million) sheep (5.1 million) and pigs (1.85 million) in

2017. In addition, the number of indigenous chicken was 38.2 million

compared to 37.4 million in 2017.

212. In 2018, milk production increased to 2.40 billion litres compared to

2.08 billion litres in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 15 percent. Out of that,

792.04 million litres were from hybrid cows and 1,608 million litres were

from indigenous cows. The increase in milk production was a result of

ongoing artificial insemination that increased the number of exotics,

crossbreed and indegenous diary cattle. In 2018, a total of 56.2 million litres of

milk were processed in 76 industries compared to 40.1 million litres that were

processed in 65 industries in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 40.1 percent

Page 138: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

124

213. In 2018, meat production increased to 679,992 tons compared to

558,164 tons in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 21.8 percent. Out of that,

beef production was 471,692 tons; chevon and mutton were 92,999 tons;

chicken 78,110 tons; and pork 37,191 tons compared to 394,604 tons of beef;

chevon and mutton (81,064 tons); chicken (63,597 tons); and pork (18,899

tons) in 2017. The increase was due to growing demand of meat in the

domestic and world market particularly in mining areas, tourist hotels and

exports.

214. In 2018, egg production increased to 3.1 billion compared to 2.7 billion

in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 14.5 percent. This was due to increase in

large scale investment in layer production. In addition, production of layer,

broiler and hybrid chicks decreased from 64.3 million in 2017 to 62.5 million

in 2018.

Table No.11.5: Production of Livestock Products

Type of product 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Milk Production (000 litres)

Indigenous cow 1,339,613 1,381,451 1,381,451 1,423,288 1,460,900 1,608,099

Exotic cow 623,865 650,570

677,275

703,979

626,100 792,044

Total 1,963,478 2,032,021 2,058,726 2,127,267 2,087,000 2,400,134

Meat Production (Tons 000)

Beef 299,581 309,086 319,112 323,775 394,604 471,692

Chevon/Mutton 115,652 120,199 124,745 129,292 81,064 92,999

Pork 50,814 74,174 54,360 91,451 18,899 37,191

Chicken 87,408 95,292 99,540 104,292 63,597 78,110

Total 553,455 598,751 597,757 648,810 558,164 679,992

Egg production (000)

Eggs 3,725,200 3,899,569 4,153,800 4,353,182 2,758,000 3,156,692

Source: Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

Production and Processing of Animal Feeds

215. In 2018, a total of 10 million tons of quality seed varieties of animal

feeds were produced from Government and private sector farms compared to

3.9 tons in 2017. In addition, hay production in 2018 increased by 1.9 percent

to 1,141,946 bales compared to 1,120,246 bales in 2017. Out of that, 482,246

bales were produced in Government farms and 659,700 bales were produced

in private farms and sold to livestock keepers. The increase in hay production

was due to availability of adquate rain in animal feed production areas.

Page 139: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

125

216. In 2018, the Government continued to coordinate processing and quality

control of animal feed, whereby 72 animal feed areas were inspected. Out of

those, 26 areas of animal feed processing and five storage areas were

registered. In addition, private sector produced 776,443 tons of animal feed

compared to 1,100,000 tons in 2017. The decrease was due to decline in

demand for animal feeds exacerbated by decrease in the number of chicks in

the market.

Trading of Livestock and its Products

217. In 2018, animals worth 2.36 trillion shillings were sold compared to

sales of 1.1 trillion shillings in 2017. The animals sold were 1,614,321 cattle,

1,340,222 goats, and 315,636 sheep compared to 1,337,095 cattle, 1,056,218

goats, and 230,221 sheep sold in 2017. In addition, the number of exported

animals decreased to 1,910 cattle, 2,751 goats and 197 sheep, all of which

were valued at 2.7 billion shillings from 3,421 cattle, 23,465 goats and 1,710

sheep worth 7.6 billion shillings in 2017. This was due to strengthening

management of animal trading and curbs of animal smuggling through

Nzagamba I special patrol.

218. During the year under review, a total of 2,608.93 tons of meat were

exported to the United Arab Emirates, Iraq and Vietnam. Out of that, chevon

was 1,248.14 tons, beef (1,030.79 tons), mutton (50 tons) and donkey meat

(280 tons). On the other hand, a total of 1,224.55 tons of meat were imported

from Kenya, South Africa, and United Kingdom, of which pork was 506.05

tons, beef (711.03 tons) and mutton (7.47 tons).

219. In 2018, collection of hides and skins increased to 9,919,704 pieces, of

which 896,796 pieces were for cow, 5,508,811 for goat and 1,514,097 for

sheep compared to 9,434,559 pieces in 2017 of which 2,790,561 pieces were

for cow, 4,824,204 for goat and 1,819,794 for sheep. In addition, a total of

1,873,180 pieces of hides and skin were exported, including 828,079 pieces

for cow and 1,009,101 pieces for goat and sheep compared to 2,143,145 pieces

exported in 2017. During that period, a total of 3,650 tons of raw hides and

4,840 tons of processed hides at wet blue level were exported compared to

4,835 tons of raw hides and 6,482 tons of processed hides exported in 2017.

Page 140: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

126

Table No. 11.6 Collection and Export of Hides and Skin

A: collection of hides/skin (Pieces)

Year Cattle hides Goat/Sheep

hides

Total

2003 2,437,100 6,437,790 8,874,890

2004 2,765,120 4,998,234 7,763,354

2005 1,937,215 2,789,230 4,726,445

2006 1,975,721 2,987,105 4,962,826

2007 2,168,000 5,995,305 8,163,305

2008 2,543,280 3,576,230 6,119,510

2009 1,223,668 6,983,998 8,207,666

2010 2,456,540 3,678,294 6,134,834

2011 2,378,235 4,978,000 7,356,235

2012 3,022,400 4,928,000 7,950,400

2013 2,567,340 6,325,525 8,892,865

2014 2,263,472 3,567,321 5,830,793

2015 2,543,914 5,983,210 8,527,124

2016 2,654,400 6,132,212 8,786,612

2017 2,790,561 6,643,998 9,434,559

2018 2,896,796 7,022,908 9,919,704

B: Exports of Hides

Year Cattle hides Goat and

Sheep Skin

Total

2003 1,300,000 900,000 2,200,000

2004 1,774,000 1,919,000 3,693,000

2005 1,400,000 1,797,155 3,197,155

2006 1,363,721 2,078,510 3,442,231

2007 1,700,000 1,980,530 3,680,530

2008 2,300,000 2,700,000 5,000,000

2009 982,668 3,469,936 4,452,604

2010 739,315 2,088,582 2,827,897

2011 1,719,506 1,561,000 3,280,506

2012 2,000,000 3,600,000 5,600,000

2013 1,269,060 2,582,525 3,851,585

2014 1,263,472 2,716,436 3,979,908

2015 1,388,139 1,020,000 2,408,139

2016 1,575,139 1,124,000 2,699,139

2017 1,215,030 928,115 2,143,145

2018 828,079 1,009,101 1,837,180

Source: Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

Page 141: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

127

Table Na. 11.7: Trend of Hides Exports

Year

Raw hides Processed hides

Total

Value

(Million

Sh.)

Percentage

of

Processed

Hides

Weight

kg

(‘000’)

Value

(Million

Sh.)

Weight

kg

(‘000’)

Value

(Million

Sh.)

2007 10,569 8,571 5,566 16,036 24,607 65.2

2008 5,482 5,107 6,749 12,093 17,200 70.3

2009 1,666 1,433 5,026 6,797 8,230 82.6

2010 3,241 2,438 7,217 8,672 11,110 78.1

2011 8,141 6,831 7,904 17,005 23,836 71.3

2012 2,887 3, 445 5,011 17,375 20,820 83.5

2013 2 3 7,061 22,686 22,689 99.9

2014 1,559 2,231 11,186 33,372 35,603 93.7

2015 372 1,185 6,594 20,878 22,063 94.6

2016 1,758 2,397 2,592 5,097 7,494 68.0

2017 4,835 6,592 6,482 9,452 16,044 58.9

2018 3,650 5,064 4,840 8,794 13,858 75.4

Source: Tanzania Revenue Authority

COOPERATIVES DEVELOPMENT

220. In 2018, the Government through Tanzania Cooperative Development

Commission (TCDC) continued to control, regulate and sensitize cooperatives

in order to attain socio-economic development and reduce poverty. During

that period, cooperatives increased to 11,331 from 10,990 cooperatives in

2017. During the same period, TCDC verified 8,804 cooperatives in which

7,615 were active and 1,189 were dormant. Active cooperatives created

32,688 employment opportunities, of which 19,980 opportunities were on

contract base and 12,708 opportunities were non-contractual. Through TCDC

verification, 3,642 SACCOS were classified as follows: 32 SACCOS were

licensed, 365 qualified to be licensed and 3,245 were registered SACCOS. As

of December 2018, loans worth 1.3 trillion shilling were issued to SACCOS

members compared to 1.007 trillion shilling in the same period 2017.

However, members deposit decreased to 37 billion shilling in 2018 from 53

billion shilling in 2017.

221. TCDC in collaboration with the Warehouse Licensing Board continued

to encourage tea, coffee, cotton, tobacco, palms and cocoa farmers to sell their

crops through cooperatives under Warehouse Receipt System (WRS). The use

of WRS increased production and quality of crops, stabilized prices, increase

revenue and access to accurate and reliable data. For instance, in 2017/18,

cooperatives collected and sold 34,010 tons of tea and 60,552 tons of tobacco.

Page 142: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

128

Table No. 35

Season1

Sugar Cane Sugar

Farmers Consumed3

Public Private Total Price2

Production Total Kg. per

('000 Tons)('000 Tons) ('000 Tons) (Shs/Ton) Ton Ton person4

2000/01 1,050 284 1,334 14,000 135,534 122,534 10.0

2001/02 1,134 389 1,523 14,700 164,498 142,398 10.1

2002/03 1,402 411 1,813 15,000 190,120 167,300 10.4

2003/04 1,672 670 2,342 16,800 223,839 290,711 10.9

2004/05 1,594 752 2,346 20,568 229,617 328,005 10.9

2005/06 1,545 956 2,501 22,383 263,317 343,292 12.0

2006/07 1,430 611 2,041 29,000 192,095 366,708 12.0

2007/08 1,967 799 2,766 32,767 265,434 382,518 13.0

2008/09 2,056 693 2,749 32,771 279,850 396,113 13.4

2009/10 1,972 598 2,570 42,046 263,461 398,070 13.7

2010/11 2,357 661 3,018 43,865 304,135 410,259 12.0

2011/12 2,036 680 2,716 48,833 262,879 439,307 12.0

2012/13 2,242 711 2,953 52,167 296,698 468,000 12.0

2013/14 2,198 602 2,800 50,500 294,300 434,782 12.0

2014/15 2,466 697 3,163 51,333 304,007 511,680 12.0

2015/16 2,270 569 2,839 59,707 293,075 525,784 12.0

2016/17 2,504 557 3,061 72,667 324,930 456,000 12.8

2017/18 2,550 568 3,118 72,667 303,752 515,004 13.5

Change (%)

16/17-17/18 1.82 2.08 1.87 0.00 -6.52 12.94 5.88

Increase (%)

2000/01-17/18 142.83 100.03 133.72 419.05 124.11 320.29 35.00

Source: Tanzania Sugar Bord

1 Season is between July and June

2 Price is for sugar cane with 10% of Sucrose

3 includes sugar transported to Zanzibar

4 For Tanzania Mainland

DOMESTIC PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION OF SUGAR

Page 143: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

129

Table No. 36

Season 1

Qty (tons)

AR BR Total AR BR AR BR Total Total 2

AR BR

2000/01 123,558 .. 123,558 180 .. 41,415 .. 41,415 .. .. ..

2001/02 148,180 .. 148,180 165 .. 49,668 .. 49,415 .. .. ..

2002/03 187,908 781 188,689 180 50 62,983 262 63,245 .. .. ..

2003/04 139,756 213 139,969 280 100 46,843 72 46,915 .. .. ..

2004/05 341,589 .. 341,589 250 0 114,496 .. 114,496 .. .. ..

2005/06 376,591 .. 376,591 220 0 126,228 .. 126,228 .. .. ..

2006/07 130,585 .. 130,585 350 0 43,770 .. 43,770 .. .. ..

2007/08 200,662 0 200,662 450 70,773 0 70,773 37,488 0 0

2008/09 368,697 0 368,697 480 0 123,582 0 123,582 66,554 .. ..

2009/10 267,644 0 267,644 480 0 54,851 0 54,851 .. .. ..

2010/11 163,518 0 163,518 900 0 54,809 0 54,809 .. .. ..

2011/12 225,938 .. 225,938 1,000 .. 75,731 .. 75,731 .. .. ..

2012/13 351,156 .. 351,156 660 .. 117,702 .. 117,702 0 0 0

2013/14 245,815 0 245,815 700 0 82,394 0 82,394 0 0 0

2014/15 202,312 0 202,312 750 0 67,812 0 67,812 ..

2015/16 149,765 0 149,765 800 50,199 0 50,199 525,784 12 ..

2016/17 132,934 0 132,934 1,000 0 42,203 0 42,203

2017/18 222,039 0 222,039 1,200 0 47,354 0 47,354 585,795 12 ..

Change (%)

16/17-17/18 67.03 67.03 20.00 12.21 12.21

Increase (%)

2000/01-17/18 79.70 79.70 566.67 14.34 14.34

Source: Cotton Marketing Board 1

Season is between July and June 2

Total is for AR and BR

.. Not available

Quantity produced (tons)

COTTON PROCUREMENT AND LOCAL SALES

Lint CottonSeed Cotton

Average Price

(Shs/ton)

Average Price

(Shs/ton)Quantity (Tons)

Local Sales

Page 144: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

130

Table No. 37

Crop Area Price Local2

Season 1

(Hectars) to Farmers Sales

Estates Small scale Total Estates Small scale Total North South Total (Shs/Kg) (Tons)

2000/01 10,811 10,364 21,175 109,007 9,728 118,735 29,419 89,316 118,735 65 2,386

2001/02 10,811 10,364 21,175 97,297 13,999 111,296 22,794 88,502 111,296 80 2,683

2002/03 11,097 9,762 20,889 100,677 31,718 132,395 28,679 103,716 132,395 85 3,158

2003/04 11,485 10,801 22,286 95,986 31,993 127,979 26,384 101,595 127,979 86 3,225

2004/05 11,271 11,442 22,713 94,172 39,246 133,418 20,649 112,769 133,418 86 4,004

2005/06 11,310 10,977 22,287 91,337 31,881 123,218 29,046 94,172 123,218 93 3,881

2006/07 11,271 11,956 23,227 109,632 49,024 158,656 39,673 118,983 158,656 100 4,737

2007/08 11,272 11,449 22,722 97,310 51,160 148,470 33,456 115,015 148,471 111 4,253

2008/09 11,271 11,449 22,722 100,644 41,167 141,811 31,677 110,134 141,811 118 4,464

2009/10 11,272 11,449 22,722 106,021 44,716 150,737 33,309 117,428 150,737 124 5,084

2010/11 11,272 11,449 22,722 95,511 47,616 143,127 112,368 30,759 143,127 152 6,065

2011/12 11,272 11,449 22,722 88,582 52,359 140,941 27,009 113,932 140,941 200 4,839

2012/13 11,272 11,449 22,722 113,628 54,872 168,500 30,997 137,503 168,500 206 5,498

2013/14 11,272 11,449 22,722 101,489 47,001 148,490 27,935 120,555 148,490 225 5,672

2014/15 11,272 11,449 22,722 100,018 52,467 152,485 23,283 129,202 152,485 176 6,302

2015/16 11,272 11,449 22,721 96,759 44,605 141,364 25,413 115,915 141,328 230 10,257

2016/17 11,272 11,449 22,722 78,929 41,495 120,424 20,592 99,832 120,424 285 4,648

2017/18 11,322 11,705 23,028 97,088 55,426 152,514 31,489 121,025 152,514 312 5,434

2016/17-2017/18 0.4 2.2 1.3 23.0 33.6 26.6 52.9 21.2 26.6 9.5 16.9

2000/01-2017/18 4.7 12.9 8.7 -10.9 469.8 28.4 7.0 35.5 28.4 380.0 127.7

Source: Tanzania Tea Authority

1 Season is between July and June

2 Made Tea

Change (%)

Increase (%)

TEA CROP AREA, PRODUCTION AND LOCAL SALES

Quantity of leaf tea produced (Tons)

Zones (Farms)Ownership (Farms)

Page 145: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

131

Table No. 38

Coffee Procurement (Tons) Price (Shs/kg) Local Sales+

Season1

ARABICA ROBUSTA TOTAL ARABICA ROBUSTA QUANTITY VALUE

Mild Hard Mild Hard Raw (Tons) (shs'000)

2000/01 37,176 3,805 17,007 57,988 .. .. .. .. ..

2001/02 38,000 3,500 12,000 53,500 .. .. .. .. ..

2002/03 37,294 4,766 34,368 76,428 .. .. .. .. ..

2003/04 20,716 1,850 16,138 38,704 1,800 1,200 600 38,704 46,670

2004/05 23,870 888 9,133 33,891 2,594 1,976 1,235 33,891 62,566

2005/06 24,116 1,362 8,856 34,334 1,200 420 270 33,300 79,304,246

2006/07 33,345 2,417 19,076 54,838 2,840 1,796 1,616 548 1,298,675

2007/08 26,330 1,588 15,606 43,524 2,995 1,875 1,734 43,523 89,099

2008/09 37,207 1,727 29,643 68,577 2,887 2,172 1,836 68,577 165,615,552

2009/10 22,217 915 11,467 34,599 3,988 2,475 1,563 34,599 108,741,091

2010/11 30,309 2,013 24,348 56,670 4,500 1,300 1,200 56,670 264,143,599

2011/12 20,775 941 11,590 33,306 8,144 5,436 3,277 33,306 212,293

2012/13 33,204 1,655 36,150 71,009 4,850 3,600 3,200 71,009 281,782

2013/14 28,212 1,115 18,875 48,202 4,314 3,273 3,075 48,202 183,709

2014/15 26,335 810 18,788 45,933 5,848 4,515 3,849 .. ..

2015/16 21,517 460 17,526 39,503 7,250 5,943 4,093 39,503 105,761

2016/17 27,023 681 19,989 47,693 7,636 6,164 4,347 47,693 129,428,710

2017/18 30,664 632 11,897 43,193 6,877 4,807 4,577 43,193 116,587,271

Change (%)

2016/17-2017/18 13.47 -7.20 -40.48 -9.44 -9.94 -22.01 5.29 -9.44

Increase (%)

2003/04-2017/18 48.0 -65.8 -26.3 11.6 282.1 300.6 662.8 11.6

Source: Coffee Marketing Board

+ Clean Coffee

1 Season is between July and June

2 Provisional

.. Not available

COFFEE PROCUREMENT AND LOCAL SALES

Page 146: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

132

Table No. 39

Area (Hectares) Sisal Production Local Sales+

Quantity Producer Price Quantity Value

Season1

Matured Unmatured Total (Tons) (Shs/ton) (Tons) (Shs. milion)

2000/01 34,645 11,473 46,118 23,542 368,077 7,569 2,786.0

2001/02 34,645 11,473 46,118 23,641 337,732 4,947 1,671.0

2002/03 39,462 10,611 50,073 23,280 450,000 6,300 2,835.0

2003/04 29,493 12,204 41,697 26,758 540,000 6,370 4,027.0

2004/05 45,079 14,500 59,579 27,794 617,342 8,213 5,070.0

2005/06 26,384 13,264 39,649 30,934 810,000 10,767 8,613.0

2006/07 28,273 13,608 41,882 33,327 975,000 11,010 10,152.0

2007/08 28,577 15,622 44,199 34,057 1,000,000 16,997 15,800.0

2008/09 35,751 18,023 53,774 25,996 1,000,000 11,496 10,100.0

2009/10 30,556 11,849 42,405 24,092 1,200,000 12,761 10,375.0

2010/11 31,117 12,169 43,286 25,090 1,300,000 11,617 13,154.0

2011/12 32,601 14,302 46,902 36,600 1,500,000 11,511 14,390.0

2012/13 33,649 11,994 45,643 34,874 1,600,000 11,466 16,823.0

2013/14 35,266 11,044 46,310 37,805 1,724,864 9,160 15.8

2014/15 35,946 12,494 48,440 38,872 2,071,446 8,972 17,513.0

2015/16 34,723 13,231 47,954 41,795 2,700,000 9,075 20,342.0

2016/17 41,661 12,850 54,511 36,533 2,700,000 9,559 21,540.9

2017/18 40,635 14,389 55,024 43,280 3,000,000 12,111 30,803.1

Change (%)

2016/17-2017/18 -2.46 11.98 0.94 18.47 11.11 26.69 43.0

Increase(%)

2000/01-2017/18 17.29 25.41 19.31 83.84 715.05 60.01 1005.64

Source: Tanzania Sisal Authority

+ Types of sisal are Line fibre, Tow and Flume Tow

1 Season is between July and June

SISAL PLANTATIONS, PRODUCTION AND LOCAL SALES

Page 147: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

133

Table No. 40

Season1

Flue cured Fire cured Air cured Total Flue cured Fire cured Air cured

Flue cured Fire cured Flue cured Fire cured

2000/01 18,231 6,578 - 24,809 543 556 - 2,176 3,392 5,669 -

2001/02 25,905 1,799 - 27,704 519 428 - 1,595 348 4,996 -

2002/03 23,074 4,798 - 27,872 563 547 - 2,325 45 5,940 -

2003/04 30,124 3,422 - 43,547 725 680 - 2,245 136 6,862 -

2004/05 41,394 5,983 74 47,451 918 782 729 3,144 252 6,881 427

2005/06 50,494 5,228 741 56,464 983 735 635 3,486 168 9,335 392

2006/07 49,576 1,038 170 50,784 1,264 881 960 3,685 - 14,302 -

2007/08 52,597 2,474 286 55,357 1,144 849 957 4,057 231 15,392 801

2008/09 56,663 3,641 437 60,741 2,741 1,659 1,698 5,544 - 26,167 -

2009/10 88,808 4,901 497 94,202 2,946 1,691 1,773 2,210 148 9,699 590

2010/11 116,886 3,685 - 120,572 1,960 1,540 - 1,877 - 11,815 -

2011/12 71,667 2,562 - 74,239 2,785 2,370 - 3,862 - 23,891 -

2012/13 84,131 2,212 - 86,343 3,840 2,720 - 63,967 505 512,764 2,297

2013/14 105,001 802 - 105,803 3,686 2,182 - 43,910 1,252 363,733 5,347

2014/15 87,231 50 - 87,281 3,822 2,331 - 3,081 - 12,280 -

2015/16 60,691 - - 60,691 4,633 - - 4,790 267 45,143 1,585

2016/17 85,700 161 - 85,861 3,450 3,381 - 50,696 460 500,602 1,631

2017/18 49,717 805 - 50,522 3,696 2,720 - 47,696 - 494,192 -

Change (%)

2016/17 - 2017/18 -41.99 400.35 -41.16 7.12 -19.55 -5.92 -1.28

Increase (%)

2000/01-2017/18 172.71 -87.76 103.64 580.58 389.21 2,091.91 8,617.45

Source: Tobacco Marketing Board

+ Sales of fire cured and air cured tobacco

1 Season is between April and March

- Not Available

TOBACCO PROCUREMENT AND LOCAL SALES

Quantity (Tons) Value (shs.mil.)

Procurement (Tons) Price(shs/kg) Local Sales+

Page 148: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

134

Table No. 41

Season 1

North South Total Price2

Crude Extract Powder Dry Mack Crude Extract Powder Dry Mack

(Shs./kg)

2000/01 3 1,463 1,466 400 - - - - - -

2001/02 36 1,699 1,735 420 - - - - - -

2002/03* 111 979 1,090 380 2 90 - 106,920 99,891 -

2003/04 85 751 842 360 - - - - - -

2004/05 90 910 1,000 360 - - - - - -

2005/06 - 2,800 2,800 360 - - - - - -

2006/07 - 1,600 1,600 700 - - - - - -

2007/08 - 1,470 1,470 1,050 - - - - - -

2008/09 - 1,600 1,600 1,500 36 105 624 - - -

2009/10 - 1,780 1,780 1,500 57 69 1,035 37,361 1,473 248

2010/11 - 1,787 1,787 1,500 57 69 69 37,504 1,479 247

2011/12 0 5,700 5,700 1,700 82 - 750 4,946 - 204

2012/13 0 6,100 6,100 2,400 84 - 2,000 - - 462,000

2013/14 34 2,692 2,726 2,000 90 60 830 6,900,000 160,500 233,000

2014/15 31 2,255 2,286 2,500 76 30 430 134 116,048 235,613

2015/16 25 1,987 2,012 2,100 60 6 480 9,450,000 30,240 282,240

2016/17 39 2,112 2,151 2,050 53 162 727 6,782,016 651,810 436,232

2017/18 43 2,356 2,400 2,500 16 204 700 13,932,947 869,417 390,864

Change (%)

2016/17-2017/18 10.2 11.6 11.6 22.0 -69.9 25.9 -3.7 105.4 33.4 -10.4

Increase (%)2000/01-2017/18 1,340.0 61.0 63.7 525.0

Source : Tanzania Pyrethrum Bord

1 Season is between July and June

2 Price is for grade five only

- No local sales

* This data is for the period up to December 2002 of the ongoing season

PYRETHRUM PROCUREMENT AND LOCAL SALES

Local Sales - Value (Shs.'000)Local Sales - Quantity (Tons)Procurement (Tons)

Page 149: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

135

Table No. 42

Season1

Upper Lower Upper Lower Quantity Value

Grade Grade Total Grade Grade (Kg) (Shs.'000)

2000/01 122,283 * 122,283 250 - 934 233

2001/02 64,886 14,394 79,280 300 180 2,928 878

2002/03 79,300 15,700 95,000 360 290 5,630 2,122

2003/04 65,000 15,000 80,000 462 370 6,061,000 2,521,376

2004/05 59,425 11,575 71,000 750 600 7,013,017 4,733,786

2005/06 61,976 15,470 77,446 600 480 10,738 6,354,240

2006/07 82,154 8,587 90,741 600 480 22,299 13,001,000

2007/08 89,639 8,633 98,273 610 488 98,273 59,335,652

2008/09 48,633 - 48,633 700 560 48,633,410 34,043,387

2009/10 118,825 355 119,180 1,700 1,200 119,179,718 202,428,500

2010/11 65,892 - 65,892 1,865 - 65,892 122,889

2011/12 121,946 - 121,946 1,572 - 84,056 123,856

2012/13 124,723 201 124,924 1,563 850 124,924 195,051

2013/14 174,695 - 174,695 1,440 - 174,695 317,944

2014/15 197,638 295,000 197,933 1,600 1,100 197,933 316,220

2015/16 228,237 3,627 231,864 3,100 2,443 231,864 781,140

2016/17 263,457 1,781 265,238 265,238 871,463

2017/18 302,981 10,845 313,826 313,826 1,191,613

Change (%)

2016/17-2017/18 15.00 508.89 18.32 18.32 36.74

Increase (%)2000/01-2017/18 147.77 156.64 -100.00 33,500.26 511,321.98

Source: Cashew Marketing Board

1 Season is between October and September

- Not available

* Not compiled

CASHEWNUTS PROCUREMENT AND LOCAL SALES

Procurement (Tons) Price (Shs/Kg) Local Sales

Page 150: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

136

Table No. 43

Crop

2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 % Change

Sisal 25,090 36,600 34,874 37,805 38,872 41,795 36,533 43,280 18.5

Coffee 56,670 33,306 71,009 48,202 45,933 39,503 47,693 43,193 -9.4

Cotton1

163,518 225,938 351,156 245,815 202,312 149,765 164,709 269,393 63.6

Tobacco 120,572 74,239 86,343 105,803 87,281 60,691 85,861 50,522 -41.2

Pyrethrum 1,787 5,700 6,100 2,726 2,286 2,011 2,151 2,400 11.6

Tea2

143,127 140,941 168,500 148,490 152,485 141,328 41,495 55,426 33.6

Cashewnuts 65,892 121,946 124,924 174,695 197,933 231,864 265,238 313,826 18.3

Sugar Cane 3,018 2,716 2,953 2,800 3,163 2,839 556,522 568,083 2.1

Source: Respective Marketing Boards

1 Seed cotton

2 Green leaves

Quantity (Tons)

SUMMARY OF MARKETED QUANTITES AND VALUE OF PRINCIPAL CASH CROPS

Page 151: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

137

CHAPTER 12

NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM

Forestry and Beekeeping

222. In 2018, a total of 30,340 tons of honey were harvested compared to

14,082 tons in 2017. Out of those, 1,095.9 tons worth 9,322.5 million shillings

were exported compared to 240.8 tons worth 1,292.0 million shillings

exported in 2017. This was attributed to increase in the price of honey in the

world market. In addition, 1,440 tons of bee wax was produced in 2018

compared to 728 tons in 2017. Out of those, 143.0 tons worth 1,287.1 million

shillings were exported in 2018 compared to 203.9 tons worth 6,879.17

million shillings in 2017. Despite the increase in bee wax production, the

amount exported in 2018 decreased due to prices fluctuation in the world

market.

Table No. 12.1: Honey and Wax Export

Honey Wax

Year Weight

(Tons)

Value

(Tshs)

Weight

(Tons)

Value

(Tshs)

2011 343.0 2,181,319,119 534.0 3,898,239,826

2012 103.8 262,043,582 277.0 2,582,805,057

2013 83.0 287,368,000 384.0 4,659,954,408

2014 108.2 539,927,831 271.0 3,849,466,035

2015 152.6 983,848,159 220.2 3,238,346,723

2016 259.9 1,222,045,655 251.9 4,549,643,832

2017 240.8 1,292,017,450 203.9 6,879,170,450

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism

223. In 2018, a total of 20.4 million tree seedlings were nurtured compared to

18.5 million seedlings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 10.3 percent. The

increment was on account of enhanced community awareness on tree planting

following Government sensitization efforts. During that period, Tanzania

Forestry Services Agency (TFS) planted 17,547,823 seedlings in 8,835

hectares. In addition, 2,845,800 seedlings were planted in large-scale farms

owned by New Forest Company, Green Resources and TANWAT in

collaboration with the community.

224. In 2018, the Government through TFS developed 23 tree farms by

preparing 7,896 hectares for planting trees; planting 5,663 hectares of trees in

four new farms; replanting trees in 3,172 hectares of harvested farms; and

replanting trees in 2,720 hectares of areas with seedlings that died after

transplant. In addition, 32,499 hectares of trees were weeded, 2,508 hectares

of trees were reduced and 5,672 hectares of trees were pruned.

225. In 2018, the Government through TFS collected a total of 109.1 billion

shillings compared to 103.2 billion shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase

of 5.7 percent. This was due to improved patrols in the areas of harvesting,

Page 152: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

138

transportation and marketing and increased awareness of forestry products

traders on rules and regulations governing forestry product business.

Wildlife

226. In 2018, total revenue collected from wildlife sub-sector amounted to

34,274.6 million shillings compared to 29,769.7 million shillings in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 15.1 percent. The increase was due to the use of

Government electronic Payment Gateway (GePG) in wildlife sub-sector. In

controlling poaching and trespassing into reserved areas, 356,029 patrols were

held in 2018 in the national parks, the Ngorongoro Conservation Area (NCA),

game reserves and protected areas compared to 262,770 patrol days in 2017.

In those patrols, various items and wildlife trophies were seized, including:

413 elephant tusks and 211 pieces of tusks, 469 guns and 386 bullets. The

patrols reduced crime incidents including elephant poaching for about 50

percent in the past three years. The 2018 census conducted in Selous - Mikumi

ecosystem revealed that there were about 15,500 elephants as it was in the

2015 census. This was due to intensified Government efforts to control

elephant poaching.

227. In 2018, the Government continued to finalize establishment of

paramilitary system that includes wildlife, forests and beekeeping departments

as well as national parks, NCA, TFS and Tanzania Wildlife Authority to

strengthen protection and conservation of natural resources. In addition, 2,176

staff from the aforementioned institutions were involved in the paramilitary

training. Likewise, amendments to laws governing wildlife and forestry sub-

sectors are ongoing to facilitate implementation of the paramilitary system.

Tourism

228. In 2018, a total of 1,505,702 tourists visited Tanzania compared to

1,327,143 tourists in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 13.5 percent. The

increase was attributed to continued Government efforts to promote tourism;

improvement of tourism services particularly hotels; and existence of

conducive environment for tourism investments. In addition, tourism earnings

increased by 10.6 percent from USD 2,199.8 million in 2017 to USD 2,432.9

million in 2018. Moreover, 1,168,546 tourists visited national parks in 2018

compared to 1,028,564 in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 13.6 percent. Out

of those tourists, 726,003 were foreigners and 442,543 were residents.

229. In 2018, the number of tourists who visited the NCA increased to

679,454 compared to 640,458 tourists in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 6.1

percent. Out of those tourists, 410,574 were foreigners and 268,880 were

residents.

Page 153: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

139

230. In 2018, the Government continued to promote domestic and

international tourism, whereby: preparation of new tourism brand known as

Tanzania Unforgettable was completed; designated tourism channel titled

Tanzania Safari was established for the purpose of promoting tourist

attractions; the use of ICT and social networks were strengthened; tours for

international journalists and bloggers were organized; and Tanzanian

embassies were used to promote tourism.

231. In 2018, the Government through Tanzania Tourist Board implemented

various tourism promotion strategies. These include: participation in different

international exhibitions such as Internationale Tourismus Börse Berlin; China

International Expo and Road Show; World Travel Market – London; and

International Mediterranean Tourism Market. Moreover, the Government

continued to promote domestic tourism through different exhibitions including

Dar es Salaam International Trade Fair – Sabasaba, Nane Nane Fair,

International Tourism Week, Serengeti Cultural Festival, Hydom Tourism

Festival, Karibu Kusini Fair, Urithi Festival, Nyasa Utalii Festival and Maji

Maji Memorial Festival. In view of that, the Government managed to record

and broadcast 181 shows (70 TV shows, 111 radio shows).

232. In 2018, the Government through National Tourism College continued

to undertake trainings on tourism and hospitality fields in order to enhance

services provided to tourists. During that period, 145 participants were offered

short courses on fields of baking, cooking, tour guiding, administration,

marketing and financial management. Further, short course trainings on

tourism value chain were conducted to 611 key stakeholders in Zanzibar,

Kilimanjaro and Dar es Salam. In promoting community’s participation on

tourism, the Government continued to establish and formalize cultural tourism

projects whereby, the number of the cultural groups increased from 66 in 2017

to 76 groups in 2018.

Table No 12.2: Number of Tourists Visited Ngorongoro National Park

Month 2016 2017 2018

Foreigners Residents Foreigners Residents Foreigners Residents

January 25,111 25,066 27,265 22,474 30,000 18,692

February 25,971 32,692 32,687 24,180 38,598 19,449

March 22,918 18,895 20,039 14,503 23,936 15,946

April 11,379 17,332 14,318 14,973 12,497 10,384

May 13,453 18,287 15,391 14,092 16,748 12,065

June 23,829 25,471 36,044 25,250 33,608 20,954

July 25,111 25,066 50,527 22,048 55,513 40,559

August 25,917 32,692 48,756 21,863 59,635 36,394

September 22,981 18,895 31,325 16,178 41,706 25,148

October 44,575 14,527 34,551 17,066 39,537 23,467

November 18,957 18,424 22,740 15,597 23,507 18,102

December 24,592 18,498 57,387 41,204 35,289 27,720

Total 284,794 265,845 391,030 249,428 410,574 268,880

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism

Page 154: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

140

Antiquities

233. In 2018, a total of 53,596 tourists visited antiquity centres compared to

64,709 tourists in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 17.2 percent. This was due

to decrease in students’ study tours. However, antiquities’ earnings increased

by 25.8 percent from 125 million shillings in 2017 to 157.2 million shillings in

2018. This was attributed to increase in the average length of stay of tourists.

Table No: 12.3 depict the number of tourists who visited antiquities and

corresponding earnings.

Table No. 12.3: Number of Tourists who Visited Antiquities and Earnings

Centre 2016 2017 2018

Tourists Earnings Visitors Earnings Tourists Earnings

Magomeni - - 304 623,000 346 7,5000

Kaole 17,544 51,460,000 14,215 19,658,000 13,977 33,344,000

Isimila 2,182 12,063,000 2,278 10,040,000 2,772 11,975,000

Mji

Mkongwe 15,140 32,907,500 9,519 27,393,000 8,474 30,360,200

Kalenga 1,528 2,478,500 1,605 2,322,000 2,732 5,074,000

Kilwa 3,115 22,118,000 1,652 11,589,500 3,048 14,311,000

Mbozi 1,537 2,877,000 1,637 3,354,000 3,147 6,016,000

Amboni 9,484 22,118,000 23,819 22,056,000 9,667 19,905,000

Tongoni 496 1,656,000 257 1,284,000 455 1,164,000

Ujiji 3,715 9,056,000 3690 7,828,000 3,826 9,054,000

Kwihara 518 991,500 540 1,100,000 362 848,000

Kolo 5,273 9,275,000 2,259 11,575,000 1,951 17,722,000

Caravan

Serai 4,567 10,539,000 2,934 6,226,500 2,839 7,344,000

Total 65,099 177,539,500 64,709 125,049,000 53,596 157,192,200

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism – Antiquities Division

Fisheries

234. The fishery sub-sector continued to regulate and control fishery

resources through patrols and special operations; quality control and safety of

fishery products; enhancing participation of fishery communities in managing

fishery resources through participatory fishery management groups; and

improving fishery infrastructure including fish landing sites. In 2018, fishery

sub-sector created employment opportunities to fishermen and community

who continued to rely on fishing related activities such as fishing business,

processing and manufacturing of fishing gears and vessels.

Management of Fishery Resources

235. In 2018, the Government conducted regular patrols and special

operations to curb illegal fishing and trading of fish products. Through those

patrols and operations, a number of illegal fishing gears were impounded

including: illegal fishing nets of various types such as gillnets (648,893),

monofillament (11,072), castnets (33), ring net (325), gonga (220), scoop

Page 155: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

141

net/hand net (77), dudu nets (3,137), beachseine nets (13,276); and 1,214,957

meters of beachseine ropes. In addition, some equipment was seized including:

2,114,995 fishing hooks; 2,966 canoes; 1,291 boat engines; 20 fuel tanks;

1,024 solar lights; 85 solar batteries; 2,741 cars; and 300 motorcycles. Further,

240,541kg of immature fish, 189,789kg of parent stock fish, 227,685kg of

endangered fish, 1,485kg of immature crabs, 5,520kg of undersize octopus,

6,420kg of fish maws, 278.4kg of immature lobuster, and 5,500kg of sardines

were seized. Patrols and operations conducted also enabled arrest of 6,609

suspects whereby, 78 cases were taken to court and 11.2 billion shillings were

collected as fines in 2018.

236. In 2018, the Government conducted operation on the coastal zone of

Indian Ocean and impounded 720 explosive blasts, 600 pieces of V-6

explosive, 360 detonators, 324kg of urea fertilizer, 68 gas cylinders, 252 pairs

of diving gears and 12 compressors. In addition, 21 ships were impounded for

various offenses and fined a total of one billion shillings. Out of the seized

ships, Buah Naga Na. 1 was accused for possession of fins and tails of 30

sharks weighing 90kg and fined with USD 350,000 equivalent to 770 million

shillings. In addition, the Government conducted 3,155 inspections for quality

and safety verification of fishery products in 18 fish processing industries, 125

landing sites, 31 fish markets and 52 fish products warehouses.

Production of Fingelings and Other Aquatic Organisms

237. In 2018, fish production (tilapia and catfish) increased to 14,800 tons

worth 111,000 million shillings compared to 11,000 tons worth 82,500 million

shillings in 2017. During that period, seaweed production increased to 1,329

tons worth 664.5 million shillings compared to 1,197 tons worth 598.5 million

shillings in 2017. Further, 371 tons of prawns worth 5,275.0 million shillings

were harvested and exported to European Union market. On other hand,

4,080,000 tilapia fingelings, 636,000 catfish fingelings and 11,080,000 prawn

fingelings were produced and implanted.

Page 156: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

142

Table No. 12.4: Production of Tilapia and Catfish in Dams,

Seaweeds and Prawns

Year Production

of tilapia

and catfish

(Tons)

Value

(TShs)

(000,000)

Production

of seaweed

(Tons)

Value

(TShs)

(000)

Production

of prawns

(Tons)

Value

(TShs)

(000,000)

2008 865 4,323 330 65,920 120 960

2009 936 5,616 449 112,275 148 1,480

2010 952 5,711 552 165,840 131 1,310

2011 959 5,752 689 206,550 290 2,350

2012 972 5,832 651 260,760 350 3,250

2013 2990 17,937 401 160,440 377 3,540

2014 3000 21,000 179 89,650 320 4,000

2015 3118 21,826 223 133,680 391 5,175

2016 3840 26,880 1,177 627,641 407 6,975

2017 11,000 82,500 1,197 598,500 248 3,207

2018 14,800 111,000 1,329 664,500 371 5,275

Source: Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

The Trend of Fishing and Harvesting of Fish and Fish Products

238. In 2018, a total of 376,351 tons of fish worth 1.77 trillion shillings were

harvested compared to 387,543 tons worth 1.74 trillion shilligs in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 2.9 percent. Out of tons of fish harvested, 323,120

tons were from fresh water and 53,231 tons from salt water compared to

332,373 tons harvested from fresh water and 55,170 tons from salt water in

2017. During that period, the number of fishers decreased to 202,053 from

203,529 fishers and fishing vessels decreased to 58,930 from 59,338 in 2017.

In addition, annual consumption of fishery products per person was 7.2kg

compared to 20.3kg recommended by the Food and Agriculture Organization

(FAO). Further, 22 maws processing industries in Lake Victoria produced

471,579.47kg worth 161.03 billion shillings that were exported and enabled

the Government to earn royalty amounting to 1.06 billion shillings.

Table Na. 12.5: Trend of Fishery Resources

Year Fresh water Salt water Total (salt and fresh water)

Fishers Fishing

vessels

Weight

(tons)

Fisher

s

Fishin

g

vessels

Weigh

t

(tons)

Fishers Fishing

vessels

Weight

(tons)

2009 135,769 45,234 288,059 36,321 7,664 47,616 172,090 52,898 335,674

2010 127,280 42,337 294,474 36,321 7,664 52,683 163,601 50,001 347,157

2011 141,206 47,635 290,474 36,321 7,664 50,592 177,527 55,299 341,066

2012 147,020 49,721 322,313 36,321 7,664 50,079 182,741 56,985 365,023

2013 147,644 50,120 364,602 36,321 7,664 52,846 183,431 57,385 375,158

2014 147,479 49,627 314,062 36,321 7,664 51,912 183,800 57291 365,974

2015 147,479 49,627 309,922 36,321 7,664 52,723 183,800 57291 362,645

2016 146,068 49,688 308,629 54,511 9,650 53,823 200,579 59,338 362,452

2017 146,068 49,688 332,373 54,511 9,650 55,170 203,529 59,338 387,543

2018 149,018 49,688 323,120 53,035 9,242 53,231 202,053 58,930 376,351

Source: Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

Page 157: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

143

Import and Export of Fishery Products

239. In 2018, a total of 44,939.8 tons of fishery products and 63,978

ornamental fish worth 546.99 billion shillings were exported compared to

36,063.2 of fishery products and 101,110 ornamental fish worth 407.20 billion

shillings exported in 2017. The amount exported generated a total of 13.52

billion shillings as royalty compared to 10.52 billion shillings in 2017. On the

other hand, 22,752.4 tons of fish worth 44.90 billion shillings were imported

and generated Government earnings of 12.92 billion shillings compared to

22,961.7 tons worth 56.12 billion shillings imported in 2017.

Page 158: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

144

Table No. 45

Foreign Local Total

2015 432,124 526,110 958,234 149,957,485,000

2016 439,119 518,457 957,576 175,089,696,000

2017 386,529 595,811 982,340 207,587,218,000

2018 726,003 442,543 1,168,546 214,486,751,736

GRAND TOTAL 1,983,775 2,082,921 4,066,696 747,121,150,736

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism

NUMBER OF TOURISTSRevenues (Shs.)

NUMBER OF TOURISTS VISITED NATIONAL ANTIQUITIES AND EARNINGS COLLECTED

Year

Page 159: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

145

Table No.47

Weight (Kg)Volume (Cubic

Meters)

Timber - 37,033 24,623,059

Water/Miwati Glue 3,834,710 - 8,333,160

Sandal dusts 73,290 - 1,833,113

Wood carvings/sculptures 113,027 15,381 1,060,144

Clarinets 134 651,473

Sandals Oil 69 226,525

Misindano Glue 257,881 - 226,390

Electrical Poles 280 13,332

Baobab Oil 52,116 - 243,096

Cinchona Barks 92 - 3,040

Cinamon Barks 44,000 35,200

Funitures - 13,713 51,000

Arabika Glue 60,000 - 103,130

Mithies 60,274 138,000

Veneer - 3,004 586,950

Other Products 230,510 2 17,194

Total 4,725,969 69,547 38,144,806

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism

- Not available

EXPORTS OF FORESTRY PRODUCTS IN 2018

Products

Quantity

Value (USD)

Table No. 48

Year Number of Tourists

Hunters Visitors Total Revenue (Shs.)

2015 608 393 1,001 28,802,391,200.0

2016 495 297 792 29,136,885,800.0

2017 473 291 764 19,202,957,607.0

2018 503 280 783 20,109,785,000.0

Grand Total 2,079 1,261 3,340 97,252,019,607.0

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism, Wildlife Dept.

NUMBER OF TOURISTS AND EARNINGS FROM TOURIST HUNTING

Page 160: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

146

Table No. 50

Number Fish catch and Revenues

of Artisanal Fresh Sea Total Fresh Waters Total

Year Fishermen waters waters Qty (Tons) Value (Shs.) Qty (Tons) Value (Shs.) Qty (Tons) Value (Shs.)

2000 102,329 25,014 5,157 30,171 271,000 45,500,000 49,900 32,180,000 320,900 77,680,000

2001 120,266 25,014 4,927 29,941 283,354 47,108,668 52,935 34,113,717 336,289 81,222,385

2002 124,570 31,849 4,927 36,776 273,856 54,771,300 49,675 33,372,136 323,531 88,143,436

2003 124,570 31,225 4,927 36,152 301,855 141,073,500 49,270 34,489,000 351,125 175,562,500

2004 122,514 32,248 4,927 37,175 312,040 147,743,000 50,470 40,376,000 362,510 188,119,000

2005 133,197 32,248 7,190 39,438 320,566 256,452,800 54,969 82,452,930 375,535 338,905,730

2006 156,544 44,362 7,190 51,552 292,519 248,640,904 48,591 37,077,637 341,109 285,718,540

2007 163,037 44,362 7,489 51,851 284,348 252,525,198 43,499 39,210,207 327,847 291,735,405

2008 170,038 44,838 7,489 52,327 281,691 194,725,416 43,130 40,563,641 324,821 235,289,057

2009 172,090 45,234 7,664 52,898 288,059 351,394,073 47,616 56,633,436 335,675 408,027,509

2010 163,601 42,337 7,664 50,001 294,474 684,844,020 52,683 89,639,934 347,157 774,483,954

2011 177,527 47,635 7,664 55,299 290,474 1,031,883,681 50,592 166,954,953 341,066 1,198,838,634

2012 182,741 49,321 7,664 56,985 314,944 1,129,349,925 50,079 177,781,799 365,023 1,307,131,724

2013 183,431 49,721 7,664 57,385 315,008 1,248,903,393 52,846 195,529,127 367,854 1,444,432,520

2014 183,800 49,627 7,664 57,291 314,062 1,287,248,813 51,912 207,649,600 365,974 1,494,898,413

2015 183,800 49,627 7,664 57,291 309,922 1,270,856,680 52,723 210,892,897 362,645 1,481,749,577

2016 203,529 49,688 9,650 59,338 308,772 1,274,485,404 53,823 211,891,899 362,595 1,486,377,303

2017 203,529 49,688 9,650 59,338 332,373 1,495,678,680 55,170 248,262,840 387,543 1,743,941,520

2018 202,053 49,688 9,242 58,930 323,120 1,518,667,619 53,231 250,190,118 376,351 1,768,857,737

Source: Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries-Fisheries Department

Number of Boats

Marine Waters

PRODUCTION IN THE FISHERIES SECTOR : 2000 - 2018

Page 161: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

147

Table No.51

FOB (USD) FOB (Tsh)

Belly flaps 17,000 2,839 6,360,212 2,856,450

Blue crab 594 1,780 3,986,334 333,531

Cowries 2,000 5,994 13,422,000 269,890

Dried Dagaa/L.Nyasa. 361,250 434,921 930,249,962 21,901,400

Dried Dagaa/L.Tang. 100,860 486,631 623,763,848 74,915,713

Dried Dagaa/L.Vict 3,758,059 3,643,409 8,264,895,563 692,955,170

Dried Dagaa/Marine 183,912 219,106 489,537,637 193,650,280

Dried fish Maws 403,734 27,274,133 61,076,392,131 423,717,613

Dried Fish/L.Rukwa 8,539 25,618 57,399,811 475,000

Dried fish/L.Tang 133,899 463,438 1,036,136,297 39,834,733

Dried Fish/L.Vict (Kayabo) 22,536 31,066 67,982,906 15,945,946

Dried Fish/Marine 2,946 8,838 19,823,097 165,000

Dried Furu/L.Vict. 1,005,109 1,955,698 4,442,836,932 73,774,230

Dried Salted Fish/L.Rukwa 47,264 73,499 165,023,739 3,829,550

Dried Shark 722 1,489 3,113,200 368,360

Dried Shrimps/uduviL.Vict. 15,910 1,509 3,340,000 879,000

Farmed prawns 200,888 241,065 506,236,752 33,779,236

Fish Chips 8,000 800 1,797,324 897,000

Fish Frames/L.Vict 2,007,000 345,474 775,850,418 42,507,930

Fish Frames/L.Tang 194,880 123,251 179,895,000 4,358,000

Fish Meal 414,000 16,960 37,926,742 11,135,800

NP fish skin 10,014 2,154 4,828,922 560,800

Fresh fish fillets 6,628,744 43,436,626 97,363,671,470 1,789,851,903

Fresh fish H&G 1,241,550 5,679,042 12,733,520,945 354,360,070

Fresh fish maws 130 2,850 6,391,546 263,000

Fresh Fish/L.Tang. 3,358 10,074 22,310,242 1,060,000

Frozen Crabs 4,180 12,528 28,051,980 2,812,359

Frozen Cuttle Fish 2,475 7,418 16,609,725 1,551,908

Frozen fish Chest 329,348 430,603 963,915,784 56,552,058

Frozen fish fillets 11,048,756 68,070,169 151,719,854,740 3,107,100,630

Frozen Fish Head 1,806,944 977,249 2,191,994,633 111,412,495

Frozen fish maws 339,718 15,131,315 33,914,000,064 629,985,078

Frozen H & G 1,368,621 6,657,472 14,598,979,319 401,941,861

Frozen Octopus 1,102,507 1,328,648 2,820,909,108 526,868,725

Frozen Off Cuts 1,056,388 526,334 1,177,017,176 124,264,433

Frozen Prawns 3,381 9,409 21,097,590 1,763,844

Frozen sand lobster whole 6,442 19,308 40,547,104 6,270,618

Frozen Squids 232,379 281,844 660,975,893 50,809,793

Frozen Tilapia 50,000 149,861 314,708,971 27,942,125

Live Crabs 1,007,230 2,669,877 5,970,210,701 1,106,397,553

Live Lobsters 331,310 676,339 1,449,702,817 323,946,370

Live tropical Fish 262,651 488,454 1,042,420,449 99,748,825

Prawns Head-on 61 and above 60,353 4,526 9,505,598 52,954,176

Smorked fish/L.Nyasa 162,500 363,900 440,252,805 9,720,100

Smorked fish/Mtera Dam 115,150 138,180 309,073,297 6,439,800

Total 36,063,229 182,431,698 406,526,520,782 10,433,128,356

LiveFish - Number

Aquarium fish/L.Nyasa 30,333 90,915 203,564,763 28,553,762

Aquarium fish/L.Tang 70,777 212,135 474,984,447 66,625,445

Sub Total 101,110 303,050 678,549,210 95,179,207

GRAND TOTAL 182,734,748 407,205,069,992 10,528,307,563

Source : Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries-Fisheries Department

Products Quantity (KG) ROYALITY - Tsh.VALUE (FOB)

EXPORT OF FISH PRODUCTS IN 2018

Page 162: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

148

Table No. 51A

Quantity Live fish Duties

Kgs T.shs US $ T.shs

2001 41,640,248 80,577 82,982,764,242 95,435,102 5,244,333,672

2002 32,662,878 28,301 99,294,249,903 105,779,931 5,957,654,995

2003 42,352,738 24,500 132,862,401,374 129,605,815 7,789,955,963

2004 46,011,033 15,784 121,922,686,607 112,761,195 7,190,356,743

2005 57,289,084 21,025 162,619,492,949 141,597,362 9,142,768,084

2006 44,495,623 21,741 170,184,661,003 138,120,145 6,236,615,179

2007 57,795,514 25,502 213,211,258,838 173,272,670 7,589,576,914

2008 51,426,207 33,066 205,054,092,453 174,409,214 6,629,846,700

2009 41,148,261 53,188 207,447,119,888 161,053,646 6,410,191,232

2010 39,771,834 40,552 263,131,442,028 187,427,054 5,876,103,557

2011 37,996,433 61,215 233,714,590,011 152,973,357 6,153,278,023

2012 41,394,268 45,550 254,901,017,111 163,299,366 6,819,926,007

2013 38,573,606 44,260 234,884,628,956 147,659,779 6,117,769,194

2014 43,354,399 42,100 1,406,120,001,304 832,085,311 7,490,632,355

2015 41,059,452 87,630 547,228,222,096 259,286,762 13,097,411,199

2016 39,691,462 65,841 526,985,019,569 257,257,100 14,302,761,907

2017 36,063,229 101,110 406,568,122,271 182,450,278 10,446,850,539

2018 44,939,793 63,978 546,993,779,393 239,680,015 13,520,367,822

TOTAL 952,624,027 855,920 6,033,546,269,898 3,995,950,156 159,091,264,835

Source : Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries-Fisheries Department

SUMMARY OF FISH EXPORT PRODUCTS - 2001-2018

ValuesYear

Table No. 51B

Quantity Duties

Kgs T.shs US $ T.shs

2001 39,038,599.7 74,928,607,542.3 86,178,585.7 4,685,276,229.2

2002 29,479,322.7 83,005,557,292.2 88,231,655.1 4,980,333,437.5

2003 37,286,859.2 114,779,736,803.6 112,049,948.5 6,707,948,378.0

2004 30,312,898.3 82,356,866,789.0 76,261,406.4 5,171,324,343.0

2005 53,675,473.7 148,785,948,008.6 129,184,492.6 8,419,301,970.4

2006 39,472,977.7 156,160,190,326.6 126,829,665.7 5,491,786,878.8

2007 50,078,575.6 195,242,463,549.7 158,442,058.5 6,660,034,977.0

2008 38,721,422.2 180,366,779,818.2 153,740,723.3 5,412,912,979.2

2009 28,721,577.0 168,368,910,379.9 130,644,300.1 4,628,409,654.5

2010 27,229,470.7 194,012,069,313.9 139,666,995.1 4,509,670,993.8

2011 25,426,157.2 197,899,741,508.3 127,601,694.3 4,299,987,312.2

2012 28,951,094.7 220,149,518,645.6 141,189,161.6 4,967,311,025.1

2013 33,732,842.7 197,578,220,798.6 124,551,584.5 5,085,642,905.5

2014 24,473,491.8 1,131,575,531,076.1 665,856,773.0 4,569,314,169.6

2015 23,000,579.3 528,534,413,018.9 250,279,107.2 11,251,591,352.1

2016 26,044,655.6 345,417,803,263.4 177,338,054.4 6,964,514,349.1

2017 26,679,946.5 376,572,501,425.1 168,554,018.9 7,057,407,120.5

TOTAL 696,673,517.5 4,565,412,920,436.9 3,127,323,080.6 111,073,431,277.8

Source : Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries-Fisheries Department

ValuesYear

TRENDS OF NILE PERCH EXPORTS - 2001-2017

Page 163: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

149

Table No. 52

Description 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total number of visitors Number 782,699 867,994 1,077,058 1,095,884 1,140,156 1,137,182 1,284,279 1,327,143 1,505,702

Number of tourists in Hotels Number 719,097 753,818 974,448 1,021,766 1,005,058 1,033,555 1,155,851 1,163,752 1,235,905

Total Earnings US $ million 1,255 1,325 1,713 1,853 1,983 1,902 2,132 2,200 2,433

Average number of bednights per

visitDays

11 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 10

Package Tour 328 355 384 372 378 305 351 410 430

Non Package tour 236 247 230 201 210 141 145 136 125

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism, Tourism Department.

Average daily expenditures per

tourist (US $)

TOURISM BUSINESS TRENDS 2010-2018

Page 164: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

150

Table No. 53

YearNumber of

Tourists% Change

Foreign

exchange

earnings (US $

Milln.)

% Change

2000 501,668 -20.1 739 0.8

2001 525,122 4.7 725 -1.9

2002 575,000 9.5 730 0.7

2003 576,000 0.2 731 0.1

2004 582,000 1.0 746 2.1

2005 612,754 5.3 823 10.3

2006 644,124 5.1 950 15.4

2007 719,031 11.6 1,198 26.1

2008 770,376 7.1 1,289 7.6

2009 714,367 -7.3 1,160 -10.0

2010 782,699 9.6 1,255 8.2

2011 867,994 10.9 1,325 5.6

2012 1,077,058 24.1 1,713 29.3

2013 1,095,884 1.7 1,853 8.2

2014 1,140,156 4.0 1,983 7.0

2015 1,137,182 -0.3 1,902 -4.1

2016 1,284,279 12.9 2,132 12.1

2017 1,327,143 3.3 2,200 3.2

2018 1,505,702 13.5 2,433 10.6

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism

NUMBER OF TOURISTS AND FOREIGN

EXCHANGE EARNINGS

Table No. 54

Year Foreigners Tanzanians Total tourists

2009 234,767 203,412 438,179

2010 281,513 242,133 523,646

2011 281,513 307,086 588,599

2012 310,537 254,730 565,267

2013 350,970 296,763 647,733

2014 332,469 278,221 610,690

2015 289,061 278,922 567,983

2016 284,794 265,845 550,639

2017 391,030 249,428 640,458

2018 410,574 268,880 679,454

Source: Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism, Ngorongoro Reservation Authority

VISITS TO NGORONGORO NATIONAL PARK

Page 165: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

151

NUMBER OF VISITORS TO TOURISM CENTRES

Table No. 55

Foreigners Tanzanians Foreigners Tanzanians Foreigners Tanzanians Foreigners Tanzanians Foreigners Tanzanians

ARUSHA 31,375 36,840 24,708 31,089 26,714 33,463 30,185 33,885 32,790 35,354

GOMBE 1,120 740 723 895 956 958 1,002 968 1,194 956

KATAVI 1,928 2,541 1,200 2,445 1,159 3,066 1,190 1,910 1,482 2,369

KILIMANJARO 52,447 2,784 41,038 3,328 43,893 3,508 47,772 2,731 51,533 2,390

KITULO 149 493 70 592 95 311 94 432 179 330

LAKE MANYARA 116,511 64,249 92,341 62,287 103,830 57,855 118,501 56,082 135,098 58,131

MAHALE 844 111 896 171 690 166 983 151 886 166

MIKUMI 20,869 32,732 17,117 35,311 22,923 38,003 19,274 34,413 25,580 33,373

MKOMAZI 695 1,115 563 1,905 573 1,482 594 1,700 659 1,464

RUAHA 13,490 6,718 11,558 7,403 11,233 12,958 11,217 12,161 14,381 13,219

RUBONDO 549 560 447 501 433 739 558 427 465 793

SAADANI 4,042 14,527 3,143 19,854 3,548 18,722 2,530 18,603 2,976 15,048

SERENGETI 476 10,161 413 13,132 201,728 174,047 474 152,216 270,946 175,084

TARANGIRE 187,498 215,069 167,988 204,998 130,085 78,573 231,756 77,101 183,764 85,935

UDZUNGWA 122,019 52,847 116,590 58,585 2,759 5,557 151,681 5,268 3,420 5,530

SAANANE 3,903 5,616 2,604 6,310 464 11,102 2,617 10,088 650 12,401

Total 557,915 447,103 481,399 448,806 551,083 440,510 620,428 408,136 726,003 442,543

Source: Ministry of Tourism and Natural Resources, TANAPA

Name

2016 20172014 2015 2018

Page 166: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

152

CHAPTER 13

MINING

Introduction

240. The Government continued to supervise mining sector, which is among

the sectors with higher growth rates in order to ensure it benefits the citizens

and nation at large. In addition, the Government established the Mining

Commission in 2018 with the aim of improving management of the mining

sector.

Mineral Prospecting

241. In 2018, a total of 1,687 mineral prospecting and mining licenses were

issued compared to 2,017 licenses in 2017. Out of the total, licenses for

mineral prospecting were 74, medium scale mining (19) and small-scale

mining (1,594). The decrease in the number of licenses issued was due to

reform made on licenses verification in order to meet the requirements of the

Mining Act of 2010 and its Amendments of 2017. During that period, a total

of 8,716 licenses applications were received and approved by the Mining

Commission compared to 71,663 applications in 2017. Out of those, 7,985

applications were for small scale mining; 695 applications for mineral

prospecting; 33 applications for médium scale mining; and three applications

were for large scale mining. The decrease in the number of license

applications was due to termination of receiving license applications until

commencent of the Mining Commission in April 2018.

Mineral Sales

242. In 2018, value of mineral exports decreased by 10.3 percent to USD

1,624.74 million from USD 1,810.70 million in 2017. This was due to

continued decrease in mineral exports following the amendments of the

Mining Act of 2010 as amended in 2017, which prohibits exportation of raw

minerals and encourage exportation of the processed minerals (value addition)

thus protecting national interests for the benefit of general public.

Diamond

243. Diamond production was 381,302 carats in 2018 compared to 304,456

carats in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 25.2 percent. This was due to

continued increase in diamond production at Williamson Diamonds Limited

mines. The value of diamond export increased by 42.3 percent to USD 96.07

million in 2018 from USD 67.51 million in 2017. The increase was attributed

to improved price of diamond in the world market during the first half of 2018

as well as increased sales of pink-coloured diamond that are sold at a higher

price compared to normal diamond.

Page 167: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

153

Gold

244. In 2018, gold production decreased by 9.6 percent to 39,304 kilograms

from 43,489 kilograms in 2017. The decrease was a result of

underperformance of Bulyanhulu mine which continued to produce gold from

the tailings storage facility. During that period, the value of gold export was

USD 1,454.88 million compared to USD 1,636.57 million in 2017, equivalent

to a decrease of 11.1 percent. This was due to continued decline in export of

raw gold.

Gemstone

245. In 2018, a total of 284,321.19 kilograms of raw gemstone was produced

compared to 1,186,237 kilograms in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 76.0

percent. The decrease was caused by the deferment in production of gemstone

at Tanzanite One mines for one year as well as prohibition of raw gemstone

export.

Coal

246. In 2018, coal production increased by 12.4 percent to 627,652 tons from

558,553 tons in 2017. This was due to continued improvement in coal

production at TANCOAL, Magamba, Edenvile International (T) Ltd and

Kabulo mines. In addition, the value of coal export increased to USD 34.26

million in 2018 from USD 22.25 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

54.0 percent. This was a result of increased number of coal customers.

Other Minerals

247. In 2018, kaolin production increased to 129,382.64 tons from 13,815.62

tons in 2017. This was due to increase in demand for kaolin in tile industries in

Kibaha and Mkuranga. The value of kaolin sales increased to USD 119,296.24

in 2018 from USD 62,380.38 in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 91.2

percent. Tin ore production was 8.04 tons compared to 91.42 tons in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 91.2 percent. The decrease was due to Government

restriction on raw minerals export including tin, as required by the Mining Act

of 2010 and its Amendments of 2017.

248. In 2018, salt production decreased by 63.6 percent to 36,392.41 tons

from 100,017.07 tons in 2017. The decrease was due to Government ban on

raw minerals export including salt. In addition, salt sales value was USD 1.20

million in 2018 compared to USD 3.80 million in 2017. Limestone production

decreased by 10.8 percent to 2,943,555.0 tons in 2018 from 3,300,898.66 tons

in 2017. Gypsum production was 241,259.46 tons in 2018 compared to

123,644.69 tons produced in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 95.1 percent.

Silver production increased to 12,041 kilograms from 10,911 kilograms in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 10.4 percent. This was due to increase in

silver production at Shanta (Songwe) and Bulyanhulu (Shinyanga) mines. In

Page 168: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

154

addition, the value of silver sales increased by 3.4 percent to USD 6.05 million

in 2018 from USD 5.85 million in 2017.

Mineral Value Addition

249. The Government continued to emphasize and encourage investment in

mineral value addition as required by the Mining Act of 2010 and its

amendements of 2017. In 2018, a total of 93,415.72 carats of cutted and

sculptured gemstone was valued at USD 6.03 million. In addition, the

Tanzania Gemological Center located in Arusha continued to conduct

gemstone sculpture trainings whereby, 41 students were admitted in 2018;

thus, making a total of 124 admitted students since commencement of such

trainings in 2014.

Page 169: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

155

Table No. 56

Minerals Unit 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Diamonds Carats 80,498 28,378 127,174 179,633 252,875 216,491 237,685 304,456 383,391

Gold Kgs 39,448 37,085 39,012 42,534 40,481 43,293 45,155 43,490 35,864

Gemstones Kgs 2,646,109 1,241,581 1,237,625 1,692,436 3,083,765 1,872,915 2,554,932 1,185,697 284,321

Salt Ton 34,455 32,297 34,016 36,032 54,757 92,158 145,718 100,017 36,392

Phosphate Ton 17,180 848,512 570,626 397,020 738,000 222,800 23,658 1,351 -

Limestone 000 Ton 1,437 202 1,224 35,529 873 2,945 4,170 3,301 2,944

Tin Ore Ton 3 - - 2 79 179 138 91 8

Gypsum Ton 26,918 9,288 91,610 171,567 200,179 239,302 213,744 123,645 241,260

Coal Ton 179 80,710 78,672 84,772 246,128 257,321 276,030 563,053 725,911

Pozolana Ton 60,320 113,489 75,193 79,452 68,925 342,628 230,045 79,085 91,645

Kaolin Ton 58 178 1,422 907 3,809 1,953 656 13,816 129,383

Silver ore Kgs 12,470 10,399 11,227 12,159 14,493 15,569 17,984 10,911 12,041

Copper Pound 11,741,898 7,531,164 12,426,025 12,749,548 14,027,008 14,252,341 15,762,430 2,933,941 -

Bauxite Ton 39,326,000 29,520,000 28,433,930 39,977,300 25,641,201 204,956 72,779 12,090 7,140

Building Minerals 000 Ton 5,470 10,480 12,960 15,460 5,601 10,375

Source: Ministry of Minerals

- Not available

Carat = 0.205 gms

MINERAL PRODUCTION

Page 170: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

156

Table No. 57

Mineral Type Unit

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Diamonds (Rough) '000 Carats 252,875 216,491 239,305 304,456 383,391 82,053 56,003 85,090 67,510 96,066

Diamonds (Cut) '000 Carats - - - - - - - - - -

Diamonds (Contract goods) '000 Carats - - - - - - - - - -

Gold '000 Grams 40,481 43,358 45,155 43,490 35,864 1,640,072 1,609,392 1,824,815 1,636,575 1,454,879

Gemstones '000 Grams 3,083,765 1,872,915 2,944,107 1,185,697 284,321 49,146 46,067 60,483 53,596 28,006

Salt Ton 54,757 92,158 145,718 100,017 36,392 5,275 5,071 4,806 3,803 1,207

Phosphate Ton 738,000 222,800 23,658 1,351 - 140 126 721 585 -

Tin Ton 79 179 138 91 8 907 959 1,499 1,037 -

Gypsum Ton 200,179 235,920 213,744 123,645 241,260 2,518 4,445 6,279 3,187 -

Graphite Ton 25 30 1,180 128 27,810 3 5 2,132 18 2,418

Silver 000grams 14,493 15,569 17,984 10,911 12,041 10,283 7,626 9,901 5,850 6,045

Copper 0001b 14,027,008 14,252 16,247 2,934 - 43,675 35,658 35,421 7,741 -

Industrial mineral Ton 98 151,297 4,769,577 708,047 783,180 9 3,254 78,491 29,896 35,783

Bauxite Ton 25,641,201 204,956 74,660 12,090 7,140 20,014 325 1,242 898 335

Total ('000 US$) 1,854,095 1,768,930 2,110,877 1,810,697 1,624,739

Source: Ministry of Minerals

- Not available

Quantity Exported Value ('000 US$)

MINERAL EXPORTS: 2014 - 2018

Page 171: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

157

CHAPTER 14

INDUSTRIES AND TRADE

Production in Selected Industries

250. In 2018, production in some of the industrial products increased due to

high demand in the domestic and international markets. Products that recorded

increase in production include: paints (19.4 percent), metal (18.9 percent),

fishing nets (16.3 percent), konyagi (14.8 percent), wheat flour (9.3 percent),

cigarettes (6.9 percent), beer (3.9 percent), pyrethrum products (3.7 percent),

biscuits and spaghetti (2.8 percent), cement (1.4 percent), wood products (1.3

percent) and textiles (1.1 percent). However, production decreased in some

products such as chibuku (7.9 percent), sisal ropes (0.9 percent), tin (0.5

percent) and batteries (5.7 percent).

251. In 2018, industrial production costs increased to 7,905,622 million

shillings from 7,827,349 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

one (1) percent. This was due to continued increase in the prices of imported

raw materials and labour cost.

Small Industries and Trade Development

252. In 2018, the National Entrepreneurship Development Fund continued to

provide training, in which 71,794 entrepreneurs were trained compared to

54,894 entrepreneurs in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 30.8 percent. The

increase was due to entrepreneurs’ awareness in capitalizing emerging

economic opportunities. The training focused on best farming practices,

production of modern beehives, designing clothing and tailoring, food

processing, maintenance of various machine and plants, use of modern seeds,

edible oil processing and production of various products.

253. In 2018, the Fund extended loans worth 5.87 billion shillings to 3,368

entrepreneurs compared to 6.11 billion shillings provided to 3,738

entrepreneurs in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 3.9 percent. The decrease

was associated with repayment challenges. The loans extended enabled

creation of 7,477 employment opportunities in 2018 compared to 9,369

opportunities in 2017.

254. In 2018, the Government through Tanzania Trade Development

Authority (TanTrade) trained 487 producers and traders compared to 410

producers and traders in 2017. The training aimed at imparting knowledge on

various business issues including improved processing methods, business

competitiveness, exports guidelines, business formalization, access to trade

permits and proper use of chemicals in food processing.

Page 172: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

158

255. In 2018, training services for small-scale entrepreneurs in the country

enabled invention of 359 technologies compared to 312 technologies invented

in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 15.1 percent. The inventions enabled

production of 1,417 new machines compared to 775 machines manufactured

in 2017. The advancement of technology and production of new machines

were attributable to greater participation of the general public in the industrial

activities. Similarly, 2,075 entrepreneurs were provided with consultancy

services on the use of new machines compared to 1,592 entrepreneurs in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 30.3 percent.

International Trade Fairs

256. In 2018, the government through TanTrade facilitated 2,956 companies

to participate in the 42nd Dar es Salaam International Trade Fair compared to

2,520 companies that participated in the 41st exhibition of 2017, equivalent to

an increase of 17.3 percent. Out of the companies participated in the 2018

exhibition, 508 companies were foreign whereby 33 countries participated

compared to 515 foreign companies from 30 countries in 2017. During the

period, 483 companies carried out business transactions compared to 405

companies in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 19.3 percent. The increase

was due to improvement in participation mobilization techniques by reaching

out various business groups and recognition of the importance of exhibitions

in advertising companies’ products. Further, on the spot sales in the 42nd

exhibitions increased to an average of 213.7 million shillings compared to an

average of 122.1 million shillings in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 75

percent.

257. In 2018, the Government through TanTrade explored market

opportunities for spices, honey, cashew, sesame, legumes, groundnuts, cassava

and edible oil whereby 176 producers were connected to various local and

international markets. Local markets for spices were found in Bagamoyo and

ZANOCP of Zanzibar. Internationally, spices were traded in Netherlands and

Germany markets while honey were traded in Germany, France, Italy and

Turkey markets. Cashew nuts were traded in Azerbaijan, Netherlands,

Germany, the United Arab Emirates and Turkey while legumes were traded in

China, India and United Arab Emirates. Further, the Government through

TanTrade and stakeholders from private sector introduced a business clinic to

nurture traders' understanding of market opportunities whereas 667 businesses

benefited.

Industries and Business Registration

258. In 2018, the Government through the Business Registration and

Licensing Agency (BRELA) issued a total of 194 licenses for establishment of

new industries compared to 142 licenses issued in 2017, equivalent to an

Page 173: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

159

increase of 36.6 percent. The increase resulted from the Government

continued efforts to improve business environment. Further, 6,762 licenses for

registration of new companies were issued in 2018 compared to 8,584 licenses

issued in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 21.2 percent. Similarly, the

issuance of grade ‘A’ licenses, for registration of business names, trademarks

and services declined by 0.9, 33.1 and 21.9 respectively.

Marketing infrastructures for Crops and Livestock Products

259. The availability of marketing infrastructures led to effective marketing

activities, linked producers and consumers and hence reduced costs of

production. Such infrastructures reduced post harvest losses and minimized

loss of quality of products. In 2018, the effective market infrastructures in

value addition of various products in the country increased. In addition,

slaughter slabs increased by 6.9 percent, butchers (11.7 percent), skin and

hides pavilion (41.5 percent), warehouses (6.8 percent) and primary auction

(22.1 percent). During that period, there were nine (9) border auctions, 86

meat processing machines and 35 milk processing machines compared to three

(3) border auctions, 12 meat processing machines and 31 milk processing

machines in 2017. This was due to the increase in production activities in

agriculture and livestock sectors and increased awareness of farmers and

traders on the importance of using marketing infrastructures. On the other

hand, secondary auctions decreased by 40 percent and fish processing

machines decreased by 26.7 percent. The decrease was due to dilapidation of

some infrastructures, high operating costs and shortage of raw materials.

Table No. 14.1: Number of Marketing Infrastructures by Types

Marketing Infrastructure 2017 2018 Percentage

Change

Slaughter Slab 2,148 2,297 6.9

Butcher 7,412 8,280 11.7

Leather Pavilion 530 750 41.5

Slaughter House - 394 -

Warehouse 573 612 6.8

Abattoir 72 59 -18.1

Primary Auction 362 442 22.1

Secondary Auction 20 12 -40.0

Borderline Auction 3 9 200.0

Meat Processing Machines 12 86 616.6

Milk Processing Machine 31 35 12.9

Fish Processing Machine 15 11 -26.7

Milk Collection Points - 150 -

Source: Ministry of Industries and Trade-Agricultural Routine Data System

(ARDS, 2018)

Page 174: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

160

International Trade Trend

260. Tanzania has continued to have good business relationship with various

countries in the world. In 2018, export of goods to China increased to USD

144.28 million from USD 142.3 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

1.4 percent. The goods imported from China had the value of USD 1,762.78

million compared to USD 1,408.10 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase

of 25.2 percent. In addition, goods exported to India in 2018 were valued at

USD 734.27 million compared to USD 977.6 million in 2017, equivalent to a

decrease of 24.9 percent. The value of goods imported from India was USD

1,218.07 compared to USD 1,077.60 million in 2017, equivalent to an increase

of 13.0 percent. Similarly, the value of goods exported to Japan was USD

66.72 million in 2018 compared to USD 75.7 million in 2017, equivalent to a

decline of 11.9 percent. The value of goods imported from Japan was USD

398.13 million compared to USD 365.2 million in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 9.0 percent.

261. In 2018, Tanzania continued to have good performance in exportation of

goods to various regional economic blocks compared to 2017. During that

period, the exports of goods to the European Union (EU) increased by 12.8

percent, East African Community (EAC) 28.0 percent, Southern Africa

Development Community (SADC) 13.8 percent, the African Union (AU) 4.6

percent and the COMESA-EAC-SADC Tripartite increased by 13.7 percent.

This was attributed to an increase in export of high valued mineral products,

industrial fertilizers, wheat, cotton, tea and fish fillet. In addition, the value of

goods imported from EU increased by 8.5 percent, EAC 37.4 percent, SADC

0.6 percent, AU 10.4 percent and the COMESA-EAC-SADC Tripartite 13.9

percent.

262. In 2018, Tanzania continued to have a favourable balance of trade with

the regional economic blocks. During the period under review, the value of

goods exported exceeded the value of imports from EAC by 10.6 percent,

SADC (29.8 percent), AU (5.6 percent) and the COMESA-EAC-SADC

Tripartite (11.8 percent). However, Tanzania recorded unfavourable balance

of trade with EU of 4.5 percent.

Page 175: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

161

Table No. 14.2: Trade between Tanzania and Regional Economic Blocks,

2010 – 2018 (USD ‘000,000)

Block Descriptions 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Change201

8-2017

Percentage

Change %

Goods Exported 464 554 745 898 792 709 237 441 498 56 12.8%

Goods Imported 1111 1074 1537 2759 2895 1160 558 936 1016 80 8.5%

Total 1575 1628 2282 3658 3687 1869 794 1378 1514 136 9.9%

Balance -647 -521 -792 -1861 -2103 -451 -321 -495 -518 -23 4.7%

EXPORTS 450 352 515 419 598 1062 438 350 448 98 28.0%

Imports 285 264 668 395 706 323 299 220 303 83 37.4%

Total 735 616 1184 814 1305 1385 737 570 750 180 31.7%

Balance 165 89 -153 24 -108 740 139 129 145 15 11.9%

Exports 625 1159 1422 1244 1236 1358 1018 878 999 122 13.8%

Imports 828 881 1093 836 773 771 612 601 604 4 0.6%

Total 1453 2040 2515 2079 2009 2129 1630 1478 1604 125 8.5%

Balance -203 278 329 408 463 587 406 277 395 118 42.5%

Exports 1206 1518 2113 2420 1620 1407 1262 1420 1485 65 4.6%

Imports 1204 1719 1836 1451 1483 1012 985 896 989 93 10.4%

Total 2410 3237 3949 3871 3103 2419 2247 2316 2474 158 6.8%

Balance 2 -201 277 969 138 395 278 524 496 -28 -5.3%

Bidhaa zilizouzwa 1405 1831 2350 2083 2441 2986 1983 1900 2160 260 13.7%

Bidhaa zilizoagizwa 1246 1346 1917 1396 2333 1529 1376 1217 1386 169 13.9%

Jumla 2651 3177 4267 3478 4774 4515 3359 3117 3546 429 13.7%

Urari 160 485 433 687 108 1457 608 683 775 91 13.4%

European Union

EAC

SADC

African Union

Tripitite (EAC,

SADC,

COMESA)

Source: Ministry of Industries and Trade

Page 176: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

162

Table No.58

Consumption % change

2000 833,092 7,281 30,497 809,876 -0.6

2001 900,430 56,395 53,517 903,308 11.5

2002 1,026,082 149,079 37,203 1,137,958 26.0

2003 1,186,434 166,446 34,396 1,318,484 15.9

2004 1,280,851 125,007 37,655 1,368,203 3.8

2005 1,375,222 120,200 40,430 1,454,992 6.3

2006 1,421,460 92,711 98 1,514,073 4.1

2007 1,629,890 101,827 52,170 1,679,547 10.9

2008 1,755,862 356,468 99,688 2,012,642 19.8

2009 1,940,845 516,182 57,569 2,399,458 19.2

2010 2,312,055 566,828 189,321 2,689,562 12.1

2011 2,408,765 768,343 217,944 2,959,164 10.0

2012 2,557,798 1,013,986 145,793 3,425,991 15.8

2013 2,369,819 1,218,453 154,481 3,433,791 0.2

2014 2,795,687 1,428,995 142,001 4,082,681 18.9

2015 3,273,000 1,257,578 126,391 4,404,187 7.9

2016 4,916,400 1,306,732 194,338 6,028,794 36.9

2017 4,397,684 188,067 226,588 4,359,163 -27.7

2018 4,458,856 315,553 196,449 4,577,960 5.0

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION OF CEMENT

Tons

Year Imported ExportedProduction

Page 177: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

163

Table No.59

Item Unit 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018% Change

2017/18Biscuits Ton 7,435 12,053 16,423 17,440 18,225 19,204 15,890 16,451 16,911 2.80Wheat flour Ton 444,242 439,926 442,345 516,778 529,797 533,257 498,940 606,432 662,967 9.32Konyagi 000 Ltr 11,186 15,432 16,229 20,680 31,963 29,491 28,754 25,555 29,335 14.79Beer 000 Ltr 242,689 323,393 338,041 374,238 379,913 386,310 383,251 396,864 412,555 3.95Chibuku 000 Ltr 21,037 23,474 22,359 19,935 20,301 23,028 26,513 22,624 20,819 -7.98Cigarrettes Million 6,181 6,630 7,723 7,710 8,028 7,837 8,091 7,412 7,921 6.87Textiles 000 M2 103,177 101,820 81,437 97,522 119,458 100,491 76,436 52,052 52,613 1.08Sisal Ropes Ton 6,872 6,976 7,927 7,542 7,871 8,851 9,216 8,188 8,116 -0.88Fish nets Ton 247 164 272 297 279 311 312 196 228 16.33Canvas 000 M2 - - - - - 0 0 - - -Wood products M2 - 30,589 38,871 36,935 38,913 36,317 34,983 37,302 37,769 1.25Pyrethrum product 000 Ton 49 53 70 83 136 118 126 134 139 3.73Fertilizer 000 Ton - 11,200 - - - 0 0 - - -Paints 000 Ltr 28,201 31,211 35,025 36,623 38,308 38,372 35,096 40,146 47,928 19.38Petroleum products 000 Ton - - - - - 0 0 - - -Cement 000 Ton 2,313 2,409 2,558 2,369 2,795 3,135 4,572 4,398 4,459 1.39Iron sheets* Ton 33,384 39,955 46,690 48,500 56,752 62,612 65,686 231,591 275,267 18.86Corrugated iron Ton 71,276 76,912 81,427 85,314 86,825 91,385 91,421 84,541 84,132 -0.48Aluminium Ton 59 33 23 37 27 32 14 - - -Radio 000 Number - - - - - 0 0 - - -Batteries Million 93 89 68 75 93 87 69 122 115 -5.74

Source: National Bureau of Statistics & Ministry of Industry and Trade - No production*Iron sheet production data from 2018-2018 has been revised

PRODUCTION IN SELECTED INDUSTRIES

Page 178: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

164

Table No. 60

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

151-4 Food processing 63,863 67,056 70,409 73,929 77,625 84,611 21,466 22,540 23,667 24,850 26,092 28,441 85,330 89,596 94,076 98,779 103,718 113,052

155 Beverages 6,919 7,265 7,629 8,010 8,410 9,167 85 89 93 98 103 112 7,004 7,354 7,722 8,108 8,513 9,279

160 Tobacco and Cigarette 5,103 5,358 5,626 5,908 6,203 6,761 6 6 7 7 7 8 5,109 5,365 5,633 5,915 6,210 6,769

171-2,181 Textile Manufacturing 27,102 28,457 29,880 31,374 32,942 35,907 21,151 22,209 23,319 24,485 25,709 28,023 48,253 50,666 53,199 55,859 58,651 63,930

191 Skins and Skins products 1,410 1,480 1,554 1,632 1,713 1,868 316 332 348 366 384 419 1,726 1,812 1,902 1,998 2,097 2,286

201-202Timber and timber products

7,209 7,570 7,948 8,346 8,763 9,551 2,209 2,319 2,435 2,557 2,685 2,926 9,418 9,889 10,383 10,903 11,448 12,478

210 -221-

222

Manufac. of paper product,

printing 5,391 5,661 5,944 6,241 6,553 7,142 201 211 222 233 244 266 5,592 5,872 6,165 6,473 6,797 7,409

241 -2 Manufacturing of chemical7,209 7,569 7,948 8,345 8,762 9,551 227 238 250 263 276 301 7,436 7,808 8,198 8,608 9,038 9,852

251Rubber and Plastic products

4,286 4,500 4,725 4,961 5,209 5,678 57 59 62 65 69 75 4,342 4,559 4,787 5,027 5,278 5,753

261 - 9 Manufacturing of non-

metallic products 8,093 8,497 8,922 9,368 9,837 10,722 1,292 1,357 1,424 1,496 1,570 1,712 9,385 9,854 10,347 10,864 11,407 12,434

271 - 369 Others 30,303 31,818 33,409 35,079 36,833 40,148 17,201 18,061 18,964 19,912 20,908 22,790 47,504 49,879 52,373 54,992 57,741 62,938

Total 166,889 175,233 183,994 193,193 202,852 221,108 64,210 67,421 70,792 74,331 78,047 85,072 231,099 242,654 254,786 267,524 280,899 306,180

Source: National Bureau of Statistics* Revised Figures based on 2013 Industrial Census and 2015 and 2016 Industrial Production SurveysFormal Industries are those with 10 employees and more

ISIC (Rev 3) ActivityTotalPermanent Employees Others

INDUSTRIES - ESTIMATED NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

Page 179: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

165

Table No. 61 (Sh.million)

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

151-4 Food Processing 165,024 166,675 168,341 170,025 431,636 435,952 48,796 49,284 49,777 50,275 79,023 79,813 213,820 215,959 218,118 220,300 510,659 515,765

155 Beverages 101,137 102,148 103,169 104,201 264,531 267,177 69,423 70,117 70,818 71,526 112,426 113,550 170,560 172,265 173,987 175,727 376,957 380,727

160 Tobacco and Cigarettes 45,051 45,501 45,956 46,416 117,834 119,013 20,349 20,553 20,758 20,966 32,955 33,284 65,400 66,054 66,714 67,382 150,789 152,297

171-2, 181 Textile Manufacturing 50,198 50,700 51,207 51,719 131,297 132,610 42,794 43,222 43,654 44,090 69,302 69,995 92,992 93,922 94,861 95,809 200,599 202,605

191 Skins and skins products 2,852 2,881 2,910 2,939 7,461 7,535 466 470 475 480 754 762 3,318 3,351 3,385 3,419 8,215 8,297

201- 202 Timber and timber products 13,279 13,412 13,546 13,681 34,732 35,079 3,037 3,067 3,098 3,129 4,918 4,967 16,316 16,479 16,644 16,810 39,650 40,046

210-221-

222 Manuf. of paper products, printing 24,130 24,371 24,615 24,861 63,114 63,745 8,641 8,728 8,815 8,903 13,994 14,134 32,771 33,099 33,430 33,764 77,108 77,879

241-2 Manufacturing of chemical32,758 33,086 33,417 33,751 85,682 86,538 8,268 8,351 8,434 8,519 13,390 13,524 41,026 41,437 41,851 42,270 99,072 100,062

251 Rubber and plastic products 16,834 17,002 17,172 17,344 44,031 44,471 3,998 4,038 4,079 4,119 6,475 6,540 20,832 21,040 21,251 21,463 50,506 51,011

261 - 9Manufacture of non-metallic products 44,344 44,788 45,236 45,688 115,986 117,146 21,708 21,925 22,144 22,366 35,155 35,506 66,052 66,713 67,380 68,054 151,141 152,652

271 -369Others 73,154 73,886 74,625 75,371 191,342 193,255 24,588 24,834 25,082 25,333 39,818 40,217 97,742 98,720 99,707 100,704 231,160 233,472

Total 568,762 574,449 580,194 585,996 1,487,646 1,502,522 252,068 254,589 257,134 259,706 408,210 412,292 820,830 829,038 837,328 845,702 1,895,856 1,914,814

Source: National Bureau of Statistics

* Revised Figures based on 2013 Industrial Census and 2015 and 2016 Industrial Production Surveys

Formal Industries are those with 10 employees and more

ISIC

(Rev 3)Activity

Other PaymentSalaries Total

INDUSTRIES - ESTIMATED LABOUR COSTS

Page 180: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

166

Table No.62 (Tshs. Millions)

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

151-4 Food processing 4,231,129 4,273,440 4,316,175 4,359,336 6,549,583 6,615,079 2,322,611 2,345,838 2,350,020 2,296,401 3,010,077 3,040,178 1,908,518 1,927,603 1,966,155 2,062,936 3,539,505 3,574,901155 Bevarages 1,744,910 1,762,360 1,779,983 1,797,783 2,701,037 2,728,047 724,600 731,846 728,859 694,919 808,786 816,874 1,020,310 1,030,514 1,051,124 1,102,864 1,892,251 1,911,174160 Tobacco and Cigarettes 655,707 662,264 668,886 675,575 1,015,002 1,025,152 245,768 248,226 246,568 232,469 254,737 257,285 409,938 414,038 422,318 443,106 760,265 767,867171-2, 181 Textile Manufacturing 512,018 517,138 522,309 527,532 792,579 800,505 280,298 283,101 283,592 277,064 362,835 366,463 231,720 234,037 238,718 250,468 429,744 434,041191 Skins and Skins products 57,467 58,042 58,623 59,209 88,957 89,846 42,063 42,484 42,753 42,558 60,388 60,992 15,405 15,559 15,870 16,651 28,569 28,855201-202 Timber and timber products 155,563 157,119 158,690 160,277 240,805 243,213 68,791 69,479 69,297 66,484 79,878 80,677 86,772 87,640 89,393 93,793 160,927 162,536210-221-222 Manuf. of paper products, printing 281,228 284,040 286,881 289,750 435,327 439,681 191,843 193,761 194,796 193,132 269,555 272,251 89,385 90,279 92,085 96,617 165,772 167,430241-2 Manufacturing of chemical 615,973 622,133 628,354 634,638 953,497 963,032 423,562 427,798 430,133 426,659 596,655 602,621 192,411 194,335 198,222 207,979 356,842 360,411251 Rubber and Plastic Products 632,722 639,049 645,440 651,894 979,423 989,217 446,088 450,549 453,169 450,160 633,295 639,628 186,634 188,500 192,270 201,734 346,128 349,590261-9 Manufacture of non-metallic products 807,924 816,003 824,163 832,405 1,250,627 1,263,134 475,805 480,563 482,015 473,415 634,686 641,032 332,119 335,440 342,149 358,990 615,942 622,101271-369 Others 1,242,153 1,254,575 1,267,121 1,279,792 1,922,793 1,942,021 807,373 815,447 819,210 809,834 1,116,457 1,127,622 434,780 439,128 447,910 469,958 806,336 814,399

Total 10,936,795 11,046,163 11,156,625 11,268,191 16,929,630 17,098,926 6,028,804 6,089,092 6,100,412 5,963,094 7,827,349 7,905,622 4,907,992 4,957,072 5,056,213 5,305,097 9,102,281 9,193,304

Source: National Bureau of Statistics* Revised Figures based on 2013 Industrial Census and 2015 and 2016 Industrial Production SurveysFormal Industries are those with 10 employees and more

Earnings

INDUSTRIES - SUMMARY STATISTICS

ISIC (Rev 3) Activity

Costs Value Added

Page 181: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

167

Table No.63

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dodoma 5,032 5,284 3,048 2,895 3,039 3,313 3,239 3,401 2,201 2,090 2,195 2,392 3,848 3,886 7,580 17,729 18,616 18,802 22,501 22,726 64,116 105,955 115,042 116,192

Arusha 15,482 16,257 21,624 22,705 23,840 25,986 13,015 13,665 15,616 16,397 17,216 18,766 36,788 37,156 80,881 60,196 63,206 63,838 222,748 224,976 684,124 359,746 390,599 394,505

Kilimanjaro 9,034 9,485 16,238 17,049 17,901 19,512 7,073 7,426 11,726 12,312 12,927 14,091 43,613 44,049 51,158 76,247 80,059 80,860 148,593 150,079 432,717 455,668 494,748 499,696

Tanga 12,785 13,425 10,448 12,869 13,513 14,729 10,603 11,133 7,545 9,294 9,758 10,637 22,653 22,880 28,352 95,014 99,765 100,762 165,283 166,936 239,817 567,824 616,523 622,689

Morogoro 20,992 22,042 38,410 40,331 42,347 46,159 16,739 17,576 27,738 29,125 30,581 33,333 44,971 45,421 34,780 40,309 42,324 42,748 619,838 626,036 294,187 240,895 261,555 264,170

Pwani 5,137 5,394 11,216 12,554 13,181 14,368 3,271 3,435 8,100 9,066 9,519 10,376 6,862 6,930 43,754 57,189 60,048 60,649 19,648 19,845 370,094 341,774 371,086 374,796

Dar es Salaam 53,137 55,794 83,790 86,320 90,635 98,793 43,688 45,872 60,509 62,336 65,453 71,343 163,138 164,770 484,349 813,534 854,210 862,752 1,354,652 1,368,198 4,096,841 4,861,845 5,278,818 5,331,606

Lindi 2,756 2,894 579 1,288 1,352 1,474 1,476 1,550 418 930 977 1,065 925 934 326 362 380 384 4,700 4,747 2,758 2,164 2,349 2,373

Mtwara 3,231 3,392 3,274 3,733 3,919 4,272 1,680 1,764 2,364 2,696 2,830 3,085 2,464 2,489 4,264 13,490 14,165 14,307 27,969 28,248 36,067 80,622 87,536 88,411

Ruvuma 7,015 7,366 2,187 2,408 2,529 2,756 2,520 2,646 1,579 1,739 1,826 1,991 2,159 2,180 3,962 2,721 2,857 2,885 12,690 12,817 33,516 16,260 17,655 17,831

Iringa 9,453 9,926 7,386 6,419 6,740 7,346 6,844 7,186 5,334 4,635 4,867 5,305 11,438 11,553 13,955 32,181 33,790 34,128 64,853 65,502 118,042 192,320 208,815 210,903

Mbeya 9,576 10,055 7,321 7,687 8,072 8,798 6,246 6,558 5,287 5,551 5,829 6,353 27,089 27,360 13,816 65,472 68,745 69,433 184,137 185,979 116,865 391,272 424,829 429,078

Singida 5,281 5,545 3,041 2,975 3,123 3,404 3,480 3,654 2,196 2,148 2,256 2,459 1,686 1,703 1,602 2,354 2,472 2,497 20,053 20,254 13,550 14,070 15,276 15,429

Tabora 2,728 2,865 901 947 994 1,084 1,778 1,867 651 684 718 782 7,078 7,149 11,206 12,986 13,635 13,772 49,174 49,666 94,782 77,606 84,262 85,105

Rukwa 2,088 2,192 2,097 1,981 2,080 2,267 806 846 1,515 1,431 1,502 1,637 722 729 7,589 7,501 7,876 7,955 34,757 35,105 64,189 44,826 48,671 49,157

Kigoma 2,652 2,785 2,584 2,411 2,532 2,760 1,321 1,387 1,866 1,741 1,828 1,993 1,470 1,485 1,052 1,264 1,327 1,341 18,215 18,397 8,902 7,556 8,204 8,286

Shinyanga 8,966 9,415 3,653 3,547 3,724 4,059 7,201 7,561 2,638 2,561 2,689 2,932 109,752 110,849 18,572 12,898 13,543 13,679 535,417 540,771 157,088 77,083 83,695 84,531

Kagera 12,654 13,287 4,826 4,620 4,851 5,288 9,005 9,455 3,485 3,337 3,504 3,819 8,332 8,415 4,582 6,006 6,306 6,369 52,448 52,973 38,754 35,892 38,970 39,359

Mwanza 9,133 9,589 12,951 14,148 14,856 16,193 7,317 7,683 9,353 10,217 10,728 11,694 20,983 21,193 51,499 75,414 79,185 79,976 169,923 171,623 435,598 450,689 489,342 494,235

Mara 12,611 13,241 4,745 4,533 4,760 5,188 5,969 6,267 3,427 3,273 3,437 3,746 18,615 18,801 3,463 6,589 6,918 6,988 614,399 620,543 29,289 39,377 42,754 43,182

Manyara 10,515 11,040 6,053 6,594 6,924 7,547 7,653 8,036 4,371 4,762 5,000 5,450 9,479 9,574 3,233 3,138 3,294 3,327 45,947 46,407 27,344 18,751 20,359 20,563

Njombe 4,931 5,177 3,360 3,529 3,705 4,039 2,427 2,549 2,427 2,548 2,676 2,917 1,542 1,557 2,536 5,988 6,288 6,350 14,689 14,836 21,450 35,786 38,856 39,244

Katavi 460 483 1,302 1,829 1,920 2,093 294 309 940 1,320 1,387 1,511 32 32 329 1,288 1,352 1,366 1,514 1,530 2,785 7,698 8,358 8,441

Simiyu 1,988 2,087 2,141 2,248 2,361 2,573 928 974 1,546 1,624 1,705 1,858 237 239 2,404 4,809 5,050 5,100 4,078 4,119 20,333 28,742 31,207 31,519

Geita 3,459 3,632 530 772 810 883 2,318 2,434 383 557 585 638 22,887 23,116 288 237 249 251 499,762 504,759 2,439 1,415 1,536 1,551

Songwe 1,079 1,132 1,189 1,296 779 818 859 936 712 1,889 1,984 2,004 6,019 11,290 12,259 12,381

Jumla 231,098 242,654 254,786 267,524 280,899 306,180 166,889 175,233 183,994 193,193 202,852 221,108 568,762 574,449 876,245 1,416,806 1,487,646 1,502,522 4,907,992 4,957,072 7,411,668 8,467,124 9,193,302 9,285,235

Source: National Bureau of Statistics* Revised Figures based on 2013 Industrial Census and 2015 and 2016 Industrial Production SurveysFormal Industries are those with 10 employees and more

INDUSTRIES: REGION SUMMARIES

Number of Workers Permanent Employees Salaries (TShs.Millions) Gross Value Added (Tshs. Million)Region

Page 182: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

168

Table No. 65

% Contribution Growth in % Contribution % Contribution % Change

Year to GDP manufacturing Sector to Total Exports to Non-traditional in industrial

(at current prices) (at 2015 prices) Exports Exports

2012 9.44 17.6 24.90

2013 9.11 3.7 20.4 28.95 3.4

2014 9.12 10.0 23.3 32.63 15.6

2015 7.86 7.1 25.3 33.14 10.1

2016 7.81 10.8 19.5 23.53 -20.0

2017 7.67 8.2 15.0 22.44 -36.5

2018 8.05 8.3 18.1 24.76 14.5

Source: Ministry of Finance and Planning

PERFORMANCE INDICATORS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR

Page 183: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

169

CHAPTER 15

CONSTRUCTION AND LAND DEVELOPMENT

CONSTRUCTION

Road Network

263. The road network in the country is 86,472 kilometres long. The network

comprises of 12,176 kilometres of trunk roads connecting regions and

neighbouring countries, 24,082 kilometres of regional road connecting

districts and towns and 50,214 kilometres of district roads connecting districts,

wards and villages.

264. In 2018, trunk and regional roads in bitumen and gravels standards was

36,260 kilometres long compared to 35,000 kilometres in 2017. The increase

was on account of upgrading some of district roads to regional roads. Further,

other roads that were under district councils were transferred to TANROADS.

Out of 36,260 kilometres of trunk and regional roads, 32,852 kilometres were

assessed, out of which 11,043 kilometres, equivalent to 34 percent were in

good condition compared to 11,681 kilometres in 2017. The roads in good

condition decreased as a result of including district roads that were in bad

condition to the roads network serviced by TANROADS. Furthermore, 17,592

kilometres, equivalent to 54 percent were in fair condition compared to 16,639

kilometres in 2017 and 4,217 kilometres, equivalent to 13 percent were in bad

condition compared to 3,849 kilometres in 2017. Roads in bad condition also

increased since district roads in bad condition were added to road network

serviced by TANROADS.

265. As of December 2018, trunk roads in bitumen and gravel standards that

were assessed had a total of 10,490 kilometres, equivalent to 31.9 percent of

trunk roads compared to 10,065 kilometres in 2017. Out of those, 6,325

kilometres equivalent to 60.3 percent were in good condition compared to

6,324.9 kilometres in 2017. Further, 2,951 kilometres of trunk roads,

equivalent to 28.1 percent were in fair condition compared to 2,734.9

kilometres in 2017. The roads in fair condition increased on account of regular

maintenance. In addition, 1,214 kilometres of trunk roads, equivalent to 11.6

percent were in bad condition compared to 977 kilometres in 2017. This was

due to inclusion of district roads that were in bad condition to road network

serviced by TANROADS.

266. Regional roads in bitumen and gravel/earth standards that were assessed

had 22,362 kilometres in 2018 compared to 21,660 kilometres in 2017. Out of

those, 4,718 kilometres, equivalent to 21 percent were in good condition

compared to 5,285 kilometres in 2017. The roads in good condition decreased

Page 184: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

170

due to addition of district roads which were in bad condition to the road

network serviced by TANROADS. Further, 14,641 kilometres, equivalent to

65.5 percent were in fair condition compared to 13,663 kilometres in 2017.

The roads in fair condition increased on account of regular maintenance.

Roads with the length of 3,003 kilometres, equivalent to 13.4 percent were in

bad condition compared to 2,712 kilometres in 2017. The increase in roads

with bad condition was due to inclusion of district roads which were in bad

condition to the road network serviced by TANROADS. Table No. 15.1

shows the condition of road network as at December 2018.

Table No.15.1: Road Network Condition as at December, 2018

Type of the Road

Road Network Condition Total

Good Average Bad

km % km % km % km

Trunk Roads (Tarmac) 5,771 72.2 1,248 15.6 971 12.2 7,990

Trunk Roads

(Gravel/earth)

554 22.2 1,703 68.1 243 9.7 2,500

Sub-Total 6,325 60.3 2,951 28.1 1,214 11.6 10,490

Regional Roads (Tarmac)

754 49.7 314 20.7 449 29.6 1,517

Regional Roads

(Gravel/earth)

3,964 19 14,327 68.7 2,554 12.3 20,845

Sub-Total 4,718 21.1 14,641 65.5 3,003 13.4 22,362

Total 11,043 33.6 17,592 53.5 4,216 12.8 32,852

Source: Ministry of Works, Transport and Communication

Maintenance of Roads, Vehicles, Bridges and Ferries

267. In 2018, a total of 29,084.60 kilometres of trunk and regional roads were

maintained by TANROADS compared to 26,712 kilometres in 2017. The road

network maintained in 2018 increased compared to 2017 on account of

availability of funds. In addition, 2,679 bridges were maintained compared to

2,742 bridges in 2017. The number of bridges maintained decreased due to

prolonged maintenance and repairs of bridges that were destroyed by heavy

rains in November 2018.

268. In 2018, the Government through Tanzania Electrical, Mechanical and

Electronics Services Agency (TEMESA) procured a new ferry (MV Mwanza)

with carrying capacity of 250 tons (equivalent to 1,000 passengers and 36

small vehicles) for the purpose of improving transport services between

Kigongo and Busisi in Mwanza region. During that period, 25,458,445

passengers and 3,253,166 kilograms of cargo were ferried compared to

25,457,445 passengers and 3,003,166 kilograms of cargo ferried in 2017. In

addition, the Government continued to undertake maintenance of the existing

ferries, improve docking infrastructure and construction of new docks.

Further, the Government through TEMESA maintained 29,083 vehicles

Page 185: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

171

compared to 14,380 vehicles in 2017, equivalent to 102 percent increase. The

increase was a result of improvement of workshops through installation of

modern equipment and provision of training to technicians.

Road Network under Tanzania Rural and Urban Roads Agency

269. In 2018, the Tanzania Rural and Urban Roads Agency (TARURA) was

entrusted to handle 108,946.19 kilometres of road network. Out of those,

tarmac roads were 1,449.55 kilometres, equivalent to 1.3 percent; gravel roads

were 24,405.40 kilometres, equivalent to 22.4 percent; and earth roads were

83,091.24 kilometres, equivalent to 76.3 percent. Table No. 15.2 shows the

condition of road network under TARURA.

Table No. 15.2: Condition of Road Network as of December 2018/19

Type of Road

Condition of Road Network

Total Percenta

ge Good Satisfactory Not

Satisfactory

Tarmac Roads 1,026.27 283.37 139.91 1,449.55 1.3

Gravel Roads 9,732.45 9,597.37 5,075.58 24,405.40 22.4

Earth Roads 13,853.49 27,374.52 41,863.23 83,091.24 76.3

Total 24,612.21 37,255.26 47,078.72 108,946.19 100.0

Source: PO-RALG

270. As of March 2019, the Agency undertook maintenance of 12,855

kilometres of road network, equivalent to 54 percent of the annual target as

indicated in the Table No. 15.3. In addition, 98 new bridges and 1,014

culverts were constructed, 56 bridges were maintained and 805.92 sqm of

drifts were constructed.

Road Fund Board

271. In 2018, Road Fund Board collected shillings 746 billion compared to

shillings 793 billion in 2017, equivalent to 5.9 percent decrease. In addition,

the funds disbursed to institutions implementing the road projects financed by

the Fund amounted to shillings 771 billion compared to shillings 758 billion in

2017. Further, the Board audited 523 road projects compared to 762 projects

in 2017. The decrease in the number of projects audited was a result of

increase in audit scope whereby financial audit component was added on top

of technical audit previously conducted.

Tanzania Buildings Agency and Government Buildings

272. In 2018, Tanzania Building Agency (TBA) continued to administer 420

projects of construction and renovation of Government houses and buildings

compared to 292 projects in 2017. As of December 2018, a total of 168

projects of houses and buildings renovation were administered compared to

Page 186: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

172

128 projects in 2017. The increase in construction and renovation of houses

and buildings projects was a result of application of new technology; use of

new and modern plants including concrete mixers capable of mixing 60 cubic

meters of concrete per hour; use of quality assessment equipment that can be

used without damaging the building; procurement of construction materials

directly from factories; and charging of small administration fees on

construction and renovation projects which attracted more clients. In addition,

residential houses leased to Government employees and commercial houses

leased to general public increased to 5,992 in 2018 from 5,941 houses in 2017.

This was a result of increase in demand for quality and low-cost houses.

Contractors Registration Board

273. In 2018, Contractors Registration Board registered a total of 832

contractors compared to 875 contractors in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of

4.9 percent. This makes the total number of registered contractors to be 9,897

as of December 2018 compared to 9,065 contractors in the corresponding

period in 2017. In addition, the Board registered 3,575 construction projects

compared to 3,600 projects in 2017. This was due to decrease in registration of

contractors. Further, the Board audited 3,827 projects, out of which 2,748

projects, equivalent to 72 percent had no queries and 1,079 projects,

equivalent to 28 percent had queries. The noted weaknesses include: non-

registration of contractors and projects; non installation of placards for the

projects; and non-adherence to the health and workers’ safety laws. Legal

measures taken against contractors implementing projects with queries include

fines; temporary suspension; and prosecution. Furthermore, the Board

prosecuted 52 suspects who were implementing the projects by using non-

contractors compared to 45 suspects in 2017.

Engineers Registration Board

274. The Engineers Registration Board registered 23,416 engineers in 2018

compared to 20,138 engineers in 2017. This was attributed to increased

number of registered graduates as a result of increase in engineering economic

activities especially manufacturing, and construction of railway, roads, ports

and airports infrastructure. Out of the registered engineers, Tanzanians were

21,386 and foreigners were 2,030. In addition, the Board registered 333

engineering consulting companies, out of which 232 were local companies and

101 were foreign companies compared to 318 companies registered in 2017,

out of which 224 were local companies and 94 were foreign companies.

During the period, the Board registered 556 consultant engineers, out of which

426 were Tanzanians and 130 were foreigners. Further, the Board registered

29 laboratories for construction equipment and engineering.

Page 187: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

173

275. In 2018, a total of 5,814 engineers were trained compared to 4,695

engineers in 2017. Out of those, 3,253 engineers graduated and registered as

professional engineers. This was a result of increase in awareness of engineers

on the need to register their profession. In addition, the Board registered 769

construction projects and audited 124 projects compared to 723 projects

registered and 97 projects audited in 2017. The increase was on account of

awareness of the stakeholders on the importance of registering their projects.

Architects and Quantity Surveyors Registration Board

276. In 2018, the Architect and Quantity Surveyors Registration Board

registered 1,021 professionals compared to 907 professionals in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 12.6 percent. This was due to the increased

number of graduates registered for Board examinations in the respective year

as a result of sensitization carried out by the Board. Out of the registered

professionals, 987 were Tanzanians and 34 were foreigners. During the period,

368 architect and quantity surveyors’ companies were registered compared to

363 companies in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 1.4 percent. The increase

was a result of continued effort by the Board to sensitise real estate developers

to make use of services offered by registered professionals as required by the

Act No. 4 of 2010. Out of the registered companies, 359 were local and nine

were foreign.

277. In 2018, a total of 1,666 building projects were audited compared to

1,943 projects audited in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 14.3 percent. The

decrease was a result of low awareness of developers on the importance of

using services of the architect and quantity surveyors when implementing their

projects, especially private residence developers. In addition, 885 building

construction projects were registered compared to 800 projects registered in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 10.6 percent. The increase was a result of

continued Board’s effort to sensitize building developers and the society at

large on the importance of using consultancy services provided by architect

and quantity surveyors. Further, 106 graduates attended practical training in

architect and quantity survey cadre in 2018 compared to 47 graduates in 2017.

National Construction Council

278. In 2018, the National Construction Council conducted technical audit of

199 projects compared to 190 projects in 2017. In addition, the Council

resolved 153 construction disputes compared to 46 disputes in 2017. The

increase in dispute resolution resulted from increased stakeholders’ awareness

on their legal and contractual rights. Out of 153 resolved disputes, 22 disputes

were registered for initial resolution. Further, the Council conducted training

regarding law and dispute resolution procedures in construction projects to 36

stakeholders compared to 8 stakeholders in 2017.

Page 188: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

174

LAND DEVELOPMENT

Title Deeds Preparation, Inspection and Verification

279. In 2018, a total of 61,987 plot and farm title deeds were prepared in

eight lands zones compared to 39,418 title deeds prepared in 2017. In addition,

3,500 notices of nullification of ownership were sent to tenants who violated

terms of land lease compared to 1,242 notices in 2017. Further, 6,499 land

disputes were resolved administratively compared to 6,811 disputes resolved

in 2017. On the other hand, 186,186 customary land titles were issued to

citizens in 2018 compared to 87,703 customary land titles issued in 2017. The

increase in the issuance of customary land titles resulted from continued

implementation of Land Tenure Support Programme that enables planning,

surveying and titling of land.

Registration of Title Deeds and Legal Documents

280. In 2018, the Government registered 93,706 title deeds and legal

documents compared to 49,728 title deeds and legal documents registered in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 88.4 percent. Out of those, land titles were

41,522; condominium titles were 844; and other legal documents were 51,340.

Table No. 15.4: Registration of Title Deeds and Legal Documents

Title Deeds and Legal Documents

Registered 2015 2016 2017 2018

Land ownership titles registered under

Land Registration Act 31,254 33,257 21,743 41,522

Condominium titles registered under

Unit Title Act No. 17/2008. 1,541 1,410 827 844

Legal documents registered under

Titles Registration Act No. 334 29,546 34,682 13,821 27,716

Documents registered under

Registration of Document Act CAP

No. 117

13,041 20,525 13,027 21,807

Documents registered under Chattels

Transfer Act CAP No. 210

2,082 1,313 310 1,817

Total 77,464 91,187 49,728 93,706

Source: Ministry of Land, Housing and Human Settlement

Assets Valuation for Multiple Purposes

281. In 2018, the Government approved 26,096 valuation reports compared to

14,483 reports approved in 2017. The approved reports include reports

received from Local Government Authorities, private valuation companies and

the Central Government.

Page 189: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

175

Plots and Farms Survey

282. In 2018, the Government approved maps with 235,752 plots and 2,159

farms in 26 regions in Tanzania Mainland compared to 170,442 plots and 445

farms approved in 2017. The details of the plots and farms approved are

indicated in Table No. 15.5.

Table No.15.5: Approved Plots and Farms

Region

Titles Approved in

2016

Titles Approved in

2017

Titles Approved in

2018

Plots Farms Plots Farms Plots Farms

Arusha 1769 19 1392 18 3,547 17

Coastal

Region 21539 190 36974 107 18,108 1,010

DSM 29985 1 28079 0 19,096 0

Dodoma 1653 0 3622 5 38,230 0

Geita 1808 0 5279 0 4,176 0

Iringa 1893 38 4531 26 4,222 9

Kagera 1211 9 2959 2 6,160 25

Katavi 767 0 2858 1 1,912 0

Kigoma 4773 0 1893 2 3,201 835

Kilimanja

ro 1284 58 1532 36 1,612 20

Lindi 3000 4 7253 0 3,113 15

Manyara 1198 14 1668 86 3,375 4

Mara 4998 0 2326 16 3,003 5

Mbeya 2093 15 3473 17 5,015 9

Morogoro 6538 4 5298 73 12,050 138

Mtwara 4847 2 4737 1 4,413 0

Mwanza 6042 0 22910 0 45,494 8

Njombe 1829 11 2870 6 5,088 60

Ruvuma 2368 0 1112 0 2,513 0

Rukwa 248 8 2388 9 792 4

Simiyu 832 0 2720 14 3,521 0

Singida 4101 1 8934 8 7,233 0

Songwe 1022 0 98 1 4,489 0

Shinyanga 4690 0 5028 0 22,128 0

Tabora 11524 0 4265 1 3,047 0

Tanga 1715 17 6223 26 10,214 0

Total 123,727 391 170,422 455 235,752 2,159

Source: Ministry of Land, Housing and Human Settlement

Land Use Plans

283. In 2018, land use plans for 125 villages were prepared in 23 districts

compared to land use plans for 47 villages in 15 districts prepared in 2017.

Page 190: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

176

Table No.15.6: Villages with Land Use Plans in 2018

Region District Name of the Village No. of

Villages

Arusha Karatu Jobay, Qng’dend, Kitete, Endamanagh, Mbuga Nyekundu, Mahhahha, Slahham,

Getmock, Kilimamoja, Chemchem, Kambi

ya Simba na Huduma

12

Ngorongoro Engaleselo 1

Njombe Makete Ihela, Mago, Malambuli, Ibaga, Isungilo, Ukwama, Ikungula, Ugabwa, Kisasatu and

Utengule na Ilindima

11

Ludewa Kipangala, Ntumbati and Mkongobaki 3

Ruvuma Mbinga Paradiso, Ntunduwalo and Ukombozi 3

Nyasa Mtupale, Lundo and Kihuru 3

Tanga Muheza Magambo miembeni, Kazita na Kwemsoso 3

Handeni Bondo, Msomera 2

Mkinga Kuzekibango, Boshakwemtinde 2

Iringa Mufindi Ugeza, Manguli, Usokami, Mkungu,

Mapogolo, Lugodalutali, Utosi,

Igombavanu, Uhambila and Kibada

10

Dodoma Kondoa Kille cha ng’ombe, Boma ya Ng’ombe, Kwadelo, Itaswi, Haire, Mauno, Chubi,

Mnenia, na Kisaki

9

Simiyu Bariadi Nyamikoma, Igabanhilo, Mwantimba, Matongo, Salalia na Senta

6

Mara Bunda Kihumbu, Hunyari, Mariwanda na

Sarakwa. 4

Kigoma Uvinza Mlela, Nyanganga, Mgambazi, Rukoma and Lubalisi.

5

Shinyanga Shinyanga Nsalala and Welezo 2

Lindi Lindi Mnara, Chikombe, Mtakuja and Ntauna 4

Kilwa Mchakama, Ngea, Pungutini, Kikole, Kisangi, Kipindimbi, Mitole

7

Mtwara Nanyumbu Nakopi and Chilunda 2

Morogoro Kilombero Mkasu, Bwawani, Mpanga, Idete, Idete B,

Ihenga, Chiwakiwa, Mkusi, Nakaguru, Lukorongo, Mngeta, Kidete, Mkangawalo,

Ichongoa

14

Malinyi Tanga, Ngoheranga, Kilosa Mpepo,

Ihowanja, Mbalinyi, Biro, Kiswago, Sofi Mission, Kalengakero, Usangule A,

Usangule B.

11

Mvomero Vinile, Bunduki, Magurue 3

Morogoro Tandai, Amini, Tawa, Kitungwa, Ludewa, Lung’ara

6

Jumla 47

Source: National Land Use Planning Commission

District Land and Housing Tribunals

284. In 2018, a total of 23,002 new disputes were filed in District Land and

Housing Tribunals. Out of that, 19,287 disputes were resolved and 27,523

Page 191: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

177

disputes were on process of resolution compared to 21,561 disputes resolved

in 2017 out of 23,814 disputes.

HOUSING DEVELOPMENT

Construction of Residential and Commercial Houses

285. In 2018, National Housing Corporation (NHC) constructed 2,954 houses

compared to 2,738 houses constructed in 2017. Out of those, low cost houses

were 832, medium and high cost houses were 1,188 and commercial houses

were 934 compared to 616 low cost houses, 1,188 medium and high cost

houses and 934 commercial houses in 2017. In addition, Watumishi Housing

Corporation (WHC) constructed 98 houses in 2018 compared to 196 houses in

2017.

Housing Mortgage

286. In 2018, Tanzania Mortgage Refinancing Company (TMRC) facilitated

provision of 4,996 mortgage loans valued at shillings 421.07 billion compared

to 4,174 mortgage loans worth shillings 344.84 billion in 2017.

Page 192: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

178

CHAPTER 16

TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION

TRANSPORT

Road Transport

287. In 2018, a total of 176,282 transport licenses were issued compared to

160,915 licenses in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 9.5 percent. Of those,

46,449 licenses were issued for long distance buses and commuter buses,

113,345 licenses for trucks with carrying capacity of at least three tons and

16,488 licenses for commercial motorcycles/motor- tricycles. The increase

was due to awareness campaign on the importance of licenses, improvement

of ICT system used in licensing and penalties charged on unauthorized

transport service providers.

Table. No. 16.1: Number of Licenses Issued

Licenses 2015 2016 2017 2018 Change

(%)

Passenger buses 47,451 46,691 46,612 46,449 -0.3

Cargo Trucks 81,567 87,383 99,484 113,345 13.9

Motorcycles

/motor-tricycles

6,054 12,900 14,819 16,488 11.3

Total 135,072 146,974 160,915 176,282 9.5

Source: SUMATRA

288. In 2018, road accidents decreased by 32.4 percent to 1,965 accidents

from 2,908 accidents in 2017. Out of those, 620 accidents were caused by

passenger buses, 469 accidents by cargo trucks and 876 accidents by

motorcycles / motor-tricycles. The decrease in road accident was a result of

use of vehicle tracking system, drivers’ alcohol testing (use of alcohol

breathalysers), the use of two drivers for long trip with more than eight hours

and regular bus inspections accompanied with suspension of defective buses.

Table No. 16.2: Road Accidents

Accidents 2016 2017 2018 Change (%)

Passenger buses 1,413 842 620 -26.4

Cargo Trucks 920 607 469 -22.7

Motorcycles/motor-tricycle 2,544 1,459 876 -40.0

Total 4,877 2,908 1,965 -32.4

Source: SUMATRA

Page 193: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

179

Railways Transport

Tanzania Railway Corporation

289. In 2018, Tanzania Railway Corporation (TRC) transported 379,321

tons of cargo covering a distance of 375,901,609km compared to 351,758 tons

transported in 2017 covering a distance of 360,955,000km, equivalent to an

increase of 7.8 percent. The increase was due to decline in cargo transportation

cost to Uganda and increase in cargo for construction of SGR from Dar es

Salaam port to construction camps. In the same period, 589,608 passengers

were transported covering a distance of 404,296,156km compared to 566,135

passengers transported in 2017 covering a distance of 386,441,976km,

equivalent to an increase of 4.1 percent. The increase was due to decrease in

Kigoma route fare.

290. In 2018, Dar es Salaam commuter train transported 5,382,497

passengers covering a distance of 172,239,904km compared to 5,786,360

passengers transported in 2017 covering a distance of 185,165,520km,

equivalent to a decrease of 7.0 percent. The decrease was a result of temporary

shift of passenger station from Stesheni to KAMATA to pave the way for the

on-going railway construction.

Tanzania and Zambia Railway Authority

291. In 2017/18, Tanzania and Zambia Railways Authority (TAZARA)

transported 220,818 tons of cargo compared to 171,405 tons in 2016/17,

equivalent to an increase of 28.8 percent. This was due to repairs and

maintenance of wagons, locomotives and railways.

Table No.16.3: Cargo Transported

Cargo Classification 2016/2017 2017/2018 Change (%)

Exported Cargo 84,864 99,491 17.2

Imported Cargo 39,541 88,067 122.7

Cargo within TAZARA 47,000 33,260 -29.2

Total 171,405 2209,818 28.8

Source: TAZARA

292. In 2017/18, TAZARA transported a total of 543,196 passengers through

main line compared to 483,856 passengers in 2016/17, equivalent to an

increase of 12.3 percent. In addition, Udzungwa train transported 393,570

passengers compared to 294,031 passengers in 2016/17, equivalent to an

increase of 33.9 percent. Further, TAZARA through Dar es Salaam commuter

train services transported 2,418,807 passengers compared to 2,579,756

passengers in 2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of 6.2 percent. The decrease

was due to inadequate passenger wagons.

Page 194: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

180

Air Transport

Tanzania Civil Aviation Authority

293. In 2018, a total of 43 airline companies were providing air transport

services compared to 45 companies in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 4.4

percent. The decrease was caused by termination of services by some

companies. During the review period, 5,187,723 passengers arrived in and

departed from Tanzania airports compared to 5,013,430 passengers in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 3.5 percent. This was due to an increase in weekly

flights by service providers, signing of air transport contracts between

Tanzania and other countries, improvement of airport infrastructures and

increased tourism activities in the country. In addition, through the Bilateral

Air Service Agreement - BASA, up to December 2018, there were 28

international airline companies (domestic and international) that were

providing services compared to 30 companies in 2017, equivalent to a

decrease of 6.7 percent.

Chart No. 16.1: Number of Passengers Arrived in and Departed from

Tanzania Airports

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

DOMESTIC 1,975,923 2,845,985 2,733,641 2,756,372 2,593,862

INTERNATIONAL 2,903,472 2,004,032 2,226,011 2,257,058 2,593,862

TOTAL 4,879,395 4,850,017 4,959,652 5,013,430 5,187,724

-

1,000,000

2,000,000

3,000,000

4,000,000

5,000,000

6,000,000

Number of Passengers

Source: Tanzania Civil Aviation Authority

294. In 2018, the number of flights increased to 246,072 from 237,382 in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 3.7 percent. This was due to an increase in

number of Air Tanzania Company Limited (ATCL) aircrafts. In addition,

cargo transported increased by 1.7 percent to 27,910 tons from 27,449 tons in

2017. The increase was caused by the importation of machines for investment

and construction of infrastructure such as standard gauge railway.

Page 195: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

181

Chart No. 16.2: Number of Flights

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

DOMESTIC 192,088 186,728 190,422 194,405 202,402

INTERNATIONAL 38,784 38,375 42,838 42,977 43,670

TOTAL 230,872 225,103 233,260 237,382 246,072

-

50,000

100,000

150,000

200,000

250,000

300,000

Air Flighs

Source: Tanzania Civil Aviation Authority

Chart No.16.3: Cargo Transported

Source: Tanzania Civil Aviation Authority

Air Tanzania Company Limited

295. In 2017/18, Air Tanzania Company Limited (ATCL) continued to

provide services to 11 airports in the country, which are: Bukoba, Dar es

Salaam, Dodoma, Kigoma, Kilimanjaro, Mbeya, Mwanza, Mtwara, Songea,

Tabora and Zanzibar. Likewise, ATCL provided services to Hahaya airport in

Comoros. In addition, ATCL transported 242,668 passengers in 2017/18

compared to 107,207 in 2016/17. The increase in passengers was due to

procurement of one new aircraft, increased number of scheduled flights in

Dodoma and Mwanza airports and improved customer service. In addition, the

Page 196: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

182

volume of cargo transported by ATCL within the country increased to

348,624kg in 2017/18 from 127,936kg in 2016/17. The increase in freight was

due to improved customer service and increased number of scheduled flights

in Dodoma and Mwanza airports.

Tanzania Port Authority

296. In 2017/18, Tanzania Ports Authority (TPA) handled 16.2 million tons

of cargo compared to 14.7 million tons in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase

of 9.8 percent. This was due to: decision by the Government to scrap single

customs territory arrangements which was used between Tanzania and

Democratic Republic of Congo; removal of Value Added Tax (VAT) to transit

cargo; marketing promotion strategy by the Authority; increased number of

big vessels; and improved efficiency in service provision. In addition, cargo

increased in Dar es Salaam, Tanga and Kigoma ports. On the other hand,

cargo decreased in Mtwara, Mwanza, Kilwa, Lindi, Mafia and Kyela ports.

The decrease of cargo was due to inadequate number of cargo ships; frequent

shipwrecks; and the use of private docks at the lake ports. The cargo handled

is as indicated in Table No. 16.4.

Table No. 16.4: Cargo Handled (000, Tons)

Stations (Ports) 2014/2015 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 Percentage

Change

Major Coastal Ports

Dar es Salaam 14,803.0 14,033.0 13,561.0 14,863.0 9.6%

Tanga 645.0 677.0 486.0 647.0 33.1%

Mtwara 296.6 273.0 378.0 363.0 -4.0%

Sub-Total 15,744.6 14,983.0 14,425.0 15,873.0 10.0%

Minor Ports and Great Lake Ports

Kilwa, Lindi and

Mafia 26.0 46.0 41.0 18.0 -56.1%

Mwanza 129.0 123.0 124.0 85.0 -31.5%

Kigoma 99.0 139.0 137.0 197.0 43.8%

Kyela 2.0 0.4 6.0 0.4 -93.3%

Sub-Total 256.0 308.4 308.0 300.4 -2.5%

Grand Total 16,000.6 15,291.4 14,733.0 16,173.4 9.8%

Source: Tanzania Ports Authority

297. In 2017/18, TPA served a total of 2,185,084 passengers compared to

2,037,853 passengers served in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 7.2

percent. During the period under review, passengers served at Dar es Salaam

and Mwanza ports increased while those served at Kigoma and Kyela ports

decreased.

298. In 2016/17, the number of containers handled by general cargo terminal

under TPA decreased from 130,893 TEUs in 2015/16 to 108,088 containers

(TEUs), equivalent to a decrease of 17.4 percent. In addition, Tanzania

Page 197: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

183

International Container Terminal Services (TICTS) handled 445,494

containers (TEUs) compared to 497,769 containers (TEUs) in 2015/16,

equivalent to a decrease of 10.5 percent.

Table No. 16.6: Number of Passengers Served

Ports 2013/14 2014/15 2015/2016 2016/17 2017/18

Dar es Salaam 1,412,357 1,569,053 1,614,831 1,848,937 1,884,125

Tanga 12,747 - - 10,508 45,820

Mwanza 735,794 340,125 206,763 165,098 246,462

Kigoma 15,239 38,749 4,700 9,895 7,710

Kyela 12,325 15,541 1,372 3,415 967

Total 2,188,462 1,963,468 1,827,666 2,037,853 2,185,084

Sources: Tanzania Ports Authority

Time Taken by Ship before Offloading

299. In 2017/18, the average time taken by ship at container terminal before

offloading decreased to 1.8 days from 2.1 days in 2016/17. In addition, at

general cargo terminal, average time taken to offload increased to 3.3 days

from 2.7 days in 2016/17. Similarly, in the oil terminal, time taken to offload

increased to 3.3 days from 3.0 days in 2016/17. The increase in average time

taken to offload at general cargo terminal was due to existence of single deep

berth (No.7) that resulted to bigger vessel with deep berth to wait before

offloading. For container cargo, the average number of days taken after

offloading and handing over to owners decreased to 10.5 days compared to

11.5 days in 2016/17.

Cargo to Neighbouring Countries

300. In 2017/18, a total of 5,604,605 tons of cargo to neighbouring countries

were handled at Dar es Salaam port compared to 4,785,219 tons in 2016/17,

equivalent to an increase of 17.1 percent. This was due to increase in market

size and efficiency in cargo handling for neighbouring countries.

Consignments to Democratic Republic of Congo and Zambia increased by

20.4 percent and 20.0 percent respectively. However, consignments to

Rwanda and Uganda decreased by 9.0 percent and 10.0 percent respectively.

This was due to competition from Mombasa port.

Page 198: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

184

Table No.16.7: Cargo to Neighbouring Countries

Country 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18

Zambia 1,818,141 1,737,650 1,819,069 1,705,659 2,053,174

D.R.

Congo 1,352,457 1,677,527 1,464,847 1,141,611 1,370,078

Burundi 346,159 332,263 351,044 363,060 425,300

Rwanda 670,634 724,683 839,826 1,012,889 922,134

Malawi 141,536 94,294 106,883 217,852 258,271

Uganda 122,318 127,737 156,105 239,953 215,878

Others 118,206 319,298 101,693 104,195 359,770

Total 4,569,451 5,013,452 4,839,467 4,785,219 5,604,605

Source: Tanzania Port Authority

Lake Transportation

The Marine Service Company Limited (MSCL)

301. In 2018, a total of 112,222 passengers were transported compared to

49,885 passengers in 2017. In addition, 25,081 tons of cargo was shipped

compared to 12,773 tons in 2017, equivalent to 96.4 percent. The increase in

passengers and cargo was due to resumption of services of MV. Clarias, MT.

Sangara, ML. Wimbi and MV. Umoja after being repaired.

Chinese-Tanzanian Joint Shipping Company

302. In 2018, China-Tanzania Joint Shipping Company (SINOTASHIP)

transported 598,000 tons of cargo compared to 580,000 tons in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 3.1 percent. The increase was due availability of

cargo after leasing MV Changshun II to COSCO Bulk Carrier Company

which has experience and high capacity in cargo transportation in the world.

In addition, the company handled 41,000 containers at Dar es Salaam port

compared to 20,880 containers in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 96.4

percent. This was due to COSCO Shipping Container Line decision to increase

the number of routes from two to four.

Tanzania Meteorological Agency

303. In In 2018, Tanzania Meteorological Agency (TMA) continued to

improve provision of meteorological services to various sectors and public in

general. During that period, the Agency provided meteorological services

along the Indian Ocean to 3,167 ships and boats compared to 3,100 ships and

boats in 2017, equivalent to an increase in 2.2 percent. This was due to

sensitization carried out by the Agency on the importance of using

meteorological services for security purposes in marine transport. Similarly,

the daily and seasonal weather forecast accuracy rate increased to 89.8 percent

compared to 87.1 percent in 2017. This was due to investment made on

meteorological infrastructures. In addition, clients and users of meteorological

services increased to 44,287 compared to 42,000 clients and users in 2017.

Page 199: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

185

Table No. 16.8: Weather Forecast Performance Indicators

Performance Indicators Descriptions 2016 2017 2018

Rate of accuracy for daily

and seasonal forecast

(percentage)

Rate of

accuracy 84.0 87.1 89.8

Number of clients and users

of meteorological services

(percentage)

Aviation Sector 40,082 42,000 44,287

Ship and Boats 2,586 3,100 3,167

Specific

Services 268 530 621

Rate of satisfaction to client

and users of meteorological

service (percentage)

Rate of

satisfaction 86.0 88.7 89

Amount of money invested

in meteorological

Infrastructure (TZS.

million)

Investment in

meteorological

Infrastructure

485 4,860

Source: Tanzania Meteorological Agency

COMMUNICATION SERVICES

Postal Services

304. In 2018, Tanzania Posts Corporation posted 12,059,221 inland letters

compared to 6,750,443 letters in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 78.6

percent. In addition, 3,737,816 letters were posted abroad compared to

1,852,600 letters in 2017. The increase was due to improvement in marketing

strategy through “huduma ya posta mlangoni” (literally means bringing postal

services closer to customers).

305. In 2018, a total of 72,433 parcels were posted within the country

compared to 68,214 parcels in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 6.2 percent.

During the same period, a total of 6,623 parcels were posted abroad compared

to 3,455 parcels in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 91.7 percent. This was

due to an increase in the number of institutions which used postal services and

motivation among small scale entrepreneurs in posting samples of their goods

within and outside the country.

306. In 2018, a total of 464,377 registers were posted within the country

compared to 347,879 registers in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 33.5

percent. This was caused by increase in number of registers posted to Dodoma

after relocating Government offices to Dodoma. In addition, 40,453 registers

were posted abroad compared to 22,605 registers in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 79.0 percent.

307. In 2018, a total of 753,278 documents and parcels were posted through

Expedited Mail Services (EMS) within the country compared to 719,390

documents and parcels posted in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 4.7

Page 200: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

186

percent. On the other hand, 16,803 documents and parcels were posted abroad

through EMS compared to 13,220 documents and parcels posted in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 27.1 percent. The increase was due to Government

effort to address challenges in issuing export permit through introduction of a

friendly system of issuing export permit through big businessmen and groups.

In addition, a total of 67,193 letters and documents were received and

distributed through City Urgent Mail (pCUM) compared to 10,944 letters and

documents received and distributed in 2017. The increase was attributed to

improved pCUM services and increase in customers.

308. In 2018, there were 629 electronic financial transactions compared to

531 transactions in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 18.5 percent. During that

period, a total of 704 financial transactions were transferred through universal

postal union system compared to 448 transactions in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 57.1 percent. The increase was due to extension of services to

Zimbabwe and Burundi. Further, a total of 170,606 clients were served

through Post Giro services compared to 151,980 customers served in 2017.

This service is used to pay pensions through social security funds and

dividends of companies listed at the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange (DSE).

Communication Licenses

309. In 2018, Tanzania Communication Regulatory Authority (TCRA) issued

463 licenses for various communications services compared to 187 licenses

issued in 2017. This was due to increase in the number of digital services and

issuance of licenses to 231 online social media broadcasters following the

amendment of The Electronic and Postal Communication Act, Chapter 306 of

2010 and its regulations.

Table No. 16.9: Type of License Issued

Type 2017 2018

Network Facilities License 1 0

Network Services License 1 0

Application Services License – Category A 1 0

Application Services License –Category B 17 3

Content Services-Radio Broadcasting License 6 9

Content Services- Television Broadcasting License 1 2

Installation and Maintenance of Electronic Communication

Equipment License

22 25

Importation of Electronic Communication Equipment License 17 12

Distribution of Electronic Communication Equipment License 7 5

Selling of Electronic Communication Equipment License 45 266

Postal Primary Service License 0 0

Courier Services License 25 5

V-SAT License 6 3

Online Content 0 231

Content by subscription (cable) 2 22

Total 187 463

Source: Tanzania Communication Regulatory Authority

Page 201: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

187

Telecommunication Services

310. In 2018, the number of SIM cards was 43,621,499 compared to

40,080,954 SIM cards in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 8.8 percent. This

was due to improvement in services including: airtime and data offered to

different social groups; social networks; and electronic financial transactions.

Out of the total number of SIM cards, 124,238 were landline SIM cards

compared to 127,094 landlines SIM cards in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of

2.2 percent. In addition, there were 43,497,261 mobile phone SIM cards in

2018, of which, 43,447,333 SIM cards were officially registered, equivalent to

99.9 percent.

311. In 2018, airtime cost within network decreased to 249 shillings per

minute from 264 shillings in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 6.0 percent.

Cross network airtime costs decreased to 320 shillings per minute from 349

shillings in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 8.3 percent. On the other hand,

international airtime cost across East Africa decreased to 731 shillings per

minute in 2018 from 761 shillings in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 3.9

percent. However, airtime cost to other nations increased by 8.9 percent to

1,443 shillings per minute in 2018 from 1,325 shillings in 2017.

Internet Services

312. In 2018, internet users were 23.1 million compared to 23.0 million in

2017. During that period, there were 135,954 fixed wireless users compared to

3,468,188 users in 2017. The decrease was due to increased use of mobile

wireless.

Table No. 16.10: Types of Service and Number of Internet Users

Type of Service 2017 2018 Percentage

Change

Fixed Wireless 3,468,188 135,954 -96.1

Mobile Wireless 19,006,223 22,281,727 17.2

Fixed Wired 520,698 725,279 39.3

Total 22,995,109 23,142,960 0.6

Source: Tanzania Communication Regulatory Authority

Broadcasting Services

313. As of December 2018, users of television broadcasting services through

decoder were 2,769,841 compared to 2,236,577 users in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 23.8 percent. In addition, users of broadcasting services through

satellite increased by 72.7 percent to 985,594 users from 570,124 users in

2017.

Page 202: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

188

Table No. 16.11 Broadcasting Service Users

Type 2017 2018 Percentage

Change

Digital Terrestrial

Television (DTT) 1,508,229 1,626,023 7.8

Satellite 570,124 985,594 72.7

Cable 158,224 158,224 0

Total 2,236,577 2,769,841 23.8

Source: Tanzania Communication Regulatory Authority

National ICT Backbone Infrastructure

314. As of December 2018, a total of 6,501 villages were connected to

National ICT Backbone Infrastructure compared to 5,666 villages in 2017.

Further, 10 councils were connected to National ICT Backbone Infrastructure

whereby, 12 video conference facilities were installed in regional headquarters

and Government institutions. In addition, through private service providers,

ICT backbone infrastructure was connected to: 147 council’s offices; 66 postal

centres; 121 police stations; 150 district hospitals; 26 courts; and 455

secondary schools. Further, the Government continued to improve operations

of the national data centre in Dar es Salaam and preparation of architectural

design for two national data centres to be constructed in Dodoma and

Zanzibar.

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION

Human Resource Development

315. In 2018, the Government continued with the efforts to increase human

resources in technology and innovation industry. During that period, Ardhi

University admitted 4,135 students compared to 4,180 students in 2017. In

addition, Mbeya University of Science and Technology admitted a total of

4,630 students (3,746 males and 884 females) compared to 4,218 students

enrolled in 2017 (3,509 males and 709 females). Similarly, Dar es Salaam

Institute of Technology admitted 1,499 students (1,203 males and 296

females) compared to 2,089 students (1,648 males and 441 females) in 2017.

Radiation Control

316. In 2018, the Government through Tanzania Atomic Energy Commission

received and assessed 376 licence applications for the use and ownership of

radioactive materials compared to 384 applications in 2017. Out of those, 371

applications were approved following fulfilment of the Atomic Energy Act.

No. 7 of 2003. Some of the requirements as per the Act include: source of

radioactive materials; professional qualifications of transporter and users; and

sustainable environment preservation plan of the remains of the source of

radioactive materials. In addition, 1,100 staff from 320 stations were examined

on the extent of radiation compared to 423 staff from 68 stations in 2017. The

radioactive rate to staff within three months was less than 5 mSv which is

Page 203: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

189

internationally acceptable. In 2018, there were 78 new radioactive user centres

making a total of 900 centres in the country. During that period, the

Commission inspected 546 radioactive centres and advised on improvement of

user’s safety and environmental protection compared to 23 radioactive centres

inspected in 2017.

317. In 2018, the Commission continued to control radiation in Dar es

Salaam, Zanzibar, Pemba, Mtwara, Mwanza, Kigoma and Tanga Ports as well

as Namanga, Horohoro, Sirari, Mutukula, Holili, Tarakea, Kabanga, Tunduma,

Rusumo, Mtambaswala, Kasumulu and Kilambo borders. The Commission

also controlled radiation in Kilimanjaro International Airport and Mwalimu

Julius Kambarage Nyerere International Airport. During that period, the

Commission examined the extent of radiation in 7,067 samples, of which

2,827 samples were imported and 4,240 samples were exported. Out of those,

fertilizer samples were 79, cigarettes samples (147), animal samples (478) and

food samples (6,363).

INFORMATION, CULTURE, ARTS AND SPORT

Information

318. In 2018, a total of 42 newspapers and magazines were re-registered

compared to 161 newspapers and magazines registered in 2017. This was in

accordance with the requirement of the Media Services Act, 2016 and its 2017

Regulations which, among other issues, requires newspaper and magazine

licences to be renewed every year.

319. As of December 2018, there were 201 newspapers, 162 radio stations

and 35 television stations. In 2018, eight radio stations and three television

stations were registered compared to six radio and three television stations

registered in 2017. Increase in registered radio stations was due to increased

demand for broadcasting services in the country

Table 16.12: Number of Registered Newspaper, Radio and Television

Stations

Year Newspaper /

Magazine

Radio Stations Television

Stations

2010 8 14 1

2011 41 12 0

2012 29 12 0

2013 36 4 0

2014 23 8 3

2015 39 22 1

2016 26 23 6

2017 161 6 3

2018 42 8 3

Source: Ministry of Information, Communication and Sport

Page 204: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

190

Arts Development Sector

320. In 2017/18, the Government through the Tanzania Film Board issued

183 permits for film production, documentary and moving pictures to local

and international companies compared to 153 permits in 2016/17, equivalent

to an increase of 19.6 percent. Out of those, 46 permits were issued to local

companies and 137 permits to foreign companies. The increase in permits

issued was due to improvement in information systems and compliance of law

by local and international film makers.

Table No. 16.13: Number of Film Permits Issued

Year Permits to

Foreign

Permits to

Local

Total

2011/12 84 21 105

2012/13 123 30 153

2013/14 125 33 158

2014/15 133 36 169

2015/16 137 31 168

2016/17 123 30 153

2017/18 137 46 183

Source: Tanzania Film Board

National Swahili Council

321. In 2017/18, the National Swahili Council organized and aired a total of

847 radio and television programs compared to 87 programs in 2016/17. This

was due to increase in the scope of media use. In addition, Kiss FM radio

station and Swahili Radio Station of the United Nations were certified to

broadcast swahili programs. On the other hand, the Council reviewed 63

submissions to affirm books intended to be used in schools compared to 61

submissions reviewed 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 3.3 percent. This

was due to increase in awareness of authors and publishers on language

affirmation before publication.

322. In 2017/18, National Swahili Council translated 1,607 documents and

edited 39 documents compared to 268 translated and 10 edited documents in

2016/17. The increase was due to the awareness of various organizations and

individuals on the importance of submitting their documents to National

Swahili Council for translation and editing. In addition, the Council offered

interpretation services at three meetings in 2017/18. On the other hand, 848

language use mistakes by various media were identified in 2017/18 compared

to 805 mistakes in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 5.3 percent. This was

due to carelessness of some journalists in using swahili language.

Page 205: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

191

Table No. 16.14: Number of Services Provided

Year

Television

and Radio

Programmes

Affirmation

Service

Translation

Service

Interpretation

Service

Editing

Service

Identified

mistakes

used in

medias

2010 156 24 300 3 9 1,300

2011 156 27 350 4 10 1,248

2012 156 25 280 5 9 1,248

2013 156 30 400 5 10 1,120

2014 156 24 410 3 7 1,010

2015 118 121 320 3 8 1,200

2016 110 60 350 2 20 1,048

2017 87 61 268 3 10 805

2018 847 63 1,607 3 39 848

Source: National Swahili Council

Sports Development

323. In 2018, a total of 212 sports clubs were registered compared to 288

clubs in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 26.4 percent. In addition, 23 sport

associations were registered compared to 29 sport associations in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 20.7 percent. Further, 18 sport centres were

registered compared to 13 centres in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 38.5

percent. This was due to sport stakeholders’ responsiveness in establishing

new sport centres. During that period, 29 sport agencies and academies were

registered compared to 14 sport agencies and academies registered in 2017.

The increase in developers and sport agencies was due to legislative changes

that recognize professional sports that increased responsiveness in registration

of developers and agencies especially in professional boxing

Table No. 16.15: Registration of Sports Club, Associations, Centres,

Academies and Agencies

Year Sports

Clubs Associations

Sport

Centres

Sports

Academies/Agencies

2011 168 5 2

2012 339 26 5

2013 285 37 12

2014 464 17 7

2015 224 15 12

2016 331 9 15

2017 288 29 13 14

2018 212 23 18 29

Source: Ministry of Information, Culture, Arts and Sports

Page 206: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

192

Table No. 67

Item Units 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Railway length (mainline) Kms. 2,707 2,707 2,707 2,707 2,707 2,707 2,707 2,707 2,707

Locomotive engines: Number 25 22 20 45 45 30 44 44 30

Steam Number - - - - - - - - -

Diesel Number 25 22 20 45 45 30 44 44 30

Mainlain 21 19 16 38 38 21 40 40 28

Shunting 4 3 4 7 7 9 4 4 2

Total Wagons: Number 1,071 1,326 1,162 1,200 1,214 1,155 426 426 327

Passengers Number 50 53 36 91 91 56 56 56 71

General use Number 648 658 635 681 590 561 22 22 18

Oil tanks Number 179 335 208 178 203 196 123 123 95

Livestock Number 88 88 80 39 64 64 27 27 27 Others Number 106 192 203 211 266 278 198 198 116

Transportation Number

Passengers '000 284 227 339 373 170 196 1,707 2,150 6,012

Freight 000Tons 265 138 154 185 127 283 102 170 357

Source: Tanzania Railways Corporation

TANZANIA RAILWAYS CORPORATION (TRC)

Page 207: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

193

Table No. 68

Item Unit 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Railway length+Kms 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860 1,860

Locomotive engines: Number 16 15 13 13 15 16 17 21 21 18

Mainline Number 11 10 9 9 11 13 12 14 12 13

Shunting Number 5 5 4 5 4 3 6 7 7 5

Passenger Rolling Stock: Number 53 36 36 35 52 50 51 56 49 60

Passenger Coaches Number 44 31 30 30 45 44 43 48 40 51

Restaurant unit Number 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 4

Luggages Number 6 3 3 3 4 3 5 4 5 5

Freight Rolling Stock: Number 1,412 1,620 930 858 1,391 1,101 1,142 1221 1,033 1,068

Luggages Number 1,174 1,381 795 765 1,229 966 1,007 1,077 972 998

Livestock Number - - - - - - - - - -

Oil Tanks Number 196 197 93 59 104 82 82 89 26 70

Refrigerated Units Number 7 7 7 - 5 5 5 5 - -

Other Units Number 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Brake Units Number 16 16 16 16 35 30 30 32 30 34

Ballast Units Number 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 4 15

Freight (Tonnes) '000 333 540 248 259 245 33 81 96 171 268

Passengers '000 923 758 414 678 654 287 327 440 443 154

Source: Tanzania Zambia Railway Authority

+ Actual length is 1860.54 kms, and 974.814 kms are inside Tanzania

THE UHURU RAILWAY - TAZARA

Page 208: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

194

Table No. 69

Item Unit 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total number of ships Number 1,600 742 1,426 1,617 1,684 1,688 1,744

Net registered capacity 000 Tons 24,496 13,359 23,278 31,614 31,278 31,287 32,513

Total passengers 000 375 347 1,000 1,612 1,735 1,874 1,901

Total Cargo handled 000dwt 10,122 5,547 9,082 14,601 13,580 13,761 14,401

Off-loading 000dwt 9,018 3,899 7,998 11,901 11,260 11,460 11,683

General cargo 000dwt 5,021 2,682 4,495 6,657 6,087 6,376 6,199

Cement 000dwt - - - - - - -

Petroleum 000dwt 3,997 1,217 3,489 4,882 4,772 4,740 5,483

Others1000dwt - - 14 362 401 344 -

Loading 000dwt 1,105 414 808 2,499 2,031 2,045 2,452

General Cargo 000dwt 1,033 391 763 2,137 1,915 1,986 2,353

Petroleum 000dwt 72 23 45 362 116 59 99

Others1000dwt - - - - - - -

Transhipments 000dwt 15 - 275 201 289 256 267

Source: Tanzania Ports Authority

1 Such as mollasses, tallow fats etc.

- Not available

SHIPPING STATISTICS: DAR ES SALAAM

Page 209: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

195

Table No. 69 (contd.)

Item Unit 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total number of ships Number 232 92 64 63 87 72 144

Net registered capacity 000 1,378 700 990 1,018 1,258 1,041 780

Total passengers 000 2,865 - - - - - 45,820

Total Cargo handled 000dwt 608 271 536 645 677 486 647

Off-loading 000dwt 1,051 5,357 437 561 614 436 503

General cargo 000dwt 436 3,171 437 483 398 141 183

Petroleum 000dwt 615 2,186 - 78 216 295 319

Loading 000dwt 166 912 100 83 63 50 144

General cargo 000dwt 166 912 100 83 63 50 144

Petroleum 000dwt - - - - - - -

Transhipment 000dwt - - - - - - -

Source: Tanzania Ports Authority

- Not available

SHIPPING STATISTICS: TANGA

Page 210: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

196

Table No. 69 (contd.)

Item Unit 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total number of ships Number 498 339 428 46 113 105 69

Net registered capacity 000 1,557 1,245 1,343 593 460 457 589

Total passengers 000 - - - - - - -

Total Cargo handled 000 178 144 248 248 375 378 363

Off-loading 000dwt 309 894 149 109 158 91 69

General cargo 000dwt 55 274 140 108 147 91 69

Petroleum 000dwt 254 620 9 1 10 - -

Loading 000dwt 123 70 100 139 218 286 294

General cargo 000dwt 113 70 100 139 218 286 294

Petroleum 000dwt 10 - 0 - - - -

Transhipment 000dwt - - - - - - -

Source: Tanzania Ports Authority

- Not available

SHIPPING STATISTICS: MTWARA

Page 211: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

197

Table No. 70

Item Unit 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Sub Post Office Number 202 171 105 65 74 74 65 65 66 57

Franchised Post Offices Number 81 81 151 112 89 89 90 90 87 87

Departimental Post Offices Number 170 170 163 147 160 160 158 158 154 157

Total Number 453 422 419 324 323 323 313 313 307 301

Private Boxes Installed 000 117 146 162 173 142 160 160 161 161

Rented Boxes 000 87 120 130 140 148 128 138 138 143 157

Unfulfilled Request/waiting applicants 000 4 - 21 28 25 18 4 1 1 3

Rented Postal Bags Number 62 183 361 278 212 260 180 180 342 675

Posted letters Mill. 14 29 27 15 26 15 10 4 5 9

Registers and Money Orders 000 377 480 347 397 568 455 402 297 269 280

Inland Letters 000 9 15 10 15 29 12 17 36 51 63

International 000 2 7 11 12 9 5 9 2 3 4

Stamp Vendors Number 6,256 25,145 28,257 33,311 2,637 3,715 - - 4,635 6,027

EMS letters and parcels: "

Inland " 493,709 283,711 501,635 404,453 620,478 406,732 416,007 452,827 560,710 655,927

Foreign " 4,012 18,766 16,965 24,347 17,130 20,564 308,288 6,364 9,534 14,346

EMS Money Fax " 23,165 82,002 36,357 2,940 550 745 748 272 18 -

EMS Fax (Fax message received) " 103,558 31,594 1,595 876,187 544 1,194 3,844 2,518 129 -

Overnight Mail Services " 9,963 115,126 - - - - -

Letters' bags transported " 68,912 76,983 115,403 50,082 87,051 46,652 53,639 57,605 24,966 14,553

Newspapers parcels transported " 13,934 2,752 12,040 10,652 18,784 8,700 9,130 113,448 2,120 5,346

Post Mini Bus Services:

Number of letters bag transported " 268 - 193 24,095 849 714 9,576 - - 2,919

Express Money Orders (EMO) issued " 20,057 8,169 4,717 3,087 2,034 845 58,423 272 127 104

Express Money Orders (EMO) paid 23,069 11,881 17,397 516 555 - - - - -

Speed Cash/Interstate Money Orders (IMO)

Sent " 1,030 1,027 998 369 478 325 221 220 8 11

Received " 150 150 217 77 83 227 283 116 43 37

Postal Order sold " 8,831 1,924 633 414 684 261 251 107 45 2

Postal Order paid " 5,490 3,262 1,662 252 166 67 25 18 8 -

Savings Bank Transactions

Deposits " 9,535 18,863 13,438 6,260 21,491 12,732 21,541 261,423 59,249 108,972

Withdrawal " 11,663 23,025 72,358 17,527 37,556 12,807 18,098 45,449 76,926 133,531

Source: Tanzania Posts Coorporation.

POSTAL SERVICES STATISTICS

Page 212: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

198

Table No. 71

Company 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 % Change

A. Mobile Phones

Mobitel/Tigo 4,477,510 5,450,766 6,370,796 6,297,288 8,624,638 11,115,991 11,677,344 11,044,520 12,583,640 13.9

Vodacom 8,670,536 11,625,773 9,357,672 10,288,972 11,810,064 12,714,297 12,419,425 12,714,297 14,143,657 11.2

Airtel 6,021,091 6,993,418 8,356,095 8,995,824 9,551,977 11,047,505 10,456,117 10,571,110 10,954,621 3.6

Zantel 1,715,985 1,524,601 3,083,889 1,814,444 1,730,105 1,839,391 1,085,642 934,991 1,153,623 23.4

Benson/Smart 2,396 1,558 725 528 528 1,560,343 803,251 131,501 132,292 0.6

TTCL Mobile 246,019 225,578 221,663 210,766 296,618 304,214 293,495 175,717 587,191 234.2

Sasatel 24,827 5,824 4,810 - - - - - -

Hallotel 1,226,678 3,438,509 3,799,691 3,942,237 3.8

Sub total 21,158,364 25,827,518 27,395,650 27,607,822 32,013,930 39,808,419 40,173,783 39,371,827 43,497,261 10.5

TTCL 159,054 159,364 166,148 158,935 140,391 138,754 127,112 127,009 124,220 -2.2

Zantel 15,457 1,699 10,219 6,064 10,883 4,065 2,485 85 18 -78.8

Sub total 174,511 161,063 176,367 164,999 151,274 142,819 129,597 127,094 124,238 -2.2

Total 21,332,875 25,988,581 27,572,017 27,772,821 32,165,204 39,951,238 40,303,380 39,498,921 43,621,499 10.4

Source: National Bureau of Statistics and TCRA

B. Land lines

NUMBER OF LANDLINES AND MOBILE PHONE USERS

Page 213: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

199

Table No. 73

Item Unit 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Ton-Kilometers:

Available 000 9,482 1,662 1,932 6,154 3,052 60,042 3,937 863,107 32,095

Used 000 2,888 268 815 2,503 117 30,889 1,756 89,092 17,526

% Utilisation % 31 16 42 41 4 54 47 10 55

Seats-Kilometers

Available 000 59,724 7,140 15,131 54,665 3,680 21,693 37,877 225,259 231,943

Used 000 30,527 2,946 10,209 27,279 946 11,472 20,692 122,532 158,203

% Utilisation % 51 41 67 50 26 53 56 54 68

Passengers ++000 41 9 11 35 56 31 28 129 279

Excess load Tani 8 2 - 45 - 53 1 41 55

Load carriage Tani 145 4 5 35 45 42 7 50 220

Postal mail Tani 30 - - 25 405 4 - 32 119

Source: Air Tanzania Corporation

+ Scheduled traffic only

++ Full-fare passengers

- Not available

AIR TANZANIA CORPORATION (ATCL)+

Page 214: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

200

CHAPTER 17

ENERGY

Electricity Generation

324. In 2018, electricity generation capacity increased by 12.4 percent to

1,600.86 MW from 1,424.60 MW in 2017. This was due to increase in

Kinyerezi II power plant generation capacity from 55.94 MW in 2017 to

248.22 MW in 2018. During that period, electricity generated from various

sources increased by 3.4 percent to 7,354.79 GWh from 7,115.32 GWh in

2017. Out of those, 7,058.09 GWh was generated from national grid sources;

179.17 Gwh from off grid sources; and 117.53 GWh were imported.

325. In 2018, analysis of electricity generated from national grid sources

showed that 2,234.43 GWh was generated through hydropower; 4,788.08

GWh through gas and 35.58 GWh through Heavy Furnace Oil (HFO) and

diesel. Electricity generated from TANESCO’s plants was 5,754.06 GWh in

2018 compared to 5,469.57 GWh in 2017, equivalent to 5.2 percent increase.

The increase was attributed to additional power of 248.22 MW generated from

Kinyerezi II power plants. In addition, Independent Power Producers jointly

generated a total of 1,483.0 GWh in 2018 compared to 1,539.97 GWh in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 3.7 percent. On the other hand, electricity imported

from Kenya, Uganda and Zambia was 117.53 GWh in 2018 compared to

105.79 GWh in 2017, equivalent to 1.6 percent of total electricity generated in

2018.

326. In 2018, electricity sold to various customers was 6,290.7 GWh

compared to 5,956.18 GWh in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 5.6 percent.

Electricity lost due to depreciation of transmission lines and distribution

infrastructures was 1,064.1 GWh, equivalent to 14.5 percent of total electricity

generated in 2018 compared to 1,159.10 GWh, equivalent to 16.3 percent of

the total electricity generated in 2017. The decrease in electricity lost from

transmission lines and distribution infrastructures was due to completion of the

Makambako-Songea transmission line project and construction of

Makambako, Njombe and Songea sub-stations.

Page 215: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

201

Table No. 74

Capacity Generated

MW GWH

Kidatu 204.0 759.8

Kihansi 180.0 772.6

Mtera 80.0 232.3

New Pangani Falls 68.0 53.6

Hale 21.0 46.9

Nyumba ya Mungu 8.0 339.5

Uwemba 0.8 0.0

Mwenga 4.0 16.8

Yovi 1.0 6.5

Matembwe 0.6 2.0

Darakuta 0.3 0.2

Andoya 1.0 3.8

Tulila 5.0 0.3

Sub Total - Hydro 573.7 2,234.4

Ubungo-Gas Plant I 102.0 492.5

Tegeta-Gas Plant 45.0 150.3

Ubungo -Gas Plant II 129.0 912.2

Zuzu 7.4 0.7

Nyakato 63.0 30.1

Kinyerezi I 150.0 857.2

Kinyerezi II 248.2 897.7

Total - Thermal 744.6 3,340.7

IPTL

Songas 189.0 1,468.2

Imports from SPPs 9.5 14.8

Total-Individual Companies 198.5 1,483.0

TOTAL-GRID 1,516.8 7,058.1

Kigoma 8.3 28.0

Songea 8.3 6.3

Mpanda 4.2 11.8

Mbinga 2.0 2.2

Ngara 2.5 3.0

Biharamuro 4.1 1.8

Mafia 2.2 5.0

Tunduru 3.0 6.9

Ludewa 1.3 1.2

Liwale 0.8 3.0

Somanga 7.5 5.1

Sumbawanga 5.0 1.0

Kasulu 2.5 9.1

Kibondo 2.5 5.3

Loliondo 5.0 1.4

Namtumbo 0.3 0.9

Mtwara 22.0 86.4

Inyonga

Madaba 0.5 0.2

Bukoba 2.6 0.4

Ngombeni

Import from Neighbouring Countries 117.5

Total-Isolated Stations 84.1 296.7

GRAND TOTAL 1,600.9 7,354.8

Source: Tanzania Electric Supply Co. (TANESCO)

MW Megawatt ; GWH GigaWatt-Hour = Million KWH

ELECTRICITY INSTALLED AND TOTAL UNITS GENERATED BY STATIONS IN 2018

Centre

NATIONAL GRID

ISOLATED STATIONS

Page 216: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

202

Table No. 75 GWH

Zanzibar

Small Users

(D1)

Medium Users

(T1)

Lager Users (T2,T3

& T8)T5

 2011 328.8 1,270.8 2,118.0 277.2 3,994.7 1,158.8 5,153.5

2012 320.8 1,480.1 2,301.8 298.6 4,401.4 1,048.3 5,449.6

2013 280.6 1,747.0 2,560.4 218.7 4,806.7 1,139.6 5,946.2

2014 217.0 1,891.0 2,595.0 348.5 5,051.5 1,135.3 6,186.8

2015 148.8 2,082.7 2,721.1 344.6 5,297.1 1,119.8 6,416.9

2016 345.3 2,263.4 2,887.2 375.6 5,871.5 1,220.7 7,092.2

2017 301.5 2,371.0 2,893.3 390.4 5,956.2 1,159.1 7,115.3

2018 319.8 2,481.9 3,075.0 414.0 6,290.7 1,064.1 7,354.8

Source: Tanzania Electric Supply Company (TANESCO)

ELECTRICITY SALES BY DIFFERENT USERS

Year

Tanzania Mainland

Total

Power

Transmission

Loss

Total Power

Generration

Page 217: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

203

Table No. 76

Region 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dodoma 83.0 86.2 94.0 104.9 110.5 115.9 136.7 150.4 161.0

Arusha 269.0 239.8 286.0 315.8 325.5 311.2 356.9 365.9 383.3

Manyara 19.0 19.9 23.0 24.2 25.2 25.8 29.5 31.9 32.4

Kilimanjaro 124.0 117.9 138.0 144.1 153.6 150.9 181.8 179.4 181.7

Tanga 209.0 219.0 245.0 264.2 265.8 299.9 321.7 330.4 353.9

Morogoro 179.0 163.3 207.0 221.0 232.2 212.2 239.8 242.8 274.9

Coast 106.0 115.5 142.0 170.7 199.2 220.1 260.1 302.1 393.1

Dar-es-Salaam 1,615.0 1,386.7 1,548.0 1,931.5 2,118.1 2,229.4 2,397.9 2,412.5 2,481.6

Lindi 13.0 14.4 14.6 18.2 22.6 21.5 24.0 22.9 25.8

Mtwara 27.0 29.6 34.0 35.0 8.5 50.7 49.4 48.3 52.8

Ruvuma 21.0 21.2 23.6 26.8 27.6 30.6 33.7 35.4 41.9

Iringa 101.0 91.7 102.0 105.3 106.5 111.5 106.9 98.4 103.7

Mbeya 139.0 131.6 149.6 153.2 169.9 163.8 177.4 177.6 186.9

Singida 26.0 23.4 29.4 32.0 35.2 47.3 42.6 43.8 45.7

Tabora 97.0 94.8 103.2 108.7 60.4 51.5 56.9 55.9 60.7

Rukwa 17.0 18.7 19.3 20.1 22.2 23.3 28.4 27.0 25.9Kigoma 16.0 17.9 20.5 23.1 24.9 27.6 28.5 34.8 40.2

Shinyanga 313.0 309.8 279.3 280.4 359.0 416.9 428.2 371.9 339.5

Kagera 44.0 29.2 55.0 52.7 54.2 60.5 72.3 76.9 90.6

Mwanza 215.0 200.5 224.0 231.1 241.3 235.9 262.1 283.2 287.7

Mara 110.0 109.3 108.0 125.0 134.0 134.6 141.7 156.9 165.8

Njombe - 69.1 35.6 35.4

Katavi - 3.8 10.8 11.2

Geita - 33.5 42.7 49.2

Simiyu - 8.3 18.2 22.4

Songwe 6.4 11.4 4.9 10.1 29.3

Total -Tanzania Mainland 3,743.0 3,440.5 3,845.5 4,388.0 4,702.8 4,952.6 5,495.9 5,565.8 5,876.7

Zanzibar 174.0 277.2 298.6 218.7 348.5 344.6 375.6 390.4 414.0

GRAND-TOTAL 3,917.0 3,717.8 4,144.1 4,606.7 5,051.3 5,297.1 5,871.5 5,956.2 6,290.7

Source: Tanzania Electric Supply Company (TANESCO)

QUANTITY OF ELECTRICITY SOLD BY REGION (GWH)

OIL AND NATURAL GAS EXPLORATION

Natural Gas

327. Natural gas production in SongoSongo and Mnazi Bay gas fields was

59,142.0 million cubic feet in 2018 compared to 47,456.9 million cubic feet in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 24.6 percent. This was due to increased

natural gas consumption at Kinyerezi II power plants and Dangote cement

factory. In addition, earnings from sales of natural gas from SongoSongo and

Mnazi Bay was USD 63.1 million in 2018 compared to USD 42.3 million in

2017, equivalent to 49.2 percent increase.

Page 218: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

204

Table No. 17.1: Natural Gas Production

Year Standard Cubic Feet (SCF)

Total

SongoSongo Mnazi Bay Kiliwani North

2018 28,736,840,000 30,405,160,000 - 59,142,000,000

2017 29,496,560,000 17,960,300,000 - 47,456,860,000

2016 29,747,400,000 5,792,141,976 2,783,497,464 48,323,024,922

2015 31,384,100,000 783,595,488 - 37,176,241,976

2014 33,061,500,000 715,942,883 - 33,845,095,488

2013 35,217,410,590 673,870,408 - 35,933,353,479

2012 36,233,010,000 664,980,487 - 36,906,880,408

2011 30,970,500,000 454,123,320 - 31,635,480,487

2010 27,633,000,000 323,686,310 - 28,087,123,320

2009 23,593,000,000 321,239,550 - 23,916,686,310

2008 20,084,000,000 258,186,803 - 20,405,239,550

2007 19,705,000,000 - - 19,963,186,803

2006 17,907,000,000 - - 17,907,000,000

2005 14,704,000,000 - - 14,704,000,000

Total 378,473,320,590 58,353,227,225 2,783,497,464 455,402,172,743

Source: Tanzania Petroleum Development Corporation

Table No. 17.2: Earnings from sales of Natural Gas from

SongoSongo and Mnazi Bay (USD)

Year SongoSongo Mnazi Bay Total

2018 22,406,171 40,683,088 63,089,259

2017 22,795,142 19,466,121 42,261,263

2016 38,172,718 13,818,715 51,991,433

2015 43,854,236 1,921,965 45,776,201

2014 58,761,119 1,762,977 60,524,096

2013 50,582,385 1,592,879 52,175,264

2012 35,026,145 1,525,251 36,551,396

2011 38,337,903 1,444,856 39,782,759

2010 25,607,621 1,080,131 26,687,753

2009 21,403,804 396,109 21,799,913

2008 19,521,646 388,449 19,910,095

2007 16,861,492 305,236 17,166,727

2006 14,966,409 - 14,966,409

2005 9,019,384 - 9,019,384

Total 417,316,175 84,385,777 501,701,952

Source: Tanzania Petroleum Development Corporation

Oil Imports

328. In 2018, the volume of oil imported was 5,742.8 million cubic litres

compared to 5,361.5 million cubic litres in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

7.1 percent. This was due to increase in oil imports for domestic consumption

and for transit to neighbouring countries. The volume of oil imported for

Page 219: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

205

domestic consumption increased to 3,267.0 million cubic litres in 2018 from

3,193.2 million cubic litres in 2017. In addition, 2,475.8 million cubic litres,

equivalent to 43.1 percent of total oil imported in 2018 was on transit

compared to 2,168.2 million cubic litres in 2017, equivalent to 14.2 percent

increase. The increase was due to improved efficiency of Dar es Salaam port

that attracted large number of oil importers from neighbouring countries.

Table No. 17.3: Oil Imports in 2018 Month Diesel

( Litre)

Petrol

( Litre)

Kerosene/JetA1

(Litre)

Heavy Furnace Oil

(Litre)

Total

(Litre)

January 178,806,958 113,119,767 25,534,256 - 317,460,981

February 143,998,717 81,547,784 - 6,267,454 231,813,955

March 122,574,372 74,140,463 37,596,783 - 234,311,618

April 127,935,793 87,977,280 21,214,797 - 237,127,870

May 126,233,574 113,637,925 14,076,112 - 253,947,611

June 114,957,559 94,948,135 - 7,707,045 217,612,739

July 151,662,966 68,807,490 18,137,976 - 238,608,432

August 194,445,718 71,963,112 37,060,565 - 303,469,395

September 106,810,171 63,591,461 - - 170,401,632

October 105,100,634 82,278,578 46,557,721 - 233,936,933

November 102,456,265 63,558,269 19,831,911 9,611,630 195,458,075

December 145,875,577 87,656,965 21,958,196 - 255,490,738

Add Localized Transit 171,793,687 192,458,161 13,115,663 - 377,367,511

Grand Total 1,792,651,991 1,195,685,390 255,083,980 23,586,129 3,267,007,490

Source: Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority

Table No. 17.4: In Transit Oil in 2018

Month Diesel (Litre) Petrol (Litre) Kerosene/JetA1

(Litre)

Heavy Furnace Oil

(Litre)

Total

(Litre)

January 168,577,723 95,306,369 18,546,925 8,473,509 290,904,526

February 129,290,775 73,105,753 - - 202,396,528

March 103,545,314 80,402,160 30,276,946 - 214,224,420

April 128,569,889 89,406,459 17,937,196 - 235,913,544

May 176,501,733 115,071,445 16,265,737 - 307,838,915

June 125,237,294 90,940,279 - 6,436,196 222,613,769

July 142,958,655 79,122,077 23,352,109 - 245,432,841

August 180,691,191 115,657,770 29,832,595 4,145,848 330,327,404

September 112,665,135 94,759,588 - - 207,424,723

October 170,610,546 30,349,587 35,408,085 236,368,218

November 127,953,470 67,489,833 13,658,633 - 209,101,936

December 107,494,026 29,630,147 13,465,075 - 150,589,248

Less Localized transit 171,793,687 192,458,161 13,115,663 - 377,367,511

Grand Total 1,502,302,064 768,783,306 185,627,638 19,055,553 2,475,768,561

Source: Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority

Oil Price Trends

329. In 2018, the global oil prices fluctuated consistent with the market forces

of demand and supply, whereby, the average price of petrol was high in July

and the average prices for diesel and kerosene were high in December. During

that period, the average prices of petrol, diesel and kerosene per metric ton in

Page 220: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

206

the world market were USD 661, USD 622 and USD 645 compared to USD

540, USD 484 and USD 503 in 2017 respectively. The average price increased

by 22.4 percent for petrol, 28.5 percent for diesel and 28.2 percent for

kerosene. The oil price hike in the world market was a result of production cut

by the Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), economic

sanction in Iran, political unrest and civil wars in Libya, as well as political

instability in Venezuela. In addition, the price hike was due to increased

demand for oil products in China following temporary closure of oil-

production plants for rehabilitation.

Table No. 17.5: Oil Price in the World Market (f.o.b)

– USD per Metric Tons

Oil Type Petrol Diesel Kerosene

Month/Year 2016 2017 2018 2016 2017 2018 2016 2017 2018

January 398 497 574 258 421 530 284 442 570

February 357 502 600 280 468 549 312 499 587

March 431 542 599 333 485 581 361 504 587

April 467 557 646 352 505 607 381 510 624

May 497 531 615 401 470 573 425 476 624

June 498 555 632 429 480 580 451 497 633

July 440 521 718 397 455 674 419 474 633

August 464 503 710 389 454 655 411 464 691

September 478 510 710 399 462 639 425 485 673

October 512 560 711 449 516 653 473 529 673

November 471 600 712 417 546 699 440 570 693

December 532 599 707 461 549 721 498 587 756

Average Price 462 540 661 380 484 622 407 503 645

Average Annual Increase

(Percentage) 16.9 22.4 27.4 28.5 23.6 28.2

Source: Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority

330. Cognisant with increase in the global oil price, the average oil price in

the domestic market also increased in 2018 compared to the average price in

2017. The average oil indicative price in the domestic market increased to

2,318 shillings per litre of petrol; 2,229 shillings per litre of diesel; and 2,188

shillings per litre of kerosene in 2018 from 2004 shillings; 1,873 shillings; and

1,832 shillings in 2017 respectively. This is equivalent to an average price

increase by 15.7 percent for petrol, 19.0 percent for diesel and 19.4 percent for

kerosene.

Page 221: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

207

Table No. 17.6: Trend of Oil Price in the Domestic Market

Month/ Year Petrol

TZS/Litre

Diesel

TZS

/Litre

Kerosene

TZS

/Litre

Month/

Year

Petrol

TZS

/Litre

Diesel

TZS

/Litre

Kerosene

TZS /Litre

January 1,890 1,732 1,700 January 2,167 2,018 2,031

February 1,959 1,861 1,852 February 2,226 2,065 2,055

March 2,060 1,913 1,852 March 2,227 2,134 2,059

April 2,057 1,925 1,858 April 2,315 2,205 2,154

May 2,027 1,844 1,842 May 2,227 2,145 2,154

June 2,052 1,888 1,825 June 2,282 2,164 2,192

July 1,978 1,830 1,830 July 2,409 2,329 2,192

August 1,867 1,719 1,719 August 2,384 2,292 2,271

September 1,989 1,887 1,811 September 2,373 2,273 2,247

October 1,993 1,897 1,810 October 2,368 2,304 2,247

November 2,014 1,999 1,938 November 2,396 2,385 2,280

December 2,160 1,984 1,942 December 2,436 2,436 2,368

Annual

Average Price

2017

2,004 1,873 1,832 Annual

Average

Price 2018

2,318 2,229 2,188

Annual

Average Price

2016

1,845 1,673 1,644 Annual

Average

Price 2017

2,004 1,873 1,832

Percentage

Change (%)

8.6 12.0 11.4 Percentage

Change (%)

15.7 19.0 19.4

Source: Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority

Alternative Energy Sources

Solar Power

331. In 2018, solar power generated through solar min grid in off grid areas

was 7MW compared to 5MW generated in 2017. The use of solar energy

generated through home solar systems was 18MW in 2018 compared to

15MW in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 20.0 percent. In addition, the

Government identified and verified areas appropriate for solar energy

generation in order to determine capacity of those areas in electricity

generation. Areas identified and verified were Same (Kilimanjaro), Zuzu

(Dodoma) and Manyoni (Singida).

Water Falls

332. In 2018, electricity generated through water falls increased by 5.8

percent to 58.2MW from 55.0MW generated in 2017. This was due to

completion of water falls power projects of Andoya - Mbinga (0.5MW);

Madope-Njombe (1.7MW) and Luponde-Njombe (1MW).

Liquefied Petroleum Gas

333. In 2018, public sensitization on domestic use of Liquefied Petroleum

Gas (LPG) continued in order to minimize charcoal and firewood

consumption. In addition, LPG distribution systems were improved and thus

increased the use of LPG by approximately 7 percent from 5 percent in 2017.

Page 222: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

208

CHAPTER 18

WATER

Management and Development of Water Resources

334. The Government continued to conserve water sources whereby as of

December 2018, a total of 298 water sources were identified to be at risk of

depletion due to human activities compared to 261 water sources in 2017. Out

of those, 91 sources were demarcated and are in the process of being gazetted

as conserved areas compared to 85 sources in 2017.

335. In 2018, the Government in collaboration with various stakeholders

continued to assess water quality in water sources and distribution networks.

In addition, centres for measuring quantity and testing quality of surface and

underground water resources were 1,067 compared to 694 centres in 2017. As

of end of December 2018, a total of 5,668 clean water samples were collected

and tested, whereby 5,169 samples were for domestic use, 312 samples for

water quality trend in water sources and 187 samples for electricity generation.

336. The results revealed that 4,459 samples equivalent to 86.3 percent which

were for domestic use met the accepted quality criteria. However, 710 samples

equivalent to 13.7 percent did not meet the quality criteria due to existence of

high concentration of fluoride, manganese, iron, sulphate, nitrate, salt and

pathogens in samples taken at various locations in the country.

337. In 2018, a total of 499 water samples were collected and tested for the

purpose of assessing quality of water used in other activities, whereby 289

samples were in industries; 43 in construction; 98 in irrigation; and 69 in

research. The results of assessment showed that all samples taken (100

percent), met water quality standards for the relevant use. On the other hand,

as of December 2018, a total of 405 samples of wastewater discharged into the

environment were assessed and found that 339 samples, equivalent to 83.7

percent did not meet the acceptable quality level of sewage water. This is due

to existence of high concentration of chemical oxygen demand, biochemical

oxygen demand and small amounts of dissolved oxygen.

Rural Water Service

338. In 2018, the Government continued to implement various water

programs and projects in order to improve rural water services. As of

December 2018, 1,659 rural water projects were completed in all Councils and

482 projects were at various stages of implementation compared to 1,493

projects completed in the same period in 2017. In addition, water

infrastructure constructed had 131,370 water points with capacity of serving

32,842,500 people, equivalent to 83.9 percent of rural population. Out of

those, 86,780 water points were operating and served 25,659,290 people

equivalent to 64.8 percent compared to 85,286 water points in 2017 that

Page 223: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

209

served 21,321,500 people equivalent to 58.7 percent. The existence of non

operational water points was due to limited capacity of the community in

managing and running water projects. To address this challenge, the

Government in collaboration with stakeholders has started to replace diesel

water pumps with solar water pumps in order to reduce operational and

maintenance costs incurred at the community level.

Urban Water Services

339. In 2018, the Government continued to construct, rehabilitate and expand

water projects through urban water supply and sewerage authorities.

Consequently, availability of water services in regional headquarters increased

from 78 percent in 2017 to 80 percent in 2018. In the same period, production

of water in the regional headquarters increased to 149.35 million cubic meters

from 148.82 million cubic meters in 2017. In addition, number of customers

served increased to 513,050 from 462,790 customers in 2017, equivalent to an

increase of 11 percent.

340. Water services availability in district headquarters, small towns and

areas served by national projects increased to an average of 64 percent in 2018

from 60 percent in 2017. During that period, water production increased to

62.15 million cubic meters from 62.01 million cubic meters in 2017.

Similarly, 173,360 customers had access to water services in 2018 compared

to 161,925 customers in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 7.1 percent.

341. On average, access to clean and safe water in Dar es Salaam city and

parts of Kibaha and Bagamoyo towns increased from 75 percent in 2017 to 85

percent in 2018. Water production in these areas was 504,000 cubic metres per

day compared with the demand of 544,000 cubic meters. Customers of Dar es

Salaam Water and Sewerage Authority (DAWASA) increased to 230,715

customers in 2018 from 207,477 customers in 2017.

Page 224: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

210

Arusha 16,063,140 13,266,008,384 15,855,281 14,217,491,604

Babati 2,197,237 1,996,989,394 2,171,167 2,081,921,523

Bukoba 2,579,696 2,402,314,859 3,108,330 2,155,596,478

Dodoma 14,342,862 15,784,277,531 14,133,296 14,432,195,493

Iringa 5,064,617 8,253,626,402 4,816,026 7,438,654,131

Kigoma 2,340,622 1,727,740,848 2,899,655 1,401,397,427

Lindi 391,293 229,473,270 782,362 428,571,295

Mbeya 14,874,398 10,109,520,093 13,799,430 10,283,182,014

Morogoro 10,678,558 8,192,719,085 11,503,479 9,648,877,386

Moshi 11,851,809 8,346,772,210 11,504,048 8,710,378,486

Mtwara 2,990,362 3,350,692,910 3,414,928 3,195,032,315

Musoma 5,368,089 3,028,380,267 6,500,625 2,595,585,907

Mwanza 28,943,933 24,442,226,082 28,143,030 23,110,801,495

Shinyanga 3,964,787 5,319,707,891 3,844,976 5,358,301,189

Singida 2,415,323 2,500,977,359 2,506,742 2,655,530,728

Songea 2,926,061 2,550,495,722 2,821,306 2,745,616,563

Sumbawanga 3,574,900 2,452,594,849 2,623,216 1,227,268,381

Tabora 4,462,058 6,587,593,839 4,935,898 4,065,238,488

Tanga 10,135,778 11,552,081,699 10,259,291 12,347,980,872

Mpanda 1,020,865 515,082,997 943,574 568,916,237

Bariadi 185,375 143,533,808 186,667 165,347,800

Njombe 1,174,500 822,846,568 1,184,152 954,726,211

Geita 1,272,343 461,359,520 1,412,883 649,172,951

Total 148,818,606 134,037,015,587 149,350,362 130,437,784,974

Source: Ministry of Water and Irrigation

Table No.77

Authority

Total Water

production

(cubic metres)

Total Water

production (cubic

metres)

Revenue

Collection

(Tshs)

Total Water

production (cubic

metres)

WATER SUPPLY AND REVENUE COLLECTION IN URBAN AREAS

2017 2018

Page 225: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

211

Table No.78

Arusha 33,480,000 47%

Babati 2,884,000 75%

Bukoba 4,643,486 67%

Dodoma 16,560,000 85%

Iringa 5,840,000 82%

Njombe 3,114,533 38%

Mpanda 3,472,250 27%

Kigoma 8,067,656 36%

Lindi 2,059,902 38%

Mbeya 16,875,000 82%

Morogoro 20,235,912 57%

Moshi 14,682,960 78%

Mtwara 4,299,184 79%

Musoma 8,640,000 75%

Mwanza 40,586,250 69%

Geita 5,457,600 26%

Bariadi 2,068,748 9%

Shinyanga 6,942,200 55%

Singida 4,114,260 61%

Songea 5,064,120 56%

Sumbawanga 4,745,000 55%

Tabora 9,846,630 50%

Tanga 11,612,286 88%

Vwawa-Mlowo 3,083,459 24%

Total 238,375,436

Source:Ministry of Water and Irrigation

AUTHORITY Average Access to Water

Supply in 2018 (%)

Annual Water

Supply Demand

WATER SUPPLY DEMAND AND LEVEL OF ACCESS TO WATER

SERVICES IN URBAN AREAS

Page 226: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

212

CHAPTER 19

EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Pre – primary Education

342. In 2018, a total of 1,422,868 pupils were enrolled in pre-primary

education compared to 1,517,670 pupils enrolled in 2017, equivalent to a

decrease of 6.2 percent. Out of those, 702,786 were girls, equivalent to 49.4

percent of all pupils and 720,082 were boys. The decrease in enrolment was a

result of implementation of Fee Free Basic Education Policy, whereby,

majority of pupils were enrolled in primary schools without attending pre-

primary education. In addition, pupils in Government pre-primary schools

were 1,334,726 in 2018 compared to 1,436,322 pupils in 2017, equivalent to a

decrease of 7.1 percent. Out of those, 659,618 were girls and 675,108 were

boys. During that period, the number of pupils in private pre-primary schools

was 81,142 compared to 81,348 pupils in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

8.4 percent. Enrolment at regional level indicates that, Mwanza region

enrolled the highest number of pupils which accounted for 7.6 percent of all

pupils followed by Kagera (6.6 percent). On the other hand, Katavi region

accounted for the lowest enrolment rate of 1.5 percent compared to other

regions.

343. The ratio of a qualified teacher to pupils in government pre-primary

schools was 1:146 in 2018 compared to 1:183 in 2017, whereas,

internationally agreed standard ratio is 1:25. Following this, the Government

continued to enhance efforts to employ qualified pre-primary education

teachers as well as strengthening trainings of pre-primary school teachers in

government colleges with the aim of increasing number of graduates and

meeting the international agreed standard ratio.

Primary Education

344. In 2018, there were 17,562 primary schools compared to 17,357 schools

in 2017. Out of those, Government schools were 16,149 compared to 16,140

schools in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 0.1 percent. In addition, the

number of private schools increased from 1,217 in 2017 to 1,413 schools in

2018, equivalent to an increase of 16.1 percent. In 2018, there were

10,111,671 pupils in primary education compared to 9,317,791 pupils in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 8.5 percent. Out of those, 5,046,571 were boys

and 5,065,100 (50.1 percent) were girls. Moreover, the number of pupils in

government schools increased from 8,969,110 in 2017 to 9,717,309 pupils in

2018, equivalent to an increase of 8.3 percent. Out of those, 376,524 were girls

and 417,356 were boys. Similarly, the enrolment rate of targeted peer age

group (7-13 years) increased to 91.1 percent from 84.0 percent in 2017.

Further, the Government continued with efforts to engage community,

Page 227: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

213

particularly in infrastructure construction such as classrooms by using Force

Account system with the aim of strengthening teaching and learning

environments and thus improving the quality of education. Furthermore, the

Government continued to ensure that, community is sensitized on the

importance of education in achieving national development by making sure

that, all pupils are in school during class hours. Consequently, the number of

drop-outs decreased from 117,927 pupils in 2016 to 66,142 in 2017.

345. In 2018, the number of qualified teachers in government schools was

179,341 compared to 179,291 teachers in 2017, equivalent to an increase of

0.03 percent. In addition, teacher to pupils’ ratio was 1:52 compared to 1:42 in

2017. The decrease in number of teachers was caused by removal of

unqualified teachers in the public service. The international standard for

teacher to pupils’ ratio is 1:40.

Secondary Education

346. In 2018, there were 4,883 secondary schools compared to 4,796 schools

in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 1.8 percent. Out of those, government

schools were 3,635 and private schools were 1,248. In addition, a total of

2,148,466 pupils were in form one to six compared to 1,908,857 pupils in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 12.6 percent. Similarly, pupils enrolled in

form one to four were 1,991,021 in 2018 compared to 1,767,890 pupils in

2017, equivalent to an increase of 12.6 percent. Due to that increase, the

Government collaborated with various stakeholders to construct school

infrastructures to meet the growing demand. On the other hand, there were

102,982 teachers in secondary schools compared to 110,163 teachers in 2017,

equivalent to a decrease of 6.5 percent. The decrease was due to various

reasons including termination of unqualified teachers.

347. In 2018, a total of 358,427 pupils sat for form four examinations,

whereby, 284,126 pupils passed, equivalent to a pass rate of 79.3 percent

compared to 76.7 percent in 2017. In addition, 62,233 pupils sat for form six

examinations whereby, 58,556 pupils, equivalent to a pass rate of 94.1 percent

compared to 64,861 pupils who sat for examinations in 2016 whereby, 63,499

pupils passed, equivalent to a pass rate of 97.9 percent.

Teachers’ Education

348. In 2017/18, there were 20,962 students in teachers’ colleges compared to

20,324 students in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 3.1 percent. Out of

those, 14,618 were males and 6,344 were females. In addition, there were

17,390 students in public teachers’ colleges in 2017/18 compared to 16,861

students in 2016/17, equivalent to an increase of 3.1 percent. Out of those,

4,662 were females and 13,268 were males. Similarly, there were 3,032

students in private teachers’ colleges in 2017/18 compared to 3,463 students in

Page 228: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

214

2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of 12.4 percent. The decrease was caused by

shortage of qualified students as well as high costs in the respective colleges.

Schools and Colleges’ Inspection

349. In 2017/18, the Government inspected 11,864 educational institutions

compared to 12,389 institutions in 2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of 4.2

percent. This was due to shortage of working tools specifically vehicles for

accessing institutions that are in remote areas. The aim of the inspection is to

ensure that education offered at all levels adhered to appropriate quality and

standards. The Government continued with efforts to ensure that Schools’

Quality Assurance Statistics Department is equipped with working tools in

order to attain efficiency and stipulated goals.

Table 19.1: Inspection of Education Institutions as of March 2018

Institutions/Schools/

Centres/Colleges

Number of

targeted

Institutions

(2017/18)

Number of

Inspected

institutions

(2017/18)

Performance

level (% of

targeted

number)

Pre – Primary Classes 8,380 3,333 39.8

Primary schools 8,380 6,434 76.8

Post Primary Vocational Centres 288 26 9.0

Special Education Centres/Schools 278 40 14.4

Centres for Adult Education 2,253 268 11.9

Secondary Schools 2,376 1,701 71.6

Teachers Colleges 132 62 47.0

Total 22,087 11,864 53.7

Source: Ministry of Education, Science and Technology

Vocational Education and Training

350. In 2017/18, number of students at vocational training colleges and

technical education increased to 128,940 from 128,121 students in 2016/17.

Out of those, 68,973 were males and 59,967 (46.5 percent) were females. In

ensuring that courses offered are inspected and consistency with the specified

standards, the Government improved eight zonal offices of the National

Council for Vocational Education in order to increase professionals in tandem

with the market demand.

Technical Education

351. In 2017/18, the number of students in technical colleges and community

development colleges was 119,184 compared to 130,079 students in 2016/17,

equivalent to a decrease of 8.4 percent. Out of those, 80,050 were males and

39,134 (32.8 percent) were females. The decrease was due to enrolment of

more pupils in secondary education following implementation of the Fee Free

Basic Education Policy. In addition, the Government continued to rehabilitate

20 out of 55 community development colleges to encourage students to join

Page 229: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

215

these colleges for the purpose of promoting economic growth and enhancing

development in their locality.

Higher Education

352. The number of students in higher education institutions was 230,339 in

2017/18 compared to 242,240 students in 2016/17, equivalent to a decrease of

4.9 percent. Out of those, 90,159 were females (39 percent) and 140,180 were

males. The decrease was on account of Tanzania Commission for Universities

suspending some Universities that were offering programmes with unqualified

lecturers.

353. In 2018/19, the Government through the Higher Education Students'

Loan Board coordinated provision of loans valued at 412.4 billion shillings for

119,214 students. Out of those, first-year students were 40,114 (8,344

orphans, 722 disabled and 31,048 from poor households). In addition, the

Government through the Board envisaged recouping from beneficiaries a total

amount of 150 billion shillings by June, 2019 whereby, as of January 2019, a

total of 108.9 billion shillings were collected.

Page 230: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

216

Table No. 80 (Number)

Year I II III IV V VI Total

2000 43,643 36,734 31,132 25,456 6,654 6,143 149,762

2001 47,204 45,078 30,531 29,188 7,198 6,601 165,800

2002 56,101 50,371 36,989 29,045 7,711 7,126 187,343

2003 52,863 60,643 36,906 35,653 7,780 6,885 200,730

2004 98,738 67,294 46,546 36,385 8,353 7,572 264,888

2005 134,963 109,398 46,188 46,489 9,710 8,444 355,192

2006 196,391 151,448 72,167 42,584 18,211 9,691 490,492

2007 401,011 218,060 105,770 70,796 21,789 11,668 829,094

2008 395,930 332,393 175,353 95,214 25,240 11,743 1,035,873

2009 480,529 308,131 159,789 167,355 31,201 12,695 1,159,700

2010 382,207 398,870 293,519 279,995 26,065 20,674 1,401,330

2011 403,873 396,724 380,528 279,117 30,265 25,164 1,515,671

2012 457,321 386,250 355,740 343,376 31,206 28,859 1,602,752

2013 444,532 506,036 193,901 302,963 30,581 26,698 1,504,711

2014 479,089 506,170 356,787 178,246 33,619 26,899 1,580,810

2015 - - - - - - -

2016 467,982 366,396 263,981 278,690 45,533 47,007 1,469,589

2017 491,535 443,614 296,034 236,775 53,749 43,494 1,565,201

2018 587,186 480,327 358,960 278,239 57,287 52,687 1,814,686

Source: Ministry of Education and Vocational Training

- Data not available

GOVERNMENT SECONDARY SCHOOLS: NUMBER OF STUDENTS BY FORM

Change (% )

2017/201819.5 8.3 21.3 17.5 6.6 21.1 15.9

Page 231: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

217

Table 80A

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Primary School Education

Total students registered in Classes I-VII 4,629,215 4,688,576 9,317,791 5,046,571 5,065,100 10,111,671

Total students in government Schools in Classes I-VII 4,453,570 4,515,540 8,969,110 4,848,367 4,868,942 9,717,309

Total students in private Schools in Classes I-VII 175,645 173,036 348,681 198,204 196,158 394,362

Total number of teachers in Primary Schools 96,387 101,176 197,563 - - -

Number of Teachers in Govt. schools 85,908 93,383 179,291 - - -

Number of Teachers in Non-Govt. schools 10,479 7,793 18,272 - - -

Secondary School Education

Total number of Students in forms I-VI 947,407 961,450 1,908,857 1,056,498 1,091,968 2,148,466

Total students in government Schools in forms I-VI 781,077 784,124 1,565,201 894,647 920,039 1,814,686

Total students in private schools in forms I-VI 166,330 177,326 343,656 161,851 171,929 333,780

Number of teachers in government schools 71,707 38,456 110,163 - - -

Number of teachers in private schools 55,333 34,142 89,475 - - -Total number of teachers in Secondary Schools 16,374 4,314 20,688 - - -

Source: Ministry of Education and Vocational Training

-Data not available

NUMBER OF STUDENTS AND TEACHERS IN PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS BY GENDER

2017 2018Education Levels

Table No.80B

Gov't Private Total Gov't Private Total

Primary Schools 16,140 1,217 17,357 16,109 1,065 17,174

Secondary Schools 3,604 1,192 4,796 3,614 1,145 4,759

Teachers Education Colleges - - - - - -

Technical Education Colleges - - - - - -

Total 19,744 2,409 22,153 19,723 2,210 21,933

Source:Ministry of Education, Science and Vocational Training

- Data not available

2017 2018

NUMBER OF EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS

Type of Institution

Page 232: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

218

Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total

Pre services 2086 1257 3343 772 462 1234 2858 1719 4577

In services 216 148 364 736 415 1151 952 563 1515

Pre services 1271 695 1966 2372 1293 3665 3643 1988 5631

Pre services 104 95 199 0 0 0 104 95 199

In services 125 86 211 373 223 596 498 309 807

Pre services 4333 744 5077 1901 706 2607 6234 1450 7684

Pre services 45 41 86 284 179 463 329 220 549

Total 8180 3066 11246 6438 3278 9716 14618 6344 20962

Source: Ministry of Education and Vocational Training

-Data not available

TEACHER'S EDUCATION IN TEACHING COLLEGES

Science Subjects

Special Education

Table No. 80C

TypeFirst Year Second Year Total

Arts Subjects

Page 233: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

219

Male Female Total Male Female Total

UNIVERSITY OF DAR-ES-SALAAM {UDSM) 17,600 9,209 26,809 1,929 584 2,513

SOKOINE UNIVERSITY {SUA) 5,280 2,218 7,498 - - 517

DAR-ES-SALAAM INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY {DIT) 3,603 623 4,226 165 27 192

MBEYA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 3,454 655 4,109 204 29 233

INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL AND TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY {IMTU) 468

277 745 65 10

75

WELL BUGANDO UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES {WBUCHS)1,564 1,054

2,618 110 35

145

SAINT AUGUSTINE UNIVERSITY OF TANZANIA {SAUT) 4,492 2,989 7,481 181 96 277

MWENGE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF EDUCATION {MWUCE) 2,990 1,348 4,338 64 43 107

MOSHI UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF COOPERATION AND BUSSINESS STUDIES

{MUCCOBS) 1,880 1,626 3,506 111 36 147

STEFANO MOSHI MEMORIAL UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 295 275 570 30 17 47

RUAHA UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 3,016 1,932 4,948 109 39 148

IRINGA UNIVERSITY 2,022 1,676 3,698 81 28 109

MKWAWA UNIVERSITY OF COLLEGE EDUCATION 2,897 1,041 3,938 113 64 177

THE AGAKHAN UNIVERSITY 99 101 200 32 13 45

JORDANI UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 1,472 1,026 2,498 73 39 112

MZUMBE UNIIVERSITY 5,687 2,609 8,296 212 81 293

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS EDUCATION-DAR 2,940 2,807 5,747 127 31 158

UNIVERSITY OF DODOMA INSTITUTE OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

{MIPANGO) 2,302 2,315 4,617 73 22 95

MADINI INSTITUTE- DODOMA 445 84 529 43 7 50

DODOMA UNIVERSITY {UDOM) 15,898 7,099 22,997 528 226 754

ARUSHA INSTITUTE OF ACCOUNTANCY 1,975 1,722 3,697 76 18 94

HUBERT KAIRUKI MEMORIAL UNIVERSITY {HKMU) 675 720 1,395 34 22 56

ECKERNFORDE TANGA UNIVERSITY 957 568 1,525 28 3 31

ARDHI UNIVERSITY {UCLAS) 2,471 1,669 4,140 170 71 241

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL WORK 761 1,593 2,354 43 17 60

ST. JOHN COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY 741 898 1,639 11 30 41

ARUSHA UNIVERSITY 839 734 1,573 10 47 57

ST. JOSEPH UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY 3,051 828 3,879 73 26 99

ARUSHA TECHNICAL COLLEGE 1,242 375 1,617 69 12 81

MUHIMBILI HEALTH ALLIED SCIENCES UNIVERSITY {MUHAS) 2,053 1,008 3,061 163 141 304

INSTITUTE OF ADULT EDUCATION 1,205 1,496 2,701 70 30 100

DARES SALAAM UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 3,818 1,850 5,668 74 132 206

MWL. NYERERE MEMORIAL UNIVERSITY 2,048 2,204 4,252 75 108 183

MARIAN UNIVERSITY 562 248 810 23 5 28

MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 1,467 926 2,393 49 13 62

EASTERN AFRICA STATISTICS TRAINING CENTRE 241 104 345 18 9 27

ST. JOHN UNIVERSITY OF TANZANIA 1,791 1,317 3,108 72 32 104

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS EDUCATION-DODOMA 901 871 1,772 34 8 42

LOCAL GOVERNMENT TRAINING INSTITUTE (LGTI) 1,927 1,153 3,080 59 17 76

KILIMANJARO CHRISTIAN MEDICAL UNIVERSITY COLLEGE (KCMC) 1,234 858 2,092 106 53 159

CENTRE FOR EDUCATION DEVELOPMENT IN HEALTH ARUSHA (CEDHA) 14 17 31

7 4 11

LIVESTOCK TRAINING (LITA TENGERU) 263 203 466 18 4 22

HORTICULTURE RESEARCH AND TRAINING INSTITUTE (TENGERU) 29 35 64 11 6 17

ST. AUGUSTINE UNIVERSITY OF TANZANIA-ARUSHA BRANCH 652 440 1,092 24 14 38

TENGERU INSTITUTE OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (TICD) 378 699 1,077 22 10 32

TUMAINI UNIVERSITY MAKUMIRA 1,659 1,167 2,826 37 14 51

MOUNT MERU UNIVERSITY 621 429 1,050 48 12 60

NELSON MANDELA AFRICAN INSTITUTION OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 157 81 238

38 19 57

JOMO KENYATTA UNIVERSITY OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNOLOGY 200 159 359 4 1 5

DAR ES SALAAM MARIRIME INSTITUTE (DMI) UNIVERSITY 461 51 512 33 5 38

SEBASTIAN KOLOWA UNIVERSITY 768 415 1,183 56 18 74

TANZANIA INSTITUTE OF ACCOUNTANCY UNIVERSITY (TIA) 2,876 3,712 6,588 39 4 43

THE OPEN UNIVERSITY OF TANZANIA 29,107 17,834 46,941 199 120 319

SAINT AUGUST UNIVERSITY OF TANZANIA (SAUT)-Mbeya branch 1,233 748 1,981 38 15 53

TEOFILO KISANJI UNIVERSITY-Mbeya 870 468 1,338 35 12 47

INSTITUTE OF FINANCE MANAGEMENT UNIVERSITY 4,842 3,386 8,228 122 33 155

MZUMBE UNIIVERSITY-DAR CAMPUS 758 792 1,550 18 9 27

TUMAINI UNIVERSITY -DAR 862 1,110 1,972 36 17 53

TEOFILO KISANJI UNIVERSITY-DAR 210 207 417 17 6 23

TOTAL 154,323 94,059 248,382 6,309 2,544 9,370

Source: National Bureau of Statistic

- Data not Available

NUMBER OF STUDENTS JOINED HIGHER LEARNING INSTITUTIONS BY GENDER IN 2016/17

Table No. 80 D

Name of the CollegeNumber of Students Number of Lectures

Page 234: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

220

Table No. 81 (Number)

Year I II III IV V VI Total

2000 30,789 26,601 23,469 20,430 5,894 5,011 112,194

2001 36,305 30,820 25,004 20,762 5,892 5,116 123,899

2002 41,593 34,209 27,540 20,681 6,418 5,534 135,975

2003 46,891 38,506 26,385 21,650 6,430 4,859 144,721

2004 48,752 46,167 33,240 24,476 8,847 6,229 167,711

2005 45,276 46,321 32,063 29,248 9,183 7,046 169,137

2006 46,968 48,013 42,878 29,796 9,569 7,956 185,180

2007 47,437 46,927 41,340 35,746 11,299 8,667 191,416

2008 42,971 43,232 43,177 35,980 12,576 8,594 186,530

2009 44,255 36,384 37,064 34,061 11,851 9,096 172,711

2010 56,620 57,876 50,778 46,820 12,269 13,006 237,369

2011 63,282 67,205 65,859 54,521 11,083 11,926 273,876

2012 65,058 69,403 64,453 61,209 9,684 11,713 281,520

2013 70,060 77,407 67,998 65,637 8,592 9,651 299,345

2014 109,784 96,732 76,574 66,898 8,865 7,686 366,539

2015 - - - - - - -

2016 70,844 81,499 72,970 73,231 21,091 17,731 337,366

2017 71,160 79,548 77,168 72,056 24,146 19,578 343,656

2018 64,844 71,685 74,932 74,848 24,030 23,441 333,780

Change (%)

2017-2018 -8.9 -9.9 -2.9 3.9 -0.5 19.7 -2.9

Source: Ministry of Education, Science and Vocational Training

- Data not Available

PRIVATE SECONDARY SCHOOLS: NUMBER OF STUDENTS BY FORM

Page 235: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

221

CHAPTER 20

HEALTH AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

HEALTH

Health Facilities

354. In 2018, the Government continued to strengthen and extend health

services closer to communities. The number of health facilities increased by

5.7 percent to 8,119 in 2018 from 7,678 in 2017. Out of those health facilities,

71 percent were owned by the Government, 12 percent by religious

organisations, 3 percent by Parastatals and 15 percent by the private sector. In

addition, hospitals accounted for 3.6 percent of the health facilities, health

centres 10.7 percent and dispensaries 85.7 percent. During that period, the

number of outpatients was 41,052,012 compared to 35,082,840 in 2017,

equivalent to an increase of 17.0 percent. The increase was attributed to

Government’s efforts to extend health services closer to communities and

sensitization on the use of health insurance. In addition, the number of in-

patients decreased from 1,650,224 in 2017 to 1,359,264 in 2018. On other

hand, the number of beds in health facilities increased from 60,952 in 2017 to

61,203 in 2018.

Health Services for Children Under One Year

355. In 2018, a total of 1,568,832 children were born compared to 1,498,488

children in 2017. Those children were given vaccination services to prevent

them against various diseases including Acute Paralysis, Diarrhoea, Tetanus,

Pneumonia, Hepatitis B and Small pox. Vaccination provided were OPV

which was vaccinated by 91 percent, PENTA3 by 97 percent, PV3 by 96

percent and Rota2 by 102 percent. Efficient provision of those vaccines

enabled Tanzania to perform beyond 90 percent target set by the World Health

Organisation. During that period, several doses of vaccines were procured and

distributed in the country including 443,600 of HPV, BCG (two million),

bOPV (two million), Rota (1,801,500), IPV (1,048,600), small pox Rubella

(107,900) and Pentavalent (1,517,000).

Medical Supplies and Equipment

356. In 2018, the Government continued to ensure availability of medical

supplies and equipment in the health facilities, whereby the total budget for

medicine and supplies increased from 251.5 billion shillings in 2016/17 to 269

billion shillings in 2017/18. As a result of the budget increase, the availability

of essential medicines in health facilities increased to 94.4 percent in 2017/18

compared to 89 percent in 2016/17. In addition, 312 types of essential

medicines were available at the Medical Store Department (MSD) in 2018

Page 236: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

222

compared to 135 types of medicines in 2017. The availability of 312 medical

items at health facilities was 76 percent compared to 89.6 percent of the 135

medical items that were available in 2017. The Government procured 11

digital X-ray machines and distributed to Ruvuma, Chato, Morogoro, Simiyu,

Magu, Singida, Nzega, Njombe, Bukoba, Amana and Katavi hospitals.

Further, the Government finalised installation of X–ray machines in Ruvuma,

Chato, Morogoro, Simiyu and Magu hospitals and given permission by

Tanzania Atomic Energy Commission to commence service provision.

Maternal and Child Health

357. In 2018, a total of 2,260,120 pregnant women attended antenatal clinic

compared to 2,092,940 in 2017. The guideline for antenatal care requires

pregnant women to start antenatal care services before 12 weeks of gestation

period and attend clinic at least four times during pregnancy in order to get

essential services. During that period, 28 percent of the pregnant women

attended first antenatal care before 12 weeks compared to 17 percent in 2017.

In addition, the number of pregnant women who attended antenatal clinic at

least four times increased from 46.2 percent in 2017 to 63.7 percent in 2018.

Regions with less than four times antenatal clinic attendance were Njombe

with 44.2 percent, Simiyu (45.9 percent), Mara (48.1 percent), Tanga (50.4

percent), Manyara (51.7 percent), Dodoma (52.3 percent) and Iringa (52.4

percent). On the other hand, the efforts to prevent pregnant women against

malaria were strengthened, whereby 81.1 percent of pregnant women were

provided with Sulphadoxine Pyrimethamine (SP) to prevent malaria compared

to 66.1 percent in 2017. Additionally, 97.2 percent of pregnant women who

attended clinic were tested for HIV, whereby 3.9 percent were tested HIV

positive compared to 4.2 percent in 2017. Out of the HIV positive pregnant

women, 99 percent were enrolled to start antiretroviral (ARVs) so as to

improve their health and prevent mother-to-child transmission.

358. In 2018, the Government continued to improve health infrastructure in

health centres to enable the provision of Comprehensive Emergency Obstetric

and Newborn Care (CEmONC) including Caesarean sections. In 2018, a total

of 304 health centres were improved, equivalent to 58 percent of 527 centres

owned by the Government. The improvements involved construction and

rehabilitation of surgery rooms, maternal wards, staff houses and laboratory

rooms.

Nutrition

359. In 2018, the Government conducted national survey on nutrition status in

26 regions of Tanzania Mainland and five regions of Zanzibar in order to

assess nutrition status in the country. The survey was conducted in more than

18,000 households and involved 14,000 children under five years and more

than 10,000 women in reproductive age. Further, the survey involved testing

for iodine in 10,000 samples of salt used in households with the aim of

Page 237: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

223

assessing extent of utilization of iodized salt at household’s level. With

regards to stunting, the survey revealed that, prevalence of stunting among

children decreased to 31.8 percent in 2018 compared to 34.0 percent in

2015/16. This trend shows that, the country has achieved target of reducing

stunting rate among children under five by at least one percent annually, and

therefore likely to attain the target of 28 percent by 2020/21.

Strengthening Specialized Medical Services

360. One 2018, the Government continued to strengthen access to specialized

medical care in the country; thus, saving costs of treating patients abroad.

Further, in 2018, the Muhimbili National Hospital performed kidney

transplants to 38 patients since commencement of such services in 2017.

Consequently, the Government incurred approximately 20 million shillings in

kidney transplants per patient compared to an average of 100 million shillings

when a patient is referred abroad.

361. In 2018, specialized medical care continued to be provided at Muhimbili

National Hospital (MNH), Muhimbili Orthopaedics Institute (MOI), Jakaya

Kikwete Cardiac Institute (JKCI) and Benjamin Mkapa Hospital. The medical

care provided included kidney transplant, heart surgery, neurological surgery,

hip replacement, and cochlear implant. Further, the Government continued to

strengthening fight against cancer including cervical cancer at Ocean Road

Cancer Institute. Furthermore, the Government introduced cancer treatment at

Bugando and Mbeya Referral Hospitals.

362. In the urge to improve provision of specialized medical care, the

Government procured three high capacity blood testing equipment namely

ERBA XL 600, DYMIND DH 76 and COBAS e 411 that enabled the

provision of Full Blood Picture, Clinical Chemistry and Immunoassays. The

Jakaya Kikwete Cardiac Institute (JKCI) procured a biometric test machine

(Cobas Integra 400 plus) with capacity of performing more than 400 tests per

hour and take 75 blood samples at once. In addition, the Ocean Road Cancer

Institute completed installation of digital X-ray machine (CR machine), three

modern LINAC machines and CT Simulator. The additional machines enabled

the Institute to have five radiation therapy machines with capacity of treating

100 patients per day; thus, reducing treatment waiting time from six to less

than four weeks.

Malaria Control

363. In 2018, the Government continued to implement malaria treatment

campaign called “Not Every Fever is Malaria” by ensuring availability of

malaria diagnostic equipment in health facilities. The campaign enabled to

save significant amount of malaria drugs that were used to treat non-malaria

fever. During that period, 23,545,575 tests kits of malaria reagents and

8,662,590 doses of anti-malaria drugs (ALU) were procured for treatment of

Page 238: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

224

malaria. In addition, 891,862 bottles of malaria injection drugs and 9,328,333

doses of Sulphadoxine Pyrimethamine (SP) were procured for preventing

pregnant women against malaria. Further, a total of 3,286,774 nets were

procured and distributed in 2018. The prevalence of malaria among children

under five years was 7.3 percent in 2018 compared to 14.8 percent in 2015/16

while for pregnant women was 6.6 percent in 2018 compared to 7.1 percent in

2017.

The Fight against Tuberculosis

364. In 2018, the Government in collaboration with health sector stakeholders

continued with the fight against tuberculosis. During that period, a total of

47,967 patients were diagnosed with tuberculosis compared to 44,714 patients

in 2017. On the other hand, 99 percent of all tuberculosis patients were tested

for HIV, out of which 31 percent were HIV positive while 34 percent out of 97

percent of tuberculosis patients were HIV positive in 2017. In this regard, the

Government ensured that all TB/HIV positive patients were enrolled on ART

to provide longevity and preventing opportunistic infection.

Training for Health Care Professions

365. In 2018, a total of 18,996 students were admitted in health colleges as

compared to 16,214 students admitted in 2017. Out of those, 5,226 students

were admitted to Government colleges and 13,770 students were admitted to

private colleges in nursing and midwife, allied science and community health

workers programs. Further, 27,683 students sat for final examinations for

completion of various programs at different levels whereby 18,289 were from

allied health sciences, 7,013 nursing and midwife programs and 2,381

community health workers.

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

Trainings on Social and Community Development

366. In 2018, the Government continued to coordinate provision on

community development trainings at various levels of diploma, post graduate

diploma, degree, postgraduate degree and Master’s degree. The trainings were

conducted in eight Community Development colleges of Buhare, Mlale,

Misungwi, Rungemba, Mabughai, Ruaha, Uyole and Monduli and Tengeru

Institute of Community Development. During that period, the number of

students admitted increased by 34.4 percent to 4,597 students (3,104 females

and 1,493 males) from 3,420 students (2,146 females and 1,274 males) in

2017. The increase was due to rehabilitation of infrastructures in eight

community development colleges and Tengeru Institute of Community

Development. Further, the number of graduates increased from 2,665 (1,564

females and 1,101 males) in 2017 to 3,196 graduates (1,847 females and 1,349

males) in 2018.

Page 239: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

225

367. In 2018, a total of 1,064 students (614 females and 450 males) were

admitted to Social Welfare Institute compared to 1,185 students (385 females

and 800 males) in 2017. In addition, number of graduates increased from

1,122 (722 females and 400 males) in 2017 to 1,598 graduates (1,100 females

and 498 males) in 2018. Similarly, Kisangara Social Welfare College

continued to provide trainings on early childhood development at diploma and

post graduate diploma level. The College admitted 158 students (115 females

and 43 males) in 2018 compared to 85 students (58 females and 27 males)

admitted in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 85.9 percent.

Women Development

368. In 2018, the Government continued to create enabling environment for

gender equality and empowerment of women with the aim of achieving

inclusive socio-economic and political development in the country. Further,

the Government empowered women to participate in national and international

exhibitions in order to access market for their products. During that period,

total of 103 women entrepreneurs from Songwe District, Chamwino, Bahi,

Mbeya City, Arusha City, Moshi Municipality, Dodoma City, Iringa

Municipality, and Tanga City were facilitated to participate in Funds and

Economic empowerment Programs exhibitions prepared by the National

Economic Empowerment Council. The exhibitions enabled women

entrepreneurs to learn various skills on how to improve their products and gain

experience about market access from local and international participants. As a

result, participation of women entrepreneurs in the exhibitions increased from

1,183 in 2017/18 to 1,286 women in 2018/19.

Child Development and Social Welfare

369. In 2018, the Government continued to provide foster care to enable

children to be raised in families as per Child's Act No. 21 of 2009. During that

period, a total of 54 vulnerable children (30 girls and 24 boys) were adapted

and fostered compared to 61 children (33 girls and 28 boys) in 2017.

370. In 2018, the government continued to provide basic and legal aid

services to children who were in conflict with the law and kept in five juvenile

detention centres of Mbeya, Kilimanjaro, Tanga, Arusha and Dar es Salaam. A

total of 354 children (34 girls and 320 boys) who were in conflict with the law

were enabled to access basic food services, accommodation, clothing, medical

care and education compared to 291 children (13 girls and 278 boys) in 2017,

equivalent to an increase 21.6 percent. This was due to increase on

sensitization of the law enforcement bodies (the police and the courts)

whereby, children who were charged and not bailed were taken to juvenile

detentions instead of adult detentions. In addition, awareness increased due to

training on children prosecution in courts that were provided to magistrates,

prosecutors, lawyers and social welfare officers in Tanga, Tabora, Singida,

Page 240: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

226

Dodoma, Kigoma, Mara, Mwanza, Njombe, Iringa, Mbeya and Songwe

regions.

371. In 2018, a total of 64 children (7 girls and 57 boys) who were in conflict

with the law were diverted from the formal criminal justice system by

rehabilitating them and re-unite with their families compared to 126 children

(24 girls and 102 boys) who were diverted in 2017. Further, 30 boys were

convicted and sent to Irambo-Mbeya rehabilitation school compared to 35

boys convicted in 2017, equivalent to a decrease of 14.3 percent. The

rehabilitation school is used to provide behavioural change to children

convicted for various criminal offenses as well as providing opportunity for

children to continue with primary education.

372. In 2018, the government continued with efforts to ensure that vulnerable

children are treated with care. During that period, a total of 48 licenses for

vulnerable children care centres were issued compared to 18 licenses in 2017.

Following this, cumulative number of licenced children care centres increased

to 141 and thus, enabled stakeholders to contribute to accessibility of basic

services for those children. Further, a total of 13,420 children (6,651 girls and

6,769 boys) received basic services in 2018 compared to 6,132 children (2,972

girls and 3,160 boys) in 2017. Similarly, the Government continued to support

street children by providing basic services including accommodation, health,

education, trainings and re-unite with their families. Consequently, a total of

2,826 children benefited from such services in 2018 compared to 6,393

children in 2017.

Early Childhood Development and Care services

373. In 2018, the Government continued to coordinate provision of early

childhood development and care services for children under five years in the

day-care centres. A total of 7,123 children (4,701 girls and 2,422 boys) were

enrolled in day care centres compared to 6,075 children enrolled in 2017. In

addition, the number of caregivers at these centres was 2,482 compared to

1,882 caregivers in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 31.9 percent. The

increase was due to the efforts of the Government to encourage the owners of

day care centres to employ adequate numbers of caregivers based on the

number of children at the centres. In addition, a total number of 67-day care

centres were registered compared to 196 centres in 2017 and thus, increase

cumulative number of registered day care centres to 1,170 in 2018.

Elderly Welfare Services

374. In 2018, the Government continued to facilitate provision of food,

shelter, clothing and medical care for elderly in 17 public owned residential

centres. Further, 510 disadvantaged elderly (234 women and 276 men) were

provided with basic services in those centres in 2018 compared to 514 elderly

(247 women and 267 men) in 2017.

Page 241: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

227

375. In ensuring that the elderly receive free medical services, the

Government continued with efforts to identify them in 185 councils in

Tanzania Mainland whereby a total of 1,897,031 elderly were identified as of

December 2018. In 2018, a total of 247,771 elderly (160,043 women and

87,728 men) received free medical identity cards compared to 506,943 elderly

(220,312 women and 286,631 men) who received the cards in 2017.

Non-Governmental Organizations

376. In 2018, the Government continued to oversee Non-Governmental

Organizations (NGOs) in order to ensure that they contribute to the national

development, whereby 516 organizations were registered compared to 385

organizations registered in 2017, equivalent to an increase of 34 percent. The

increase was a result of verification exercise conducted in 2017 which insisted

registration of NGOs in line with Non-Governmental Organizations Act No.

24 of 2002. Out of the 516 registered NGOs, 37 organizations were registered

at international level, 462 national level, 13 district and four at regional level.

Up to December 2018, a total of 8,948 NGOs was registered at certificate and

certificate of compliance at district, regional, national and international levels.

Page 242: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

228

Table No. 84

Private Government Total Private Government Total Private Government Total Private Government Religious Total

Dispensaries 1,419 4,724 6,143 1,421 4,789 6,210 1,435 4,925 6,360 986 5,055 659 6,700

Health Centres 211 507 718 259 508 767 277 527 804 127 551 156 834

Hospitals 128 124 252 146 119 265 150 123 273 50 127 108 285

Others* 133 3 136 39 15 54 182 8 190 225 21 246

Maternity/ Nursing Homes 50 50 1 51 52 2 54

Total 1,891 5,358 7,249 1,865 5,431 7,346 2,094 5,584 7,678 1,440 5,756 923 8,119

Source: Ministry of Health, Community Developmen, Gender, Elderly and Children

* Includes Clinics

2018

NUMBER OF HEALTH CENTERS IN THE COUNTRY

2015 2016 2017Type of Facility

Page 243: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

229

Table No. 85

Type of Training 2013/2014 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18

Doctor of Medicine (MO) - 204 869 1,072 -

Advanced Diploma in AMO Anaesthesia - 3 3 8 0

Advanced Diploma in Clinical Dentistry - 7 7 1 11

Advanced Diploma in Clinical Medicine 59 130 36 56 116

Advanced Diploma in Ophthalmology - 10 4 2 7

Advanced Diploma in Vector Control 7 12 3 - 2

Diploma in Clinical Medicine - 700 440 394 1,256

Diploma in Dental Laboratory Technology 4 4 4 3 6

Diploma in Dental Therapy - 47 26 53 52

Diploma in Diagnostic Radiography - 55 55 91 105

Diploma in Environmental Health Science 116 136 75 35 26

Diploma in Health Laboratory Sciences 44 120 194 223 180

Diploma in Health Personnel Education 23 29 21 29 10

Diploma in Medical Laboratory Sciences 44 194 40 64 180

Diploma in Nursing and Midwifery 508 1,804 1,060 623 1,734

Diploma in Occupational Therapy - 12 - - 16

Diploma in Optometry - 11 10 15 2

Diploma in Pharmaceutical Sciences 40 184 137 88 160

Diploma in Physiotherapy 26 20 7 13 6

Certificate in Clinical Medicine - 830 110 138 1,330

Certificate in Medical Laboratory Sciences - 506 271 217 486

Certificate in Health Record Technology - 48 16 50 11

Certificate in Pharmaceutical Sciences - 150 150 132 215

Certificate in Nursing - 2,740 3,288 1,645 4,232Total 871 7,956 6,826 4,952 10,143

Source: Ministry of Health, Community Development, Gender, Elderly and Children

- Data not available

HEALTH SERVICES: TRAINING OUTPUT

Page 244: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

230

Table No. 86

1995 355,483 6,785,925 545,921 240,707

1996 604,023 9,530,361 927,606 541,781

1997 711,222 10,003,245 1,052,326 559,949

1998 750,465 10,112,305 1,134,242 -

1999 812,891 10,321,654 1,242,354 626,700

2000 989,101 13,697,988 1,874,346 626,700

2001 1,167,139 17,218,371 2,511,624 680,263

2002 1,328,395 19,695,356 3,258,520 701,568

2003 1,491,909 22,935,688 3,659,615 1,390,273

2004 1,532,028 23,552,460 3,758,027 2,125,388

2005 1,619,700 24,900,276 3,973,085 2,237,146

2006 1,754,925 26,979,136 4,304,787 2,837,252

2007 1,842,671 28,328,093 4,520,026 2,979,115

2008 1,934,805 29,744,498 4,746,027 3,128,071

2009 2,128,286 32,718,948 5,220,630 3,440,870

2010 2,341,114 35,990,843 5,742,693 3,784,957

2011 2,622,048 39,917,117 6,431,816 4,239,152

2012 2,815,529 41,333,522 6,657,817 4,388,108

2013 2,903,275 42,682,479 6,873,056 4,529,971

2014 5,910,725 14,008,692 475,295 1,665,935

2015 4,480,781 25,072,487 6,006,466 1,858,956

2016 4,984,645 20,859,281 6,515,219 1,775,835

2017 5,266,252 21,115,639 7,050,725 1,650,224

2018 4,675,045 27,473,506 8,903,461 1,359,264

Source: Ministry of Health, Community Development, Gender, Elderly and Children

- Not available

NUMBER OF PATIENTS IN HEALTH CENTERS

Out-patients

In-patients*Hospitals Dispensaries Health Centres

Year

Page 245: THE ECONOMIC SURVEY 2018

231

Table No. 87

Government Parastatal

Religious

Institutions

/ NGOs

Private Total Government

Religious

Institutions

/ NGOs

Private Total

Regional Hospitals 6,931 260 0 0 7,191 7,523 0 0 7,523

District Hospitals 6,683 0 6,618 0 13,301 6,802 6,750 0 13,552

Other Hospitals 224 97 2,705 529 3,555 336 2,889 710 3,935

Health Centres 9,429 258 3,820 2,185 15,692 9,794 3,868 2,205 15,867

Dispensaries 13,299 250 4,110 3,554 21,213 13,602 4,160 3,564 21,326

TOTAL 36,566 865 17,253 6,268 60,952 38,057 17,667 6,479 62,203

Source: Ministry of Health, Community Development, Gender, Elderly and Children

Type of facility

2017 2018

NUMBER OF HOSPITAL BEDS IN THE COUNTRY